This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.

https://books.google.com
 NEDL TRANSFER

HN 38WP M

51

Wh
4.4

WALL CANADIENSTO Tweake

7515 1515151.51515151515151515151515151515151515 515157.51.515

YLUS.
HEUST

ES

Descens
KC2451
 AESCHYLUS

PROMETHEUS BOUND
 Io, ARGUS, AND HERMES.
(From a wall painting of Herculaneum.)
The scene represented is that described by Ovid (Metamorphoses I.
668-719). Hermes, who may be recognized by his winged sandals and
wand, partly hidden under his chlamys, is approaching Argus, who is
represented as a herdsman sitting on a rock and keeping watch over Io.
The maiden retains herhumanshape, her tran rmation being in
only by horns on her forehead. Hermes has been playing on the pan
pipe in order to lull the senses of Argus, and is handing the newly
invented instrument to him while he narrates its history. By these
devices he gets Argus into his power, and then slays him.
Talia dicturus vidit Cyllenius omnes
Succubuisse oculos adopertaque lumina somno.
Supprimit extemplo vocem firmatque soporem
Languida permulcens medicata lumina virga;
Nec mora, falcato nutantem vulnerat ense,
Qua collo est confine caput, saxoque cruentum
Deicit et maculat praeruptam sanguine cautem. "
ÖVID, Met. I. 713-719.
[Frontispiece.
 ง

AESCHYLUS :

PROMETHEUS BOUND

WITH INTRODUCTION, APPENDICES,

AND NOTES

By C. REGINALD HAINES, M.A.

ASSISTANT MASTER AT UPPINGHAM SCHOOL ;
AUTHOR OF " ISLAM AS A MISSIONARY RELIGION,"
" VERSIONS IN VERSE," ETC.

Io.
(From a gem by Dioscourides. )

LONDON
SWAN SONNENSCHEIN & CO., LTD.
1896
KC2451

HARVARD COLLEGE LIBRARY

FROM THE LIBRARY OF
HERBERT WEIR 3MYTH
APR. 15, 1941
I

GLASGOW PRINTED AT THE UNIVERSITY FRESS

BY ROBERT MACLEHOSE AND CO.
 PREFACE.

AN attempt has been made in this edition of the

Prometheus, by illustrating freely from English litera
ture and from ancient art, to quicken the dry bones
(as they appear to be to the average learner) of a dead
language, and at the same time to supply in a handy
and comprehensive volume all that is necessary for
the understanding and appreciation of Aeschylus as
a writer through the medium of one of his master
pieces. With some hesitation I have decided to
include an account, couched in a somewhat popular
form, of the choral metres, though these may appear
to some to be above the reach, or beyond the needs,
of learners in Greek. Still, the poetry of Aeschylus
cannot be properly felt, nor is it possible to judge
of the relative value of emendations, without some
knowledge of the metres used. A full index (a
novelty in school editions of this play), intended in
some degree to supplement the notes, has been added .
The text is based on that of Wecklein ( 1893), and the
notes, though substantially written years ago, and before
I had seen Wecklein's admirable edition , owe much to
that excellent work. For the Appendix on Io's wander
iii
iv ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

ings I am greatly indebted to the monograph of Bernhard

Foss on the same subject. Professor Sonnenschein, of
Birmingham, has given me very great assistance in the
revision of my text and notes. I have also gratefully
to acknowledge the kindness of the Rev. W. Bell,
late head-master of Dover College, and of the Rev.
T. E. Raven, assistant-master in Uppingham School,
in looking over and correcting the proofs as they
passed through the press ; while my thanks are due
in a special way to J. W. E. Pearce, Esq. , assistant
master at University College School, London, and
H. B. Stanwell, Esq. , head -master of Saffron Walden
School, Essex, for the many valuable suggestions and
criticisms received from them in the course of my work.
References are inserted throughout to the Greek
Accidence and Greek Syntax in the Parallel Grammar
Series, brought out by Messrs. Swan Sonnenschein
& Co. , owing to the general adoption of this series
by the public schools and their up- to-date character ;
but all difficult points have, I think, received separate
and full treatment in the notes, which leave, I hope,
no serious difficulty ungrappled with. In conclusion,
the unfailing courtesy and consideration shown by
publishers and printers, in spite of the unavoidable
delays that have occurred in finishing the work,
deserve grateful mention.
The illustrations have in most cases been redrawn
from copies of the originals by Mr. F. C. Tilney.
C. R. H.
UPPINGHAM.
 CONTENTS .

PAGE
INTRODUCTION, vii
TEXT, · 1
NOTES, 55
APPENDIX A, 147
APPENDIX B, 152
GREEK INDEX , 161
ENGLISH INDEX, 172
༣༩
1
 INTRODUCTION.

I. AN ESTIMATE OF AESCHYLUS.
By an old Grammarian of Alexandria (translated from the
Medicean Scholia).
AESCHYLUS, the tragic poet, was by birth an Athenian
of the deme Eleusis,¹ the son of Euphorion, the brother
of Cynegeirus, and descended from noble parents. He
began writing tragedies early in life, ² and made a great
advance upon his predecessors in respect both of his
poetry and stage arrangements, and in the magnificence
of the choral equipment, the dress of the actors, and
1 Also affirmed by the Arundel marble. Cf. Arist. Ran. 885,
where Aeschylus says, " O Demeter, that didst nourish my mind,
grant that I may be worthy of thy mysteries."
2 Pausan. I. 21, 2 : "Aeschylus tells us that when he was quite
a youth he fell asleep as he was watching the grapes in a field,
and that Dionysus appearing to him bade him write tragedy, and
that when it was day, he found it quite easy to write it at the
first attempt." As a striking parallel to this compare the story
of our own first poet Caedmon, as given in Green's History ofthe
English People, pp. 26, 27.
vii
viii ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

the stateliness of the chorus ; as Aristophanes also

says : 1
66
" O thou that first did build up stately words
And dignify tragic trifling ! "
He was a contemporary of Pindar, being born in the
[63rd] Olympiad.2 We are told that he was a valiant
man, and that he took part in the battle of Marathon
with his brother Cynegeirus, in the sea fight of Salamis
with his youngest brother Ameinias,³ and in the land
battle of Plataea.
In the composition of his poetry he always aims at
the grand style, both by coining words and by epithets,*
as well as by the use of metaphors,5 and of everything
calculated to add weight to his diction. The plots of
his plays are not full of intricacies and sudden dénoue
ments as is the case with his successors ; for his one
aim is to add weight to his characters, deeming this,
the magnificent and the heroic, to savour of the good
old days, and holding that cleverness, as well as a

1 Arist. Ran. 1004.

2 Ms. has ' i.e. 40th, emended by Casaubon. Aeschylus was
born 525 B.C.
3 The evidence of Herodotus, VIII. 84, is against the supposition
that this Ameinias was brother of Aeschylus.
4 I.e. by accumulating them, e.g. Prom. Vin. 371, 407, and cp.
Arist. Ran. 838, where Euripides describes Aeschylus as having
ἀχάλινον ἀκρατὲς ἀθύρωτον στόμα
ἀπεριλάλητον κομποφακελορρήμονα .
5 See Notes, Prom. Vin. 108, 1078, and cf. Arist. Ran. 906.
 INTRODUCTION. ix

finnikin and sententious style, ¹ has nothing in common

with tragedy ; so much so that, on this ground, owing
to the excessive gravity of his characters, he is made
fun of by Aristophanes. 2 For in his Niobe the heroine
sits till the third act at her children's tomb, with her
head covered and without saying a word ; and simi
larly in the Ransom of Hector Achilles has his head
covered and says never a word , except at the beginning
a few verses in dialogue with Hermes. Hence is it
that from him could be selected numbers of passages
of excellent workmanship, but of sententious sayings,
appeals to the feelings, 3 or anything else calculated to
draw tears, none at all. For he uses his scenic effects
and his plots to create overpowering astonishment
rather than illusion.
He left Athens for Hiero's Court, owing as some say
4
to the hostility of the Athenian people, and in con
1 The writer is doubtless thinking of Euripides.
2 Arist. Ran. 911 : "For he would set down on the stage a single
character, some Achilles or Niobe, with head covered , not so much
as the face showing." Cp. Job, II. 13 : " So they (Job's friends)
sat down with him upon the ground seven days and seven
nights and none spake a word unto him."
3 συμπάθειαι. This cannot be translated " touches of sym
pathy," for Aeschylus could in no sense be said to be without
these. See Prom. Vin. 128 ff . No doubt Euripides is referred to.
Compare Goethe's remark : " Touch the heart ! any bungler can
touch the heart " (" Jeder Pfuscher kann das Herz berühren”).
4 κατασπουδασθείς. The defeat being due, as Aeschylus
thought, to their bias against him. Athenaeus (VIII., p. 347 E)
probably refers to this occasion : 66 Aeschylus being defeated
unfairly (in the tragic contest) said that he dedicated his tragedies
X ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

sequence of his defeat by the youthful Sophocles, but

according to others because he was judged inferior to
Simonides in his elegy on those who died at Marathon.
For the elegy cannot but partake largely of the refine
ments of pathos, which, as we said above, are alien to
the genius of Aeschylus. Others affirm that in the
representation of the Eumenides, by introducing the
Chorus in a wild disorderly fashion, he so frightened
the audience that children died and women miscarried.¹
Going then to Sicily, since Hiero was at that time
building the city of Aetna, he exhibited the Women of
Aetna as an omen of success to those who joined in
colonizing the city. After being three years held in
high honour by the despot Hiero2 and the people of

to Time, knowing that he would meet with his meed of honour.'

Elegies purporting to be by Aeschylus and Simonides have come
down to us, but their merits are not such as to lead us to suppose
they are genuine. Plutarch, Cimon, VIII. , gives the defeat by
Sophocles as the reason for Aeschylus' expatriation. The contest
took place in 468 B.C. Arist. Ran. 807 says that Aeschylus " did
not get on with the Athenians."
1 Dindorf brackets this sentence, and it certainly seems un
worthy of credence, though Pollux, Iv. 110, has an obscure
reference to some such story, where he says that the people
being frightened at the number of the Furies, it was ordained
that the Chorus should be fewer in future. [Suidas attributes
his departure to the fall of the stage while a play of his was being ▾
acted, but this happened in 499. ]
2 There is some confusion about the visits of Aeschylus to
Sicily. It is best to suppose that he went thither twice, (1) on
his defeat by Sophocles, B.C. 468 ; (2) in the 80th Olympiad .
B.C. 458, when, owing to a charge of profaning the Mysteries, he
 INTRODUCTION. xi

Gela, he died, full of years, in the following way. An

eagle had seized a tortoise, and not being able to get
at the flesh dropped it from a height to break the
shell. This, falling on the poet's head, killed him. An
oracle had prophesied of him " a blow from Heaven
shall slay thee. " After his death the people of Gela
buried him sumptuously in the public sepulchres with
the most magnificent honours , inscribing this upon his
tomb : 1
66' Though far by Gela's fruitful shore
Lies Aeschylus, Euphorion's son,
To many a long-haired Mede of yore
Was known his might at Marathon. ”
Those who practised the tragic art, resorting to his
tomb, used to honour him with sacrifices, and rehearse
their plays there ; while the Athenians took so great a
delight in Aeschylus that they passed a decree after
his death that whoever wished to put a play of his

was tried before the Areopagus and barely acquitted. It was

three years after this second visit that he died, as above stated.
1 The epitaph is by Aeschylus himself. It is as if Shakspere
had fought against the Armada and been prouder of that than
of having written Hamlet. Compare the description of Aeschylus
in Browning's Sordello, Bk. I. , p. 5 :
" The thunder phrase of the Athenian grown
Up out of memories of Marathon,
Would echo like his own sword's griding speech
Braying a Persian shield."
The manner of his death is also said (on little authority) to have
been inscribed on his tomb. " Struck to the brain by an eagle's
stoop he died of the blow."
 8
1
xii ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

upon the stage should be granted a chorus by the

State. He lived to the age of [ 68 ] 2 years, during
which he wrote seventy 3 plays [and about five Satyric
dramas besides ]. He was victorious thirteen times in
all, and carried off not a few victories after his death.

II. ANCIENT CRITICISMS OF THE TRAGEDIES

OF AESCHYLUS.

(a) " Aeschylus was the first to elevate tragedy by

striking a higher note of passion, and he embellished
the stage and dazzled the eyes of the spectators
with its magnificence, by th use of paintings 5 and
mechanical devices, altars and tombs, trumpets,

1 Quint. Inst. Or. x. i. 66 : “ Aeschylus, sublimis et gravis et

grandiloquus saepe usque ad vitium, sed rudis in plerisque et
incompositus : propter quod correctas eius fabulas in certamen
deferre posterioribus poetis Athenienses permisere, suntque eo
modo multi coronati. " See Symonds (Greek Poets, 2nd series,
p. 326), who points out that Quintilian's statement cannot be
credited. The Scholiast on Arist. Ran. 11, says this was an honour
accorded to Aeschylus alone, that his tragedies should be acted
by decree. In 431 B.C. a play of his (it is said), thus brought out
by his son, won the prize against Sophocles (2nd) and Euripides
with his Medea (3rd).
2 Ms. has 63.
3 Probably more. Suidas says 90 elegies and tragedies with 28
victories.
4 The text here is probably corrupt.
5 Vitruvius, VII. , Pref. , § 11, tells us that Agatharchus was scene
painter to Aeschylus (see Haigh, Attic Theatre, p. 171).
 INTRODUCTION. xiii

shadowy forms, and Furies. He also gave his actors

gloves, dignified them with sweeping trains, and added
to their stature by increasing the thickness of their
buskins. He employed Cleander as his chief actor,
and afterwards took Mynniscus , the Chalcidian, as his
second actor : a third actor he was himself the first
to introduce, ¹ though Dicaearchus the Messenian says
it was Sophocles.2 Comparing his work with that of
his successors, we might, looking at its simplicity,
consider it poor and crude ; but if we set him beside
his predecessors, we cannot but admire the poet for
his genius and originality . If anyone thinks that
Sophocles was a more perfect master of the tragic
art, no doubt he is right, but let him consider how
much harder it was after Thespis and Phrynichus and
Choerilus to raise tragedy to such a pitch of great

1 Also stated by Themistius. But Aristotle (Poet. iv. 16) only

mentions a second actor.
2 Whether author of the invention or not, Aeschylus certainly
made use of the third actor in some of his later plays. Commen.
tators are agreed that in the Prometheus Bound only two actors
converse. The Scholiast on Arist. Vesp. 564, mentions Oeager
as Aeschylus' third actor. Pollux, IV. 109, explaining the word
πарaxoрýynμa (for which see Haigh's Attic Theatre, p. 212) says
εἰ δὲ τέταρτος ὑποκριτής τι παραφθέγξαιτο τοῦτο παραχορή
γημα ὀνομάζεται, καὶ πεπρᾶχθαί φασιν αὐτὸ ἐν Μέμνονι
Aloxúλov. Besides the three actors named above we know from
Athen., p. 22 a, on the authority of Aristotle that the dancer
employed by Aeschylus was Teλéσrŋs ; and for the important
part played by dancing in the old drama see Haigh, Attic Theatre,
chap. vi.
B
 xiv ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

ness, than, writing after Aeschylus , to arrive at the

perfection of Sophocles." 1
(b) " In this respect Aeschylus is judged to be even
the best master of tragedy, because he brings on the
stage great and noticeable figures. Indeed there are
some of his tragedies conducted by gods only, such as
the Prometheus dramas.2 For the eldest gods perform
the chief parts, and all the characters on the stage and
in the orchestra are divine. "-From the povσikỳ loтopía
ofan unknown author.
(c) " Aeschylus, however, was the first master of
the grand style who recognized the proper dramatic
↓
use of character and passion, and he had a wonderful
command of language, figurative and literal, being in
many cases himself the coiner and inventor of his
own words and incidents, and excelling Sophocles
and Euripides in his skilful introduction of new char
acters. "-From Dionysius.3

III. LIFE OF AESCHYLUS.

Very little else is known of the life of Aeschylus.
He was born in 525 B.C. and fought at Marathon, with
4
his brother Cynegeirus, who greatly distinguished him

1 This anonymous criticism of Aeschylus shows remarkable

insight and appreciation.
2 These extracts are translated from Dindorf's text.
3 In his Censura scriptorum veterum.
4 Aelian, V. H. v. 19, says it was Ameinias who lost his arm,
but his authority is not great.
 INTRODUCTION. XV

self, and is said to have lost his arm, hewed off by an

axe while firing one of the Persian ships. The poet
Ion is our authority for the presence of Aeschylus at
Salamis, and there is little doubt that he was at
Plataea also. He contended first in 499, and gained
his first tragic victory in 484, and in 468 he was
defeated by the youthful Sophocles. He was, as
Plutarch¹ tells us, so vexed and disappointed at this
that after a short stay he departed for Sicily, where
he produced a new play, The Women of Aetna, for
Hiero, and also reproduced the Persae. The trilogy
with which he suffered defeat may have been the
Oedipodeia. In Sicily he is supposed to have com
posed the Prometheus, 2 but this play was performed
first at Athens. It is not known when Aeschylus
returned to Athens, but we do know that his mag
nificent trilogy the Oresteia was brought out in 458,
shortly after which he was accused of impiety and
again retired to Sicily, where he died in the 69th year
of his age, B.C. 456.3

1 Cimon VIII.
2 For Sicilian ( Doric) words, see notes on 53, 61, 269, 615.
3 The impiety with which Aeschylus was charged seems to
have been that he divulged the Eleusinian mysteries. Aristotle
tells us (Ethics III. i.) that Aeschylus defended himself with the
plea that he did it unwittingly. Clemens Alexandrinus (Stromata
II. 461) says he obtained his acquittal before the Areopagus by
showing that he was not initiated. Aelian (1.1.) asserts that the
Athenians were ready to stone Aeschylus, when Ameinias,
showing his mutilated arm, procured his brother's acquittal,
while Eustratius on Aristotle (1.1. ) quotes Heraclides Ponticus for
xvi ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

Of his private life little is known. Four anecdotes

remain. One is from Athenaeus (viii. 347-9), which
tells us that Aeschylus spoke of his tragedies as " dry
morsels from the great banquets of Homer. " The
second is recorded by Ion of Chios, who was sitting
next to Aeschylus at the Isthmian games watching
the boxing, when one of the boxers struck the other
such a crushing blow that the spectators cried out,
and Aeschylus said, " See what training does for a
man : the man who is struck keeps silence, but the
spectators cry out. " We are also told that Aeschylus
despaired of rivalling the paean on Zeus by an
unknown poet, Tynnichus, the simple piety and un
adorned sublimity of which seemed to him to be
inimitable. The remaining saying of his is given
above, p. ix., note 4. Cicero states that he was a
Pythagorean, as was his great contemporary Pindar.
Traces of the tenets of that philosophy may be found
in this play-in the importance attached to numbers,
1. 459, in the attribution of the origin of names to
imposition and not nature, 11. 85, 851 , and elsewhere.
As to the dates of his extant plays great uncertainty
prevails . There can be little doubt that his Supplices
was the earliest of those we possess, the supposed
allusions to Argos notwithstanding. It may even be
as early as 495. The Persae was brought out in 472,
with the Phineus as first play, the Glaucus as third

the statement that Aeschylus took refuge at the altar of Bacchus,

and thus gave time for his brother Cynegeirus to interfere.
 INTRODUCTION. xvii

play, and a Prometheus for Satyric drama, and won

the prize. In 467 Aeschylus won the prize with his
Laius, Oedipus, and S. c. Thebas, the Sphinx being
the Satyric play. The Prometheus trilogy in all prob
ability comes next, though it is impossible to fix the
exact date. Those who date it before 469 are induced
to do so by the reference to the eruption of Etna in 479
(11. 366 ff. ), and the covert allusion to Themistocles in
1. 1068.¹ The usual date given for the ostracism of
Themistocles is 471 , but the new treatise by Aristotle
on the constitution of Athens distinctly asserts that
Themistocles was in Athens in 462. His ostracism
then would be in 461 and his flight to Persia in 460.
There is no evidence that Aeschylus was in Sicily
before 468. His knowledge of the eruption of Etna
must therefore have been taken from the account given
by others, perhaps by Pindar, who was almost cer
tainly a personal friend of the poet's.
In 458 Aeschylus made his last appearance on the
Athenian stage (in person) with his Oresteia, which
won the first prize. In all Aeschylus won thirteen
victories, and as the total number of his plays was
2
seventy, if each victory meant the production of
four plays, fifty-two out of the seventy must have been
successful in winning the prize.

1 Cp. allusion to Aristeides in Sept. c. Thebas, 592, où yàp

δοκεῖν ἄριστος ἀλλ᾽ εἶναι θέλει. See Plut. Arist. § 3.
2 See Introduction, p. xii.
xviii ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

IV. THE PROMETHEUS MYTH.

Primitive man no doubt made his first acquaint
ance with fire in the shape of lightning from heaven.
Chance afterwards must have revealed to him the
momentous fact that fire can be generated by friction.
The drill which produced the friction appears to have
been named in early Aryan speech pramanthas, a
word which has a curious similarity to Prometheus.
Fire being the source of all arts among mankind
(11. 7, 110), the personified kindler of fire naturally
came to be regarded as the introducer of civilization
among men ; and, since the gods were supposed to look
with envious and grudging eyes upon the prosperity
and progress of mortals, the giver of fire to man was
feigned to have stolen it from Heaven against the will
of Zeus, this baleful gift bringing , together with the
civilization it fostered, a curse upon its recipients, and
direst punishment on its giver, just as our progenitors
in Paradise are represented as debarred from certain
knowledge, the attainment of which (in their case
by an act of disobedience) brought with it a curse
on themselves and on the supernatural Tempter that
beguiled them into acquiring the knowledge. Milton,
who no doubt had the Prometheus of Aeschylus in his
mind, has contrived to invest even Satan, the open and
ambitious rebel against God, and the enemy of man
kind, with a certain nobleness and dignity : it is not
surprising, therefore, that a poet, even greater than
Milton, and having a much more plastic story to
 INTRODUCTION. xix

deal with, has been able to arouse our sympathy for

his hero, the champion of man, so deeply that it is
with the utmost reluctance we can bring ourselves to
believe that the poet meant us to side with Zeus
against Prometheus. The dramatic situation required
that, in the play where Prometheus was the sole grand
figure, he should be permitted to enforce his own side
of the question, and represent, and lead his hearers to
consider, Zeus as a tyrant who hated mankind and had
wished to exterminate them, who consequently could
not but hate, humiliate, and torture the Friend of
man.¹ But, when we really consider the question, it
is impossible to suppose that Aeschylus, who was a
profoundly religious man and speaks of Zeus in his
other plays with the highest reverence, could have
held him up to scorn and detestation in this one play.
Prometheus had done wrong ; he confesses it (1. 266),
and the Chorus, with all their sympathy for their
suffering kinsman, cannot blind themselves to the
fact that he has done wrong (1. 260). The defect in
Prometheus' character was av@adía , self-willedness
(11. 79, 1037). Though fore-sighted and far-sighted,
he had not the comprehensive wisdom of Zeus (62).
That Prometheus' error was a noble one and due to
high and unselfish motives is what makes the situa
tion so dramatic, and enables the heart to sympathize
with the tortured Titan, while the head must needs
give its verdict for the tyrant that torments him.
1 As Wecklein (Introd. to Prom. V.) well says, " Prometheus is
looked upon as the Genius ofHumanity.”
XX ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

With consummate art the poet throws into the

scale against the stronger Deity the fact that he is a
usurper who has risen to power by the help of the
very criminal whom he is now punishing, that he has
been unfilial as well as ungrateful, and consigned the
grey-haired Cronus, his own father, and the race of
elder, kindlier gods to the abyss of Tartarus, and that L
he has brought great and undeserved misfortune on
the innocent Io. For this wrong-doing of Zeus he too
has his punishment to fear from the Moirae, who stand
even over Zeus as watchers responsible for the sustain
ment of the cosmic order. There is a harmonia of
Zeus (551 ), but there is also a harmonia higher than
his. By his unfilial conduct especially has he trans
gressed this, and punishment awaits him through a
marriage with Thetis. Curiously enough, Prometheus
is represented as knowing, through his mother, the
oracular Themis, who is one with Gaia the Earth
goddess (209), that the son of Thetis will be stronger
than his father, and that Zeus, in ignorance of this,
will seek to marry Thetis. Prometheus looks upon
this as certain of accomplishment, but he does not
know or foresee that Zeus can escape the effects of
Cronus's curse (912) by making peace with his father.
This he does , and in the Prometheus Freed we find the
Chorus composed of Titans who have been released
from Tartarus, and come to condole with the noblest
and hardliest-used of their number.
Apart from the difficulty of the subject matter, we
have to deal with a puzzle no less great respecting the
 INTRODUCTION. xxi

number and order of the plays which formed the trilogy

or tetralogy, of which the Prometheus Bound and the
Prometheus Freed were two of the constituent parts.
The catalogue in the Medicean MS. , which is unfor
tunately alphabetical (whereby plays belonging to the
same trilogy are separated, and when they do begin
with the same letter and come together may yet be
given in wrong order), gives three plays named IIpo
μηθεύς, the δεσμώτης, the πυρφόρος , and the λυόμενος.
Pollux, however, mentions a ПIpoμnoeùs Пuркαeús, and
we know from other sources that the trilogy contain
ing the Persae had a Prometheus as its Satyric drama.
These are our data, and all we can be certain about
is that the λυόμενος succeeded the δεσμώτης. But we
do not know whether there was a third play at all in
this case, and if so whether there was also a Satyric
drama or not. Was the Tuppópos the first play of our
trilogy or the third ? Was the Tuppópos the Satyric
drama to the Persae trilogy, and was it identical with
the TuρKαcus of Pollux ? No certain answer can be
given to these questions. It simplifies matters to
assume that the TUρкαeus was the Satyric drama to
the Persae trilogy, while the Tuppópos belonged to our
set of plays, either as tragedy or as Satyric drama.
Wecklein argues in favour of its having been the third
and not the first play of our trilogy, ( 1 ) on the ground
that the events that must have preceded the punish
ment of Prometheus are spoken of in the deoμwτns in
such a way (see 109, 199 ff. ) as to preclude the pos
sibility of their having been just exhibited on the
xxii ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

stage ; (2) because the reference to the Tuppópos in the

Scholiast on v. 94 (ἐν τῷ πυρφόρῳ τρεῖς μυριάδας φησὶ
δεδέσθαι αὐτόν ) implies by the use of the past tense
that the punishment of Prometheus , and therefore the
plays describing it, had preceded the Tuppópos. But
for these arguments it might have seemed at first sight
much more probable that the Tuрpópos was the opening
play. The Prometheus Freed would also appear much
more suitable as an end piece than the Firebearer.¹
The releasing of Prometheus and his reconciliation
with Zeus would scarcely leave anything for a third
play to deal with, unless it partook of the nature of a
Satyric drama, and this is perhaps the most likely
view.
What the contents of the Tuppópos were we have no
means of judging, as there is only one line of it pre
served, and that has a suspicious resemblance to two
other lines in Aeschylus (Choeph. 582 ; Sept. c. Thebas,
619) :
σιγῶν θ᾽ ὅπου δεῖ καὶ λέγων τὰ καίρια.2
As to the other Prometheus play, the Satyric play of
the Persae trilogy, whether it was called Tuрpópos or
TUρкаЄús, we can only guess that it had some connexion
with the story given by Plutarch (Aristides, ch. 20),
how the new unsullied fire was brought in one day by

1 It must be remembered, however, that in the case of the

Sept. c. Thebas no one would have suspected it of being the last
piece in a trilogy, as we now know it to have been.
2 There is a line quoted by a Scholiast as from Prom. Vinct.:
πολλοῖς γάρ ἐστι κέρδος ἡ σιγὴ βροτῶν .
 INTRODUCTION. xxiii

Euclidas from Delphi to be substituted for the Plataean

fire which had been polluted by contact with aliens.
We know that the play opened with the appearance of
a Satyr attempting to kiss the newly-kindled fire and
singeing his beard :
Τράγος, γένειον ἆρα πενθήσεις σύ γε.
The only other line extant,
λινᾶ δὲ πίσσα κὠμολίνου μακροὶ τόνοι ,
perhaps contains a reference to the torch race which
must undoubtedly have formed part of any Satyric
drama called Prometheus. If the IIuppópos was the first
play of the trilogy it must have recorded the theft of
fire from Mount Mosychlus in Lemnos,¹ and perhaps
the trial and sentence on Prometheus. The early part
of the play may have contained a description of "the
ten years' war in Heaven " against the Titans, and the
part played therein by Prometheus (see 200 ff. ).
The scene of the Avóuevos is on Mount Caucasus,
where Prometheus, still fastened to the rock, is ex
truded from the depths of Tartarus to the light of day,
and an eagle feasts every day on his liver.
The first fragment we possess is from the parodos,
which is in anapaests spoken by a chorus of Titans,
who, being released from Tartarus (see Pind. Pyth.
iv. 289) have come to condole with Prometheus :
῞Ηκομεν—
τοὺς σοὺς ἄθλους τούσδε, Προμηθεῦ ,
δεσμοῦ τε πάθος τόδ᾽ ἐποψόμενοι.
1 See Cicero, Tusc. ii. 10.
xxiv ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

They then describe the countries they have traversed

before reaching the scene of Prometheus' new punish
ment :
τῇ μὲν δίδυμον χθονὸς Εὐρώπης
μέγαν ἠδ᾽ ᾿Ασίας τέρμονα Φᾶσιν.1
The second fragment is also in anapaestic metre,
and is quoted by Strabo (i. , p. 33 ) to prove that all
the southern parts of the known world were called
Aethiopia by the old writers :
Φοινικόπεδόν τ᾽ ἐρυθρᾶς ἱερὸν
χεῦμα θαλάσσης
χαλκοκέραυνόν τε παρ' Ὠκεανῷ
λίμναν παντοτρόφον Αἰθιόπων,
ἵν᾽ ὁ παντόπτης ῞Ηλιος ἀεὶ
χρῶτ᾽ ἀθάνατον κάματόν θ᾽ ἵππων
θερμαῖς ὕδατος
μαλακοῦ προχοαῖς ἀναπαύει.
This is a description of the " Red Sea " of the
ancients, our Indian Ocean, and of the Fountains or
Lake of the Sun (see 1. 808).
The next passage we have, unfortunately, only in a
translation , though Cicero (Tusc . ii. 10) is the trans
lator. In it Prometheus addresses the friendly Titans
and describes to them the nature of his punishments
and the torments he suffers-such torments that he

1 In the Prometheus Bound, 11. 734 , 790 , the Sea of Azov is spoken
of as the boundary of Europe and Asia. The Phasis , therefore ,
must have been conceived by the poet as flowing into the Sea of
Azov from the North. These two fragments are from Arrian's
Periplus. See Ap. A.
PROMETHEUS BOUND.

[face p. xxv.
 INTRODUCTION. XXV

who had (933 and 1043 ff. ) braved all the wrath of Zeus
and boasted of his immortality, now complains that
the hope of death is denied him. His own prediction
(512), that only through ten thousand tortures would
the gate of escape be opened to him, is now fulfilled :
Titanum suboles, socia nostri sanguinis,
Generata Caelo, adspicite religatum asperis
Vinctumque saxis, navem ut horrisono freto
Noctem paventes timidi adnectunt navitae.
Saturnius me sic infixit Iuppiter, 5
Iovisque numen Mulciberi adscivit manus.
Hos ille cuneos fabrica crudeli inserens
Perrupit artus : qua miser sollertia
Transverberatus castrum hoc Furiarum incolo.
Iam tertio me quoque funesto die 10
Tristi advolatu aduncis lacerans unguibus
Iovis satelles pastu dilaniat fero ;
Tum iecore opimo farta et satiata affatim
Clangorem fundit vastum, et sublime avolans
Pinnata cauda nostrum adulat sanguinem ; 15
Quum vero adesum inflatu renovatum est iecur,
Tum rursum taetros avida se ad pastus refert.
Sic hanc custodem maesti cruciatus alo,
Quae me perenni vivum foedat miseria ;
Namque, ut videtis, vinclis constrictus Iovis 20
Arcere nequeo diram volucrem a pectore.
Sic me ipse viduus pestes accipio anxias,
Amore mortis terminum anquirens mali ;
Sed longe a leto numine aspellor Iovis,
Atque haec vetusta saeclis glomerata horridi 25
xxvi ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

Luctifica clades nostro infixa est corpori,

E quo liquatae solis ardore excidunt
Guttae, quae saxa assidue instillant Caucasi.
After setting forth his sufferings Prometheus would
seem to have given his hearers an account of his
benefits to mankind (cp. 462 ff. ), though these might
have been supposed to be known to his fellow Titans.
Plutarch (De Fortit. ) has preserved for us two lines
from this part of the play, quoting them in proof of
the assertion that it is due to Prometheus, that is
to Reason, that we are superior to brutes :
ἵππων ὄνων τ' ὀχεῖα καὶ ταύρων γονᾶς
δοὺς ἀντίδουλα καὶ πόνων ἐκδέκτορα .
We know nothing more of the course of the play till
the arrival of Heracles upon the scene, except that
Taîa, or the Earth-goddess, took in this drama the
part taken in the Aeoμúrns by Oceanus. Prometheus
had become more pliant by suffering, and was ready
to listen to offers of mediation more tactfully made,
we may assume, and with more real sympathy than
by the self-complacent Oceanus.
Zeus, willing to glorify his son, ' permitted Heracles
to shoot the eagle, and Plutarch ( Moral. p. 757 D)
brings him before us aiming his arrow :
ἀγρεὺς δ' ᾿Απόλλων ὀρθὸν ἰθύνοι βέλος.
The eagle killed, we may suppose Heracles to release
Prometheus from his long-worn fetters, when the
latter in his thankfulness uses the words quoted
1 Hesiod, Theog. 530 ff.
 INTRODUCTION . xxvii

by Plutarch in his life of Pompeius (c. 1) as applicable

to Pompeius Magnus, whose father was a most un
popular man at Rome :
ἐχθροῦ πατρός μοι τοῦτο φίλτατον τέκνον .
Heracles is engaged in his eleventh labour when he
* releases Prometheus, and to him Prometheus predicts
his future adventures, as he had predicted hers to Io.
This brings us to the next fragment, found in Steph
anus Byzant. sub voce ῎Αβιοι :
ἔπειτα δ' ἥξεις δῆμον ἐνδικώτατον
[βρότων ] ἁπάντων καὶ φιλοξενώτατον ,
Γαβίους, ἵν᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἄροτρον οὔτε γατόμος
τέμνει δίκελλ᾽ ἄρουραν , ἀλλ᾽ αὐτόσποροι
γύαι φέρουσι βίοτον ἄφθονον βροτοῖς.
A scholiast on Apollonius Rhodius (iv. 284 ) informs
us that Aeschylus speaks of the Ister as rising in the
Hyperborean and Rhipaean mountains, whither no
doubt Heracles is made to proceed, passing on his way
through the country of the Gabii and the kindly
mannered Scythians (Strabo, vii. , p. 300) : ¹
ἀλλ᾽ ἱππάκης βρωτῆρες εὔνομοι Σκύθαι.
The next two passages, derived from Galen, contain a
warning against the Northern blasts and against some
monster with death -dealing breath (cp. 800 ) :
εὐθεῖαν ἕρπε τήνδε· καὶ πρώτιστα μὲν
Βορεάδας ἥξεις πρὸς πνοάς, ἵν᾿ εὐλαβοῦ
1Cp . Hom . Il. xiii. 5 :
ἀγαυῶν Ἱππημολγῶν
γλακτοφάγων ᾿Αβίων τε, δικαιοτάτων ἀνθρώπων.
C
xxviii ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

στρόμβον καταιγίζοντα , μή σ᾽ ἀναρπάσῃ

δυσχειμέρῳ πέμφιγι συστρέψας ἄφνω.1

ἐξευλαβοῦ δὲ μή σε προσβάλῃ στόμα

πέμφιξ. πικροὶ γὰρ κοὐ διὰ ζόης ἀτμοί.
The longest Greek fragment of the Λυόμενος, and the
last, which we owe to Strabo (iv. , p. 182), formed part
of Prometheus ' recital of Heracles' adventures when
on his way to get the golden apples of the Hesperides ; 2
respecting which we also know from Apollodorus that
Prometheus warned Heracles not to go himself for the
golden apples, but to send Atlas for them, and support
the heavens on his shoulders the while. Whether he
also instructed him how to trick Atlas into taking up
the burden again we do not know, but it may well
have been so :
ἥξεις δὲ Λιγύων εἰς ἀτάρβητον στρατόν ,
ἔνθ᾽ οὐ μάχης, σάφ' οἶδα , καὶ θοῦρός περ ὢν
μέμψει· πέπρωται γάρ σε καὶ βέλη λιπεῖν
ἐνταῦθ᾽. ἑλέσθαι δ᾽ οὔτιν᾽ ἐκ γαίας λίθον
ἕξεις, ἐπεὶ πᾶς χῶρός ἐστι μαλθακός . 5
ἰδὼν δ᾽ ἀμηχανοῦντά σ᾽ ὁ Ζεὺς οἰκτερεῖ,
νεφέλην δ᾽ ὑπερσχὼν νιφάδι γογγύλων πέτρων
ὑπόσκιον θήσει χθόν᾽, οἷς ἔπειτα σὺ
βαλὼν διώσει ῥᾳδίως Λίγυν στρατόν.

1 Some have thought that this passage should follow 791 of the
Prometheus Bound .
2 On which occasion Heracles for a time supported the heaven
in the place of Atlas, as shown in the Olympian sculptures.
 INTRODUCTION. xxix

Besides the above passages we know that in this

play Prometheus revealed the secret as to the marriage
of Thetis as the price of his release, ¹ though whether
this act of submission took place before or after the
slaying of the eagle is not clear, but from the word
exopoû in the fragment from Plutarch we may suppose
it to have been after.
But though Prometheus² is released, the justice of
Zeus is not satisfied till a substitute is found to expiate
even to the death the punishment originally decreed
against the Titan, and the innocent Chiron, who had
been unintentionally wounded by the poisoned arrows
of Heracles, offers himself to Zeus as a voluntary sin
offering. Suffering from an incurable and agonizing
wound, Chiron goes down willingly to Hades in place
of Prometheus.
Prometheus, freed from his fetters, puts on his own
head a wreath of willow (λúyos ),³ and it is in remem
brance of the tortures and humiliation endured by
their champion, says Athenaeus,4 that the custom of
wearing such a wreath originated among men. Athen
aeus quotes two lines from the Sphinx of Aeschylus
referring to this :
τῷ δὲ ξένῳ γε λύγινον ' ἀρχαῖον στέφος,
δεσμῶν ἄριστος, ἐκ Προμηθέως λόγου .
1 Philodemus de Pietate, pp. 39, 41. See Nauck, Fr. 189 n .
2 By Hermes, says Wecklein, and not by Heracles.
3 A sort of osier, says Wecklein, often used for fetters.
4 xv., p. 674 D.
5Mss. σrépavov, emended by Weil.
XXX ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

The last glimpse we get of the Aeschylean Prometheus

is in the Marriage ofPeleus and Thetis of Catullus, 295 :
Post hunc consequitur sollerti corde Prometheus,
Extenuata gerens veteris vestigia poenae,
Quam quondam silici restrictus membra catena
Persolvit pendens e verticibus praeruptis.
In appreciating the treatment by Aeschylus of the
Prometheus myth we must remember that to the
Athenians Prometheus was not one of the important
deities. Though associated in their worship with
their patron goddess Athena on the one hand and
with Hephaistos on the other, he was looked upon
simply as the " god of civilization, " ¹ and the giver of
fire to men. In commemoration of the latter at the
annual festival of IIpoμýleιa was held a torch race
(λаμπadпpoρía) run from the suburb, where Prometheus
was worshipped, to the city.2

V. THE PROMETHEUS BOUND.

Before the opening of the Prometheus Bound there
is supposed to have taken place the whole momentous
history of
" The old order changing, yielding place to new. "
After a ten years' war in Heaven the old race of gods,
Cronus and the Titan brood (1. 164), had been worsted

1 Wecklein.
2 Soph . O. C. 55, ὁ πυρφόρος θεὸς Τιτὰν Προμηθεύς.
 P
P
MPA

THE RECONCILIATION.
This painting on a drinking vessel found at Vulci represents the
reconciliation between Prometheus and the Olympian deities, symbolized
by the offer of a cup of nectar from Hera to Prometheus in token that he
is again to take his place at the banquets of the gods.

[face p. xxx.
 INTRODUCTION. xxxi

in the conflict. The new-forged lightning of Zeus, the

many-handed aid of Briareus and Kottus and Gyas,
the counsels of Prometheus (219), and the moral sup
port of Themis, Goddess of Justice and mother of
Prometheus, had prevailed, and Cronus and the
Titans had been hurled into Tartarus. The golden
age of Cronus, when men and gods lived together in
harmony and unambitious contentment, had been suc
ceeded by the harder, but more bracing, rule of Zeus,
who, after the manner of new autocrats, wished to sweep
away all traces of the old regime ( 151 ). Henceforth
between mankind and the gods was to be a great gulf
fixed, and Zeus wished to begin by destroying the
whole race of men (232) and forming another more
in harmony with his new Cosmos. Prometheus op
posed this, and by procuring for mankind the gift of
fire ( 109), which Zeus had wished to withhold, he
gave the first impetus to their civilization and self
evolution. From the likeness of beasts that perish he
transformed them into rational men, and planted in
their hearts Hope, that sovereign panacea for all the
ills of life. For thus defying Zeus and thwarting his
will, Prometheus was condemned to crucifixion, and
the period of his punishment was to be 30,000 years
(see 94 and Scholiast).
In the first scene Kpáros and Bía, the ministers of
Zeus, enter accompanied by Hephaistos, bringing Pro
metheus to the place of his crucifixion in Scythia.
They fasten him down with a huge wedge through his
chest, Kpáros taking delight in his cruel task, while
xxxii ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

Hephaistos does his work with the utmost reluctance.

Not till his executioners have departed does Prometheus
break silence with an appeal to the elemental Powers.
As his passion rises he breaks out into anapaestic
recitative, but calms down again into the spoken
iambic verse . This is succeeded by alternate bacchic
and iambic metre in his excitement at the approach
of his maiden cousins, the ocean nymphs :
" Lo when they came they were women, more loving
and lovelier only."
They draw out from him with womanly curiosity a
recital of the events that had brought about his
punishment, the war in Heaven, the victory of Zeus,
his design against the race of men, and Prometheus'
efforts deliberately undertaken in their behalf. This
lyric and anapaestic dialogue had gone on while the
Oceanides were still in their aerial car above Prome
theus and invisible to him. At its conclusion they
descend to earth, during the diversion caused by the
arrival of their father on an unbridled four-footed bird.
He has come to offer his sympathy to his nephew,
and with the utmost self-complacence patronizes
Prometheus, irritating him by pompous platitudes
and offers of mediation with Zeus. Prometheus is
scornful and sarcastic, and then gives utterance to
the magnificent passage (rightly assigned to the chief
speaker and not to Oceanus), where, in the spirit
rather of the victorious Zeus than as a sympathizer
with his conquered foe, he describes the overthrow of
 INTRODUCTION. xxxiii

Typhonandtheterrific eruption of Etna. FinallyOceanus

goes off in a huff, his offers of mediation being rejected.
A beautiful ode by the Chorus assures Prometheus
of the sorrowful sympathy of all the inhabitants of
earth, just as the powers of nature and the recesses of
the earth condoled with the woes of Atlas. Prometheus
then describes all he has done for men, and hints that
Zeus too has the Moîpai and Erinyes to fear, but will
not explain his meaning clearly. Whereupon the
Chorus piously deprecate a quarrel with Zeus, pointing
out the inefficiency of mankind as helpers against
Zeus. Suddenly to the surprise, as it must have been,
of the spectators, appears on the scene the horned
maide Io with the ghost of Argus playing a flute
behind her. Finding that Prometheus knows who she
is, and her past history, she asks for a knowledge of
what awaits her in the future ; but is first persuaded
to give an account of her previous experiences. After
an ejaculatory ode from the Chorus expressing their
horrified sympathy, Prometheus recites her future
wanderings, and then again hints, but now more
clearly, that Zeus will be one day hurled from his
throne , and that this can be averted only by himself
when freed from his bonds. To Io's surprised question
"Who will release you ? " the answer is " One of
your own descendants. " Another attack of the gad
fly drives Io off the stage, and the Chorus in a pious
ode take up their parable against the dangers of
an unequal marriage. Then in dialogue with the
Chorus Prometheus, alluding to the curse of Cronus as
xxxiv ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

still hanging over the head of Zeus (912), defies him to

do his worst. This fierce outburst calls down Hermes
as a messenger from Zeus demanding from Prometheus
his secret. On his refusal he is threatened with still
direr punishments. Hermes departs, and the obdur
ate Titan, amid a storm of thunder and lightning,
descends in the sight of the sympathizing and intrepid
Ocean nymphs into the bowels of the earth.

VI. AESCHYLUS AND PINDAR.

The resemblances between Aeschylus (in the Prom.
Vin. ) and Pindar are very numerous and striking. They
resemble one another in vocabulary, in phraseology, in
syntax, in turn of phrase, and in treatment of legends.
Consequently a careful perusal of Pindar is no mean help
towards understanding the Prometheus of Aeschylus, and
on more than one doubtful passage of this play a side
light is thrown from Pindar's Odes. Thus where the MS.
(677) has λépvns åкpýv тe, Blomfield's conjecture, åkrýv
Te Aépvηs, is supported, even if it were not suggested,
by Pind. Ol. vii. 33, Aepvaías åπ' ȧктâя. Similarly the
expression μáσoova ǹws ( Ol. xiii. 113) favours Brunck's
correction of μᾶσσον ἢ ὡς for μᾶσσον ὡς (629) . So I
have ventured to introduce a word from Pindar into
one disputed passage (899) . The Ms. has yάuw dаπтo
μévav, which Wecklein, following Weil, emends to
åµаλаπтoµévav , an uncommon word , though supported
by the later Scholiast's ἀφανιζομέναν. Will not the
word dapaλisoμévav satisfy all the conditions ? It is
 INTRODUCTION. XXXV

used in the fifth Pythian, and was formerly read in

Pyth . ix. 24, ἑτέρῳ λέχει δαμαλιζομέναν . The later
Scholiasts on the passage in the Prometheus explain by
δαμαζομέναν , and there is further the assonance between
dáμalis (cp. Supp. 350) a heifer and daµalisw. In line 692
the substitution of the Epic and Pindaric duós for èµós
seems to improve the metre without any violent alter
ation of the text.1 Some of Aeschylus's favourite
words are no less common in Pindar, who uses ỏπájw
15 times, πopov 15 times, yeywveîv 3 times, opiv half-a
dozen times, waλáµŋ 9 times, дɩπý 6 times, weλúpios 4
times, árúew 5 times. So also we find in Pindar Teós
(often) for σός ( 162), ποτινισσόμενος (528), ἀιστοῦν,
ἐλινύειν used twice (by both authors), ἀμπλακίαι common,
and frequent compounds of ἀκάμας and ἀδάμας. Pindar
calls Chiron Baðvµýтns , and Aeschylus calls Prometheus
αἰπυμήτης ; Pytho is αἰπεινά in the one and Dodona
aiπúvwTos in the other. Both authors address Zeus as
Пpúтavis (cp. Hom. Hymn. Apol. 68), and & Kрóvie πaî.
The goddess Themis is ὀρθόβουλος in Aeschylus, εὔβουλος
in Pindar, while op06ẞovλos in the latter occurs as an
epithet of μῆτις and μηχανή . Both poets speak of
aypiaι válo , though the expression is metaphorical in
Aeschylus and literal in Pindar. Aetna is in Pindar
κίων οὐρανία , while in Aeschylus Atlas supports the
kiwv ovρavoû on his shoulders. The phrase in Pindar,
Pyth . iv. 293, διαντλῆσαι οὐλομέναν νοῦσον in each of its
1It is used by Aeschylus, Choep. 428 (in senarii), and the late
Canon Evans uses it in his retranslation into Greek of Cicero's
version of Frag. iii. (Introd. p. xxv.) of the Prometheus Freed.
xxxvi ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

component words recalls a passage of our play. With

ἐν δόξῃ θέμενος, Pindar, Οl. x. (xi. ) 69, compare ἐν
οἴκτῳ προθέμενος (239), and with ὅτῳ τρόπῳ ἐκκυλισθήσει
(87) compare ὅστις τρόπος ἐξεκύλισέ νιν, Pindar, Frag . ii.
Thesubstantive -adjective ἀχέτας, applied to thereed pipe
of Argus in Aeschylus, qualifies the dirge called Linus in
Pindar. The metaphorical use of "Apns for murder (861 )
occurs in Pyth . xi. 36, χρονίῳ σὺν ῎Αρει πέφνεν, οf Orestes
murdering Clytemnestra. Both writers use μάστιξ
metaphorically , as we say “ scourge.” Collocations
of words common to both are ἐπ ’ ἄλλοτ᾽ ἄλλον
(Pyth. x. 54 ; Prom. 276) , åékov0' ékúv ( Ol. x. (xi. ) 33 ;
Prom . 19), and πηγὴν πυρός (Pyth . i. 22 ; Prom . 110).
On μνήμοσιν δέλτοις φρενῶν (789) the Scholiast quotes
Pindar, Ol. x. 3, πόθι φρενὸς ἐμᾶς γέγραπται, and on the
gnomic saying ὡς τὸ κηδεῦσαι, κ.τ.λ. (890 ), he quotes
Pyth . ii. 64 , χρὴ δὲ καθ᾽ αὑτὸν αἰεὶ παντὸς ὁρᾶν μέτρον,
εὐναὶ δὲ παράτροποι ἐς κακότατ᾽ ἀθρόαν ἔβαλον ποτὶ κοῖτον
ἴοντα . Several other proverbial sayings are found in
both . Compare in particular τοὺς προδότας μισεῖν ἔμαθον
( 1068) with Pyth . iv. 284, ἔμαθε δ' ὑβρίζοντα μισεῖν , and
ἐκτὸς ἔχειν πόδα of Pindar with πημάτων ἔξω πόδα ἔχει
(263), and μηδὲν ἄγαν in both. " Kick not against the
pricks,” says Aeschylus. 66 Kicking against the pricks,"
says Pindar , “ leads to a fall on the course. 39 The
Chorus in the Prometheus (242) says that he who pities
not Prometheus must be σιδηρόφρων τε κἀκ πέτραςεἰργασ
μένος, and Pindar in one of his fragments speaks of one
who is not moved by love as having a black heart
" beaten out of adamant and iron."
 INTRODUCTION. xxxvii

The poets coincide in many points of syntax and

style, and what has been called the Aeschylean epithet
appears in Pindar also, e.g. “ the baneless poison of
bees” ( Ol. vi. 46 ), while Pindar's rather high -flownperi
phrasis for a cloak as "a warm antidote for cold winds "
(Ol. ix. 184), has an Aeschylean ring about it. Pindar
uses μολεῖν , ἐλθεῖν , ἱκνεῖσθαι with direct accusative (see
Prom . 709, 717, 735, etc. ), ὦ φίλος for ὦ φίλε (Prom . 545 ),
ἐξανίσταται, hist. pres . (Prom . 767 ). The adamantine
bonds (metaphorical) of Atlas (Prom. 426 ), find a
parallel in the κρατεροῖς ἀδάμαντος ἅλοις (Pyth . iv. 71 ),
applied to the quest of the Golden Fleece, while Prom.
917, τινάσσων ἐν χεροῖν βέλος recalls Pindar , Nem . i. 58,
ἐν χερὶ τινάσσων φάσγανον .
But there are also whole passages where the simil
arity is too striking to be due to mere chance. Passing
by the episode of Apollo and Cyrene ( Pind. Pyth . ix. ),
which somewhat resembles the episode of the birth of
Io's child in Libya , we may compare with Prometheus,
11. 351-372, the no less splendid description of Typhon,
Pindar, Pyth. i. 15-28 :
ὅς τ' ἐν αἰνᾷ Ταρτάρῳ κεῖται, θεῶν πολέμιος,
Τυφώς, ἑκατοντακάρανος · τόν ποτε
Κιλίκιον θρέψεν πολυώνυμον ἄντρον ' νῦν γε μὰν
ταί θ᾽ ὑπὲρ Κύμας ἁλιερκέες ὄχθαι
Σικελία τ᾽ αὐτοῦ πιέζει στέρνα λαχνάεντα ·
κίων δ᾽ οὐρανία συνέχει,
νιφόεσσ ' Αἴτνα , πάνετες χιόνος ὀξείας τιθήνα ·
τᾶς ἐρεύγονται μὲν ἀπλάτου πυρὸς ἁγνόταται
ἐκ μυχῶν παγαί· ποταμοὶ δ᾽ ἁμέραισιν μὲν
Xxxviii ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

προχέοντι ῥόον καπνοῦ

αἴθων · ἀλλ᾿ ἐν ὄρφναισιν πέτρας
φοίνισσα κυλινδομένα φλὸξ ἐς βαθεῖαν φέρει
πόντου πλάκα σὺν πατάγῳ .
κεῖνο δ' ῾Αφαίστοιο κρουνοὺς ἑρπετὸν I
δεινοτάτους ἀναπέμπει · τέρας μὲν θαυμαστὸν προσ
ιδέσθαι,
θαῦμα δὲ καὶ παρεόντων ἀκοῦσαι,
οἷον Αἴτνας ἐν μελαμφύλλοις δέδεται κορυφαῖς,
καὶ πέδῳ, στρωμνὰ δὲ χαράσσοισ᾽ ἅπαν νῶτον
ποτικεκλιμένον κεντεῖ.
It is instructive to compare the two passages. From
the eighth and ninth lines above we feel sure that
Pindar witnessed the eruption. He describes the
natural phenomenon, as it passed before his eyes, in
magnificent language, while Aeschylus reserves his
sublimest eloquence for the description of the rebellious
and defeated giant, confining his attention, as far as
the realities of the eruption are concerned , to the injury
done to the level fields of Sicily, traces of which may
well have been visible to the poet in 468.
In Pindar, Οl. iv. 7, we have another mention of
Aetna, as ἶπον ἀνεμόεσσαν ἑκατογκεφάλα Τυφῶνος ὀβρίμου,
which Aeschylus recalls to us by his use of the word
ἰπούμενος — Typhon ‘ nipt like a mouse › by Aetna.
Typhon appears again in Pindar, Pyth . viii. 16, Τυφὼς
Κίλιξ ἑκατόγκρανος, and in Frag. ix . 94, κείνῳ μὲν Αἴτνα
δεσμὸς ὑπερφίαλος.
Another striking passage in Pindar is intimately
connected with the plot of the Prometheus, for it bears
 INTRODUCTION. xxxix

on the mysterious progeny to be born of Thetis¹ if she

wed one of the chief Gods ; see Isthm . vii. (viii. ) 32 :
εἶπεν εὔβουλος ἐν μέσοισι θέμις ·
εἵνεκεν πεπρωμένον ἦν φέρτερον γόνον οἱ ἄνακτα πατρὸς
τεκεῖν
ποντίαν θεόν, δς κεραυνοῦ τε κρέσσον ἄλλο βέλος
διώξει χερὶ τριόδοντός τ᾽ ἀμαιμακέτου , Δί τε μισγομέναν
ἢ Διὸς παρ᾽ ἀδελφεοῖσιν .
Again of Atlas and the Titans Pindar, Pyth . iv. 289,
says :
καὶ μὰν κεῖνος ῎Ατλας οὐρανῷ
προσπαλαίει νῦν γε πατρῴας ἀπὸ γᾶς ἀπό τε κτεάνων.
λῦσε δὲ Ζεὺς ἄφθιτος Τιτᾶνας.
The last words have a bearing on the Prometheus Freed
as the freed Titans form the Chorus in that play.

VII.

The only Ms. of Aeschylus which has any great

independent value is the Medicean ( or Laurentian) ms.
The readings of this Ms. are represented in the critical
notes by M. It also contains corrections by a later
hand, and scanty but important scholia. It is in a
cursive hand of the eleventh century, and a fac-simile
(by Merkel) has been published by the Clarendon
Press at Oxford.

1 $ee Prom. 768 , 920 f .

 "Earth and Ocean shall be shadows when Prometheus
shall be dead."
SWINBURNE

xl
 ΤΑ ΤΟΥ ΔΡΑΜΑΤΟΣ ΠΡΟΣΩΠΑ.

πρωταγωνιστής (Cleander ; see Introd ., p. xiii .) :

ΗΦΑΙΣΤΟΣ.
ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ.

δευτεραγωνιστής (Mynniscus of Chalcis ; see Introd .,

p. xiii. ) :
ΚΡΑΤΟΣ.
ΩΚΕΑΝΟΣ.
ΙΩ Η ΙΝΑΧΟΥ .
ΕΡΜΗΣ.

ΧΟΡΟΣ ΩΚΕΑΝΙΔΩΝ .

παραχορήγημα (?Oeager ; see Introd , p. xiii. , n. 2) :

BIA.

D xli
 "Prometheus stands eminent and alone ; one of the
most original and grand and attaching characters ever
conceived by the mind of man. That conception sank
deep into the soul of Milton, and, as has been observed,
rose thence in the likeness of his Satan, but the Satan
of Milton and the Prometheus of Aeschylus stand upon
ground as unequal as do the sublime of sin and the sublime
of virtue. Satan suffered from his ambition , Prometheus
from his humanity ; Satan for himself, Prometheus for
mankind ; Satan dared peril which he had not weighed,
Prometheus devoted himself to sorrows which he had fore
known. " Better to rule in Hell, " said Satan ; " better
to serve this rock, " said Prometheus. But in his Hell
Satan yearned to associate man, while Prometheus pre
ferred a solitary agony, nay, even permitted his zeal and
tenderness for the peace of others to abstract him from
that agony's intenseness. "
MRS. BROWNING.

xlii
ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ

ΠΡΟΛΟΓΟΣ .

ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ , ΗΦΑΙΣΤΟΣ , ΚΡΑΤΟΣ , ΒΙΑ .

ΚΡ . Χθονὸς μὲν εἰς τηλουρὸν ἥκομεν πέδον ,

Σκύθην ἐς οἶμον , ἄβατον εἰς ἐρημίαν .
Ηφαιστε, σοὶ δὲ χρὴ μέλειν ἐπιστολὰς
ἄς σοι πατὴρ ἐφεῖτο , τόνδε πρὸς πέτραις
ὑψηλοκρήμνοις τὸν λεωργὸν ὀχμάσαι 5
ἀδαμαντίνων δεσμοῖσιν ἀρρήκτοις πεδῶν .
τὸ σὸν γὰρ ἄνθος , παντέχνου πυρὸς σέλας ,
θνητοῖσι κλέψας ὤπασεν· τοιᾶσδέ τοι
ἁμαρτίᾶς σφε δεῖ θεοῖς δοῦναι δίκην,
ὡς ἂν διδαχθῇ τὴν Διὸς τυραννίδα 10
στέργειν, φιλανθρώπου δὲ παύεσθαι τρόπου .

2. ἄβροτον in scholia to Homer and Aristophanes .

6. ἀδαμαντίναις πέδῃσιν ἐν ἀρρήκτοις πέτραις Μ ; ἀδαμ
αντίνων δεσμῶν ἐν ἀρρήκτοις πέδαις schol. Ar. Ran . 827.
2 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ΗΦ . Κράτος Βία τε, σφῷν μὲν ἐντολὴ Διὸς

ἔχει τέλος δή, κοὐδὲν ἐμποδὼν ἔτι ·
ἐγὼ δ' ἄτολμός εἰμι συγγενῆ θεὸν
δῆσαι βίᾳ φάραγγι πρὸς δυσχειμέρῳ . 15
πάντως δ᾽ ἀνάγκη τῶνδέ μοι τόλμαν σχεθεῖν·
ἐξωριάζειν γὰρ πατρὸς λόγους βαρύ .
τῆς ὀρθοβούλου θέμιδος αἰπυμῆτα παῖ,
ἄκοντά σ᾽ ἄκων δυσλύτοις χαλκεύμασι
προσπασσαλεύσω τῷδ᾽ ἀπανθρώπῳ πάγῳ, 20
ἵν' οὔτε φωνὴν οὔτε του μορφὴν βροτῶν
ὄψει, σταθευτὸς δ᾽ ἡλίου φοίβῃ φλογὶ
χροιᾶς ἀμείψεις ἄνθος · ἀσμένῳ δέ σοι
ἡ ποικιλείμων νὺξ ἀποκρύψει φάος,
πάχνην θ ' ἑψᾶν ἥλιος σκεδᾷ πάλιν. 25
ἀεὶ δὲ τοῦ παρόντος ἀχθηδὼν κακοῦ
τρύσει σ᾿ ὁ λωφήσων γὰρ οὐ πέφυκέ πω.
τοιαῦτ᾽ ἐπηύρου τοῦ φιλανθρώπου τρόπου .
θεὸς θεῶν γὰρ οὐχ ὑποπτήσσων χόλον
βροτοῖσι τιμὰς ὤπασας πέρα δίκης. 30
ἀνθ ' ὧν ἀτερπῆ τήνδε φρουρήσεις πέτρᾶν,
ὀρθοστάδην , ἄυπνος , οὐ κάμπτων γόνυ·
πολλοὺς δ᾽ ὀδυρμοὺς καὶ γόους ἀνωφελεῖς
φθέγξει · Διὸς γὰρ δυσπαραίτητοι φρένες ·
17. εὐωριάζειν Blomfield .
28. ἐπηύρου Elmsley for ἐπηύρω Μ,
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ. 3

ἅπᾶς δὲ τραχὺς ὅστις ἂν νέον κρατῇ . 35

ΚΡ . εἶεν , τί μέλλεις καὶ κατοικτίζει μάτην ;
τί τὸν θεοῖς ἔχθιστον οὐ στυγεῖς θεόν ,
ὅστις τὸ σὸν θνητοῖσι προύδωκεν γέρας;
ΗΦ . τὸ συγγενές τοι δεινὸν ἥ θ' ὁμιλία .
KP. σύμφημ᾽, ἀνηκουστεῖν δὲ τῶν πατρὸς λόγων 40
οἷόν τε πῶς ; οὐ τοῦτο δειμαίνεις πλέον ;
ΗΦ. ἀεί γε δὴ νηλὴς σὺ καὶ θράσους πλέως.
ΚΡ. ἄκος γὰρ οὐδὲν τόνδε θρηνεῖσθαι· σὺ δὲ
τὰ μηδὲν ὠφελοῦντα μὴ πόνει μάτην .
ΗΦ. ὦ πολλὰ μισηθεῖσα χειρωναξία . 45
KP. τί νιν στυγεῖς ; πόνων γὰρ ὡς ἁπλῷ λόγῳ
τῶν νῦν παρόντων οὐδὲν αἰτία τέχνη .
ΗΦ. ἔμπᾶς τις αὐτὴν ἄλλος ὤφελεν λαχεῖν .
ΚΡ. ἅπαντ᾽ ἐπαχθῆ πλὴν θεοῖσι κοιρανεῖν .
ἐλεύθερος γὰρ οὔτις ἐστὶ πλὴν Διός. 50
ΗΦ . ἔγνωκα τοῖσδε , κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω .
ΚΡ. οὔκουν ἐπείξει τῷδε δεσμὰ περιβαλεῖν ,
ὡς μή σ᾽ ἐλϊνύοντα προσδερχθῇ πατήρ ;
ΗΦ . καὶ δὴ πρόχειρα ψάλια δέρκεσθαι πάρα .
ΚΡ . βαλών νιν ἀμφὶ χερσὶν ἐγκρατεῖ σθένει 55
ῥαιστῆρι θεῖνε, πασσάλευε πρὸς πέτραις .

49. ἐπαχθῆ Stanley for ἐπράχθη Μ.

54. ψάλια Μ. Emended by other Mss. to ψέλια .
55. βαλὼν Stanley for λαβὼν Μ.
4 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ΗΦ. περαίνεται δὴ κοὐ ματᾷ τοῦργον τόδε .

ΚΡ. ἄρασσε μᾶλλον , σφίγγε , μηδαμῇ χάλα.
δεινὸς γὰρ εὑρεῖν κἀξ ἀμηχάνων πόρον.
ΗΦ. ἄρᾶρεν ἥδε γ' ὠλένη δυσεκλύτως . 60
ΚΡ . καὶ τήνδε νῦν πόρπᾶσον ἀσφαλῶς, ἵνα
μάθῃ σοφιστὴς ὢν Διὸς νωθέστερος.
ΗΦ. πλὴν τοῦδ᾽ ἂν οὐδεὶς ἐνδίκως μέμψαιτό μοι .
ΚΡ . ἀδαμαντίνου νῦν σφηνὸς αὐθάδη γνάθον
στέρνων διαμπὰξ πασσάλευ ' ἐρρωμένως. 65
ΗΦ. αἰαῖ , Προμηθεῦ , σῶν ὑπὸ στένω πόνων.
ΚΡ. σὺ δ᾽ αὖ κατοκνεῖς , τῶν Διός τ' ἐχθρῶν ὕπερ
στένεις ; ὅπως μὴ σαυτὸν οἰκτιεῖς ποτέ .
ΗΦ. ὁρᾷς θέαμα δυσθέατον ὄμμασιν .
ΚΡ. ὁρῶ κυροῦντα τόνδε τῶν ἐπαξίων . 70
ἀλλ᾽ ἀμφὶ πλευραῖς μασχαλιστῆρας βάλε.
ΗΦ. δρᾶν ταῦτ᾽ ἀνάγκη · μηδὲν ἐγκέλευ ' ἄγᾶν .
ΚΡ. ἦ μὴν κελεύσω κἀπιθωύξω γε πρός.
χώρει κάτω , σκέλη δὲ κίρκωσον βίᾳ .
ΗΦ. καὶ δὴ πέπρακται τοὔργον οὐ μακρῷ πόνῳ. 75
ΚΡ. ἐρρωμένως νῦν θεῖνε διατόρους πέδας ·
ὡς οὑπιτιμητής γε τῶν ἔργων βαρύς.
ΗΦ. ὅμοια μορφῇ γλῶσσά σου γηρύεται .
ΚΡ. σὺ μαλθακίζου , τὴν δ' ἐμὴν αὐθαδίαν
ὀργῆς τε τραχυτῆτα μὴ ἐπίπλησσέ μοι. 80
ΗΦ. στείχωμεν · ὡς κώλοισιν ἀμφίβληστρ᾽ ἔχει .
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 5

ΚΡ. ἐνταῦθα νῦν ὕβριζε καὶ θεῶν γέρα

συλῶν ἐφημέροισι προστίθει. τί σοι
οἷοί τε θνητοὶ τῶνδ᾽ ἀπαντλῆσαι πόνων ;
ψευδωνύμως σε δαίμονες Προμηθέα 85
καλοῦσιν · αὐτὸν γάρ σε δεῖ προμηθέως ,
ὅτῳ τρόπῳ τῆσδ᾽ ἐκκυλισθήσει τέχνης.
[μονῳδεῖ Προμηθεύς. ]
ΠΡ. ὦ δῖος αἰθήρ, καὶ ταχύπτεροι πνοαί,
ποταμῶν τε πηγαί, ποντίων τε κυμάτων
ἀνήριθμον γέλασμα , παμμῆτόρ τε γῆ , 90
καὶ τὸν πανόπτην κύκλον ἡλίου καλῶ·
ἴδεσθέ μ' οἷα πρὸς θεῶν πάσχω θεός .
δέρχθηθ' οἵαις αἰκίαισιν
διακναιόμενος τὸν μῦριετῆ
χρόνον ἀθλεύσω . τοιόνδ ' ὁ νέος 95
ταγὸς μακάρων ἐξηῦρ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἐμοὶ
δεσμὸν ἀεικῆ.
φεῦ , φεῦ , τὸ παρὸν τό τ' ἐπερχόμενον
πῆμα στενάχω, πῇ ποτε μόχθων
χρὴ τέρματα τῶνδ᾽ ἐπιτεῖλαι. 100
καίτοι τί φημι ; πάντα προυξεπίσταμαι
σκεθρῶς τὰ μέλλοντ᾽, οὐδέ μοι ποταίνιον
πῆμ᾽ οὐδὲν ἥξει . τὴν πεπρωμένην δὲ χρὴ

99. πῇ Turnebus for ποι M.

6 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα , γιγνώσκονθ ' ὅτι

τὸ τῆς ἀνάγκης ἔστ᾽ ἀδήριτον σθένος. 105
ἀλλ᾽ οὔτε σιγᾶν οὔτε μὴ σιγᾶν τύχᾶς
οἷόν τ' ἐμοὶ τάσδ᾽ ἐστί . θνητοῖς γὰρ γέρα
πορὼν ἀνάγκαις ταῖσδ᾽ ἐνέζευγμαι τάλας·
ναρθηκοπλήρωτον δὲ θηρῶμαι πυρὸς
πηγὴν κλοπαίαν , ἣ διδάσκαλος τέχνης ΠΙΟ
πάσης βροτοῖς πέφηνε καὶ μέγας πόρος.
τοιῶνδε ποινὰς ἀμπλακημάτων τίνω
ὑπαίθριος δεσμοῖσι προυσελούμενος .
ἆ ἆ , ἔα ἔα .
τίς ἀχώ, τίς ὀδμὰ προσέπτα μ᾽ ἀφεγγής, 115
θεόσυτος , ἢ βρότειος, ἢ κεκρᾶμένη ;
ἵκετο τερμόνιον ἐπὶ πάγον
πόνων ἐμῶν θεωρός, ἢ τί δὴ θέλων ;
ὁρᾶτε δεσμώτην με δύσποτμον θεόν,
τὸν Διὸς ἐχθρόν , τὸν πᾶσι θεοῖς 120
δι' ἀπεχθείας ἐλθόνθ', ὁπόσοι
τὴν Διὸς αὐλὴν εἰσοιχνεῦσιν ,
διὰ τὴν λίᾶν φιλότητα βροτῶν.
φεῦ , φεῦ, τί ποτ' αὖ κινάθισμα κλύω
πέλας οἰωνῶν; αἰθὴρ δ ' ἐλαφραῖς 125
πτερύγων ῥιπαῖς ὑποσυρίζει .
πᾶν μοι φοβερὸν τὸ προσέρπον .
113. πασσαλεύμενος M. Emended by Wecklein .
 BOG GUO

AWINGED CAR.

[face p. 7.
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 7

ΠΑΡΟΔΟΣ.

ΧΟΡΟΣ , ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ .
στροφὴ α '.
ΧΟ. μηδὲν φοβηθῇς· φιλία γὰρ ἅδε τάξις
πτερύγων θοαῖς ἁμίλλαις
προσέβα τόνδε πάγον πατρῴᾶς 130
μόγις παρειποῦσα φρένας .
κραιπνοφόροι δέ μ ' ἔπεμψαν αὖραι ·
κτύπου γὰρ ἀχὼ χάλυβος διῇξεν ἄντρων
μυχόν, ἐκ δ᾽ ἔπληξέ μου τὰν
θεμερῶπιν αἰδῶ .
σύθην δ᾽ ἀπέδιλος ὄχῳ πτερωτῷ . 135
ΠΡ. αἰαῖ, αἰαῖ,
τῆς πολυτέκνου Τηθύος ἔκγονα ,
τοῦ περὶ πᾶσάν θ ' εἱλισσομένου
χθόν᾽ ἀκοιμήτῳ ῥεύματι παῖδες
πατρὸς Ὠκεανοῦ, 140
δέρχθητ᾽, ἐσίδεσθ ', οἵῳ δεσμῷ
προσπορπᾶτὸς τῆσδε φάραγγος
σκοπέλοις ἐν ἄκροις
φρουρὰν ἄζηλον ὀχήσω.
142. προσπορπατός correction by a second hand for
πρὸς πατρός Μ.
8 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ἀντιστροφὴ α'.
ΧΟ. λεύσσω , Προμηθεῖ , φοβερὰ δ᾽ ἐμοῖσιν ὄσσοις
ὁμίχλα προσῇξε πλήρης 145
δακρύων σὸν δέμας εἰσιδοῦσαν
πέτραις προσαυαινόμενον
ταῖσδ᾽ ἀδαμαντοδέτοισι λύμαις .
νέοι γὰρ οἰᾶκονόμοι κρατοῦσ᾽ Ὀλύμπου "
νεοχμοῖς δὲ δὴ νόμοις Ζεὺς
ἀθέτως κρατύνει , 150
τὰ πρὶν δὲ πελώρια νῦν ἀιστοῦ .

ΠΡ. εἰ γάρ μ᾽ ὑπὸ γῆν νέρθεν θ' "Αιδου

τοῦ νεκροδέγμονος
εἰς ἀπέραντον Τάρταρον ἧκεν,
δεσμοῖς ἀλύτοις ἀγρίως πελάσας, 155
ὡς μήτε θεὸς μήτε τις ἄλλος
τοῖσδ᾽ ἐπεγήθει .
νῦν δ' αἰθέριον κίνυγμ᾽ ὁ τάλας
ἐχθροῖς ἐπίχαρτα πέπονθα.

146. εἰσίδουσ ... Μ. , with a added by a second hand ;

εἰσιδοῦσαν Hermann ; εἰσιδούσᾳ Turnebus ; εἰσιδούσας .
Pallis.
150. ἀθέτως for ἀθέσμως M. , emended by Bentley.
156. μήτε θεός Turn . for μήποτε θεός Μ.
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 9

στροφὴ βʹ.
ΧΟ . τίς ὧδε τλησικάρδιος
θεῶν, ὅτῳ τάδ' ἐπιχαρῆ ; 160
τίς οὐ συνασχαλᾷ κακοῖς
τεοῖσι, δίχα γε Διός ; ὁ δ᾽ ἐπικότως ἀεὶ
θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον
δάμναται Οὐρανίαν
γένναν · οὐδὲ λήξει, πρὶν ἂν ἢ κορέσῃ κέαρ, 165
ἢ παλάμᾳ τινὶ τὰν δυσάλωτον ἕλῃ τις ἀρχάν,

ΠΡ . ἦ μὴν ἔτ' ἐμοῦ , καίπερ κρατεραῖς

ἐν γυιοπέδαις αἰκιζομένου ,
χρείᾶν ἕξει μακάρων πρύτανις .
δεῖξαι τὸ νέον βούλευμ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ὅτου 170
σκῆπτρον τιμάς τ᾽ ἀποσυλᾶται.
καί μ᾽ οὔτι μελιγλώσσοις πειθοῦς
ἐπαοιδαῖσιν θέλξει , στερεάς τ'
οὔποτ᾽ ἀπειλὰς πτήξας τόδ᾽ ἐγὼ
καταμηνύσω , πρὶν ἂν ἐξ ἀγρίων 175
δεσμῶν χαλάσῃ ποινάς τε τίνειν
τῆσδ' αἰκίας ἐθελήσῃ .
163. ἄγναμπτον Μ.; ἀκνάμπετον Ahrens to correspond
with line 182 ; τιθέμενος Pauw. for θέμενος Μ.
170. ἀφ᾿ ὅτου M. first hand.
172. ούτοι M. , emended by a later hand ; οὔτε Porson .
10 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ἀντιστροφὴ β '.
ΧΟ. σὺ μὲν θρασύς τε καὶ πικραῖς
δύαισιν οὐδὲν ἐπιχαλᾷς,
ἄγᾶν δ᾽ ἐλευθεροστομεῖς . 180
ἐμὰς δὲ φρένας ἐρέθισε διάτορος φόβος·
δέδια γὰρ ἀμφὶ σαῖς τύχαις,
πᾷ ποτε τῶνδε πόνων
χρή σε τέρμα κέλσαντ᾽ ἐσιδεῖν · ἀκίχητα γὰρ
ἤθεα καὶ κέαρ ἀπαράμυθον ἔχει Κρόνου παῖς .

ΠΡ. οἶδ' ὅτι τραχὺς καὶ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ 186

τὸ δίκαιον ἔχων Ζεύς, ἀλλ᾽ ἔμπᾶς
μαλακογνώμων ἔσται ποθ ' ὅταν
ταύτῃ ῥαισθῇ ·
τὴν δ᾽ ἀτέραμνον στορέσᾶς ὀργὴν 190
εἰς ἀρθμὸν ἐμοὶ καὶ φιλότητα
σπεύδων σπεύδοντί ποθ' ἥξει.

181. ἐρέθισε Turn . for ἠρέθισε Μ.

182. δέ for γάρ Porson.
185. ἀπαράμυθον later mss . for οὐ παράμυθον Μ.
187. After ἔμπας Μ. has ἰὼ, corrected into δω in a
separate line .
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ. 11

ΠΡΩΤΟΝ ΕΠΕΙΣΟΔΙΟΝ .

ΧΟΡΟΣ, ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ , ΩΚΕΑΝΟΣ .

ΧΟ. πάντ᾽ ἐκκάλυψον καὶ γέγων' ἡμῖν λόγον,

ποίῳ λαβών σε Ζεὺς ἐπ᾽ αἰτιάματι
οὕτως ἀτίμως καὶ πικρῶς αἰκίζεται· 195
δίδαξον ἡμᾶς, εἴ τι μὴ βλάπτει λόγῳ .
IIP . ἀλγεινὰ μέν μοι καὶ λέγειν ἐστὶν τάδε ,
ἄλγος δὲ σιγᾶν, πανταχῇ δὲ δύσποτμα .
ἐπεὶ τάχιστ᾽ ἤρξαντο δαίμονες χόλου
στάσις τ᾽ ἐν ἀλλήλοισιν ὠροθύνετο, 200
οἱ μὲν θέλοντες ἐκβαλεῖν ἕδρᾶς Κρόνον,
ὡς Ζεὺς ἀνάσσοι δῆθεν , οἱ δὲ τοὔμπαλιν
σπεύδοντες , ὡς Ζεὺς μήποτ ' ἄρξειεν θεῶν,
ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἐγὼ τὰ λῷστα βουλεύων πιθεῖν
Τιτᾶνας, Οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ Χθονὸς τέκνα , 205
οὐκ ἠδυνήθην · αἱμύλᾶς δὲ μηχανὰς
ἀτιμάσαντες καρτεροῖς φρονήμασιν
ᾤοντ᾽ ἀμοχθὶ πρὸς βίᾶν τε δεσπόσειν .
ἐμοὶ δὲ μήτηρ οὐχ ἅπαξ μόνον θέμις ,
καὶ Γαῖα , πολλῶν ὀνομάτων μορφὴ μία , 210
τὸ μέλλον ᾗ κραίνοιτο προυτεθεσπίκει ,
211. κρανοῖτο Elmsley .
121
ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ὡς οὐκατ᾿ ἰσχὺν οὐδὲ πρὸς τὸ καρτερὸν

χρείη , δόλῳ δὲ τοὺς ὑπερσχόντας κρατεῖν .
τοιαῦτ᾽ ἐμοῦ λόγοισιν ἐξηγουμένου
οὐκ ἠξίωσαν οὐδὲ προσβλέψαι τὸ πᾶν. 215
κράτιστα δή μοι τῶν παρεστώτων τότε
ἐφαίνετ᾽ εἶναι προσλαβόντα μητέρα
ἑκόνθ' ἑκόντι Ζηνὶ συμπαραστατεῖν .
ἐμαῖς δὲ βουλαῖς Ταρτάρου μελαμβαθὴς
κευθμὼν καλύπτει τὸν παλαιγενῆ Κρόνον 220
αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι. τοιάδ᾽ ἐξ ἐμοῦ
ὁ τῶν θεῶν τύραννος ὠφελημένος
κακαῖσι ποιναῖς ταῖσδέ μ' ἐξημείψατο .
ἔνεστι γάρ πως τοῦτο τῇ τυραννίδι
νόσημα , τοῖς φίλοισι μὴ πεποιθέναι. 225
ὃ δ᾽ οὖν ἐρωτᾶτ᾽, αἰτίαν καθ ' ἥντινα
αἰκίζεταί με, τοῦτο δὴ σαφηνιῶ.
ὅπως τάχιστα τὸν πατρῴον ἐς θρόνον
καθέζετ ', εὐθὺς δαίμοσιν νέμει γέρα
ἄλλοισιν ἄλλα, καὶ διεστοιχίζετο 230
ἀρχήν, βροτῶν δὲ τῶν ταλαιπώρων λόγον
οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν', ἀλλ᾽ ἀιστώσας γένος
τὸ πᾶν ἔχρῃζεν ἄλλο φιτῦσαι νέον.

213. ὑπερσχόντας Porson forὑπερέχοντας Μ.

217. προσλαβόντα a later hand , for προσλαβόντι,
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ. 13

καὶ τοῖσιν οὐδεὶς ἀντέβαινε πλὴν ἐμοῦ .

ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐτόλμησ᾽ · ἐξελϋσάμην βροτοὺς 235
τὸ μὴ διαρραισθέντας εἰς῞Αιδου μολεῖν.
τῷ τοι τοιαῖσδε πημοναῖσι κάμπτομαι,
πάσχειν μὲν ἀλγειναῖσιν , οἰκτραῖσιν δ' ἰδεῖν ·
θνητοὺς δ᾽ ἐν οἴκτῳ προθέμενος, τούτου τυχεῖν
οὐκ ἠξιώθην αὐτός , ἀλλὰ νηλεῶς 240
ὧδ᾽ ἐρρύθμισμαι , Ζηνὶ δυσκλεὴς θέᾶ.
ΧΟ. σιδηρόφρων τε κἄκ πέτρᾶς εἰργασμένος ,
ὅστις , Προμηθεῦ , σοῖσιν οὐ συνασχαλᾷ
μόχθοις· ἐγὼ γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἂν εἰσιδεῖν τάδε
ἔχρῃζον , εἰσιδοῦσά τ᾽ ἠλγύνθην κέαρ . 245
ΠΡ . καὶ μὴν φίλοις ἐλεινὸς εἰσορᾶν ἐγώ.
ΧΟ . μή πού τι προύβης τῶνδε καὶ περαιτέρω ;
ΠΡ. θνητοὺς ἔπαυσα μὴ προδέρκεσθαι μόρον .
ΧΟ. τὸ ποῖον εὑρὼν τῆσδε φάρμακον νόσου;
ΠΡ. τυφλὰς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐλπίδας κατῴκισα . 250
ΧΟ. μέγ' ὠφέλημα τοῦτ' ἐδωρήσω βροτοῖς .
ΠΡ . πρὸς τοῖσδε μέντοι πῦρ ἐγώ σφιν ὤπασα .
ΧΟ. καὶ νῦν φλογωπὸν πῦρ ἔχουσ᾽ ἐφήμεροι ;
ΠΡ. ἀφ' οὗ γε πολλὰς ἐκμαθήσονται τέχνᾶς .
ΧΟ. τοιοῖσδε δή σε Ζεὺς ἐπ᾽ αἰτιάμασιν 255

234. τοῖσιν Μ.; τοισίδ' Elmsley .

235. ἐξερυσάμην later hand.
240. ἀνηλεῶς Μ .
E
14 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ΠΡ. αἰκίζεταί τε κοὐδαμῇ χαλᾷ κακῶν.

ΧΟ. οὐδ᾽ ἔστιν ἄθλου τέρμα σοι προκείμενον ;
ΠΡ. οὐκ ἄλλο γ' οὐδὲν πλὴν ὅταν κείνῳ δοκῇ.
ΧΟ. δόξει δὲ πῶς ; τίς ἐλπίς ; οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι
ἥμαρτες ; ὡς δ᾽ ἥμαρτες οὔτ᾽ ἐμοὶ λέγειν 26ο
καθ᾽ ἡδονήν, σοί τ' ἄλγος. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν
μεθῶμεν , ἄθλου δ' ἔκλυσιν ζήτει τινά.
ΠΡ. ἐλαφρὸν ὅστις πημάτων ἔξω πόδα
ἔχει παραινεῖν νουθετεῖν τε τὸν κακῶς
πράσσοντ ’. ἐγὼ δὲ ταῦθ ' ἅπαντ ' ἠπιστάμην .
ἑκὼν ἑκὼν ἥμαρτον , οὐκ ἀρνήσομαι · 266
θνητοῖς ἀρήγων αὐτὸς ηὑρόμην πόνους.
οὐ μήν τι ποιναῖς γ' ᾠόμην τοίαισί με
κατισχνανεῖσθαι πρὸς πέτραις πεδαρσίοις ,
τυχόντ᾽ ἐρήμου τοῦδ᾽ ἀγείτονος πάγου. 270
καί μοι τὰ μὲν παρόντα μὴ δύρεσθ᾽ ἄχη,
πέδοι δὲ βᾶσαι τὰς προσερπούσας τύχᾶς
ἀκούσαθ᾽, ὡς μάθητε διὰ τέλους τὸ πᾶν .
πίθεσθέ μοι, πίθεσθε , συμπονήσατε
τῷ νῦν μογοῦντι, ταὐτά του πλανωμένη 275
πρὸς ἄλλοτ᾽ ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει.
ΧΟ. οὐκ ἀκούσαις ἐπεθώυξας
τοῦτο, Προμηθεῦ .
καὶ νῦν ἐλαφρῷ ποδὶ κραιπνόσυτον
θᾶκον προλιποῦσ᾽ αἰθέρα θ᾽ ἁγνόν, 280
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 15

πόρον οἰωνῶν, ὀκριοέσσῃ

χθονὶ τῇδε πελῶ · τοὺς σοὺς δὲ πόνους
χρήζω διὰ παντὸς ἀκοῦσαι.
ΩΚ. ἥκω δολιχῆς τέρμα κελεύθου
διαμειψάμενος πρὸς σέ, Προμηθεῦ , 285
τὸν πτερυγωκῆ τόνδ' οἰωνὸν
γνώμῃ στομίων ἄτερ εὐθύνων ·
ταῖς σαῖς δὲ τύχαις, ἴσθι , συναλγῶ.
τό τε γάρ με, δοκῶ , συγγενὲς οὕτως
ἐσαναγκάζει, χωρίς τε γένους 290
οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτῳ μείζονα μοῖραν
νείμαιμ᾽ ἢ σοί.
γνώσει δὲ τάδ' ὡς ἔτυμ ', οὐδὲ μάτην
χαριτογλωσσεῖν ἔνι μοι · φέρε γὰρ
σήμαιν᾽ ὅ τι χρή σοι συμπράσσειν · 295
οὐ γάρ ποτ᾽ ἐρεῖς ὡς Ὠκεανοῦ
φίλος ἐστὶ βεβαιότερός σοι.
ΠΡ. ἔᾶ, τί χρῆμα ; καὶ σὺ δὴ πόνων ἐμῶν
ἥκεις ἐπόπτης ; πῶς ἐτόλμησας, λιπὼν
ἐπώνυμόν τε ῥεῦμα καὶ πετρηρεφῆ 300
αὐτόκτιτ᾽ ἄντρα , τὴν σιδηρομήτορα
ἐλθεῖν ἐς αἶαν ; ἢ θεωρήσων τύχᾶς
ἐμὰς ἀφῖξαι καὶ συνασχαλῶν κακοῖς ;
δέρκου θέαμα, τόνδε τὸν Διὸς φίλον ,
τὸν συγκαταστήσαντα τὴν τυραννίδα , 305
16 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

οἷαις ὑπ ' αὐτοῦ πημοναῖσι κάμπτομαι.

ΩΚ . ὁρῶ , Προμηθεῦ , καὶ παραινέσαι γέ σοι
θέλω τὰ λῷστα , καίπερ ὄντι ποικίλῳ .
γίγνωσκε σαυτὸν καὶ μεθάρμοσαι τρόπους
νέους · νέος γὰρ καὶ τύραννος ἐν θεοῖς . 310
εἰ δ᾽ ὧδε τραχεῖς καὶ τεθηγμένους λόγους
ῥίψεις , τάχ᾽ ἄν σου καὶ μακρὰν ἀνωτέρω
θακῶν κλύοι Ζεύς, ὥστε σοι τὸν νῦν χόλον
παρόντα μόχθων παιδιὰν εἶναι δοκεῖν .
ἀλλ᾽, ὦ ταλαίπωρ᾽, ἂς ἔχεις ὀργὰς ἄφες, 315
ζήτει δὲ τῶνδε πημάτων ἀπαλλαγάς.
ἀρχαῖ᾽ ἴσως σοι φαίνομαι λέγειν τάδε ·
τοιαῦτα μέντοι τῆς ἄγᾶν ὑψηγόρου
γλώσσης , Προμηθεῦ , τἀπίχειρα γίγνεται .
σὺ δ᾽ οὐδέπω ταπεινὸς οὐδ᾽ εἴκεις κακοῖς, 320
πρὸς τοῖς παροῦσι δ᾽ ἄλλα προσλαβεῖν θέλεις .
οὔκουν ἔμοιγε χρώμενος διδασκάλῳ
πρὸς κέντρα κῶλον ἐκτενεῖς , ὁρῶν ὅτι
τραχὺς μόναρχος οὐδ᾽ ὑπεύθυνος κρατεῖ.
καὶ νῦν ἐγὼ μὲν εἶμι καὶ πειράσομαι , 325
ἐὰν δύνωμαι τῶνδέ σ ' ἐκλῦσαι πόνων ·
σὺ δ᾽ ἡσύχαζε μηδ' ἄγᾶν λαβροστόμει.
ἢ οὐκ οἶσθ᾽ ἀκριβῶς , ὢν περισσόφρων, ὅτι
γλώσσῃ ματαίᾳ ζημία προστρίβεται ;
313. ὄχλον Döderlein.
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 17

ΠΡ. ζηλῶ σ᾿ ὁθούνεκ᾽ ἐκτὸς αἰτίας κυρεῖς, 330

πάντων μετασχὼν καὶ τετολμηκὼς ἐμοί.
καὶ νῦν ἔᾶσον μηδέ σοι μελησάτω .
πάντως γὰρ οὐ πείσεις νιν · οὐ γὰρ εὐπιθής .
πάπταινε δ' αὐτὸς μή τι πημανθῇς ὁδῷ .
ΩΚ . πολλῷ γ᾽ ἀμείνων τοὺς πέλας φρενοῦν ἔφύς
ἢ σαυτόν · ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι. 336
ὁρμώμενον δὲ μηδαμῶς μ᾿ ἀντισπάσῃς .
αὐχῶ γάρ, αὐχῶ τήνδε δωρεὰν ἐμοὶ
δώσειν Δί', ὥστε τῶνδέ σ' ἐκλῦσαι πόνων.
ΠΡ. τὰ μέν σ᾽ ἐπαινῶ κοὐδαμῇ λήξω ποτέ · 340
προθυμίᾶς γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐλλείπεις . ἀτὰρ
μηδὲν πόνει · μάτην γὰρ οὐδὲν ὠφελῶν
ἐμοὶ πονήσεις , εἴ τι καὶ πονεῖν θέλεις.
ἀλλ' ἡσύχαζε σαυτὸν ἐκποδὼν ἔχων ·
ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐκ, εἰ δυστυχῶ , τοῦδ' εἵνεκα 345
θέλοιμ᾽ ἂν ὡς πλείστοισι πημονὰς τυχεῖν.
οὐ δῆτ᾽ , ἐπεί με χαί κασιγνήτου τύχαι
τείρουσ ' "Ατλαντος , ὃς πρὸς ἑσπέρους τόπους
ἕστηκε κίον ' οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ χθονὸς
ὤμοις ἐρείδων , ἄχθος οὐκ εὐάγκαλον , 350
τὸν γηγενῆ τε Κιλικίων οἰκήτορα
ἄντρων ἰδὼν ᾤκτειρα , δάϊον τέρας

337. μ' added by a later hand .

347. χαί Porson for καί Μ.
18 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ἑκατογκάρᾶνον πρὸς βίαν χειρούμενον ,

Τυφῶνα θοῦρον, πᾶσι δ᾽ ἀντέστη θεοῖς
σμερδναῖσι γαμφηλαῖσι συρίζων φόβον· 355
ἐξ ὀμμάτων δ' ἤστραπτε γοργωπὸν σέλας,
ὡς τὴν Διὸς τυραννίδ᾽ ἐκπέρσων βίᾳ ·
ἀλλ᾽ ἦλθεν αὐτῷ Ζηνὸς ἄγρυπνον βέλος ,
καταιβάτης κεραυνὸς ἐκπνέων φλόγα ,
ὃς αὐτὸν ἐξέπληξε τῶν ὑψηγόρων 360
κομπασμάτων . φρένας γὰρ εἰς αὐτὰς τυπεὶς
ἐφεψαλώθη , κἀξεβροντήθη σθένος.
καὶ νῦν ἀχρεῖον καὶ παράορον δέμας
κεῖται στενωποῦ πλησίον θαλασσίου
ἱπούμενος ῥίζαισιν Αἰτναίαις ὕπο, 365
κορυφαῖς δ᾽ ἐν ἄκραις ἥμενος μυδροκτυπεῖ
Ηφαιστος , ἔνθεν ἐκραγήσονταί ποτε
ποταμοὶ πυρὸς δάπτοντες ἀγρίαις γνάθοις
τῆς καλλικάρπου Σικελίας λευροὺς γύᾶς·
τοιόνδε Τϋφὼς ἐξαναζέσει χόλον 370
θερμῆς ἀπλήστου βέλεσι πυρπνόου ζάλης ,

353. ἑκατοντοκάρηνον or ἑκατοντακάρανον M. , emended

by Blomfield .
354. πᾶσιν ὃς ἀντέστη M., emended by Hermann ;
ἀνέστη Wunderlich.
363. παράωρον Μ. , corrected by Bergk.
371. ἀπλάτου Schütz ; θερμοῖς later hand.
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 19

καίπερ κεραυνῷ Ζηνὸς ἠνθρακωμένος.

σὺ δ᾽ οὐκ ἄπειρος , οὐδ᾽ ἐμοῦ διδασκάλου
χρῄξεις . - σεαυτὸν σῷζ' ὅπως ἐπίστασαι·
ἐγὼ δὲ τὴν παροῦσαν ἀντλήσω τύχην , 375
ἔστ᾽ ἂν Διὸς φρόνημα λωφήσῃ χόλου.
ΩΚ. οὔκουν, Προμηθεῦ , τοῦτο γιγνώσκεις , ὅτι
ὀργῆς νοσούσης εἰσὶν ἰατροὶ λόγοι ;
ΠΡ . ἐάν τις ἐν καιρῷ γε μαλθάσσῃ κέαρ
καὶ μὴ σφυδῶντα θυμὸν ἰσχναίνῃ βία . 380
ΩΚ. ἐν τῷ προθυμεῖσθαι δὲ καὶ τολμᾶν τίνα
ὁρᾷς ἐνοῦσαν ζημίαν ; δίδασκέ με.
ΠΡ. μόχθον περισσὸν κουφόνουν τ᾽ εὐηθίαν .
ΩΚ . ἔᾶ με τῇδε τῇ νόσῳ νοσεῖν , ἐπεὶ
κέρδιστον εὖ φρονοῦντα μὴ φρονεῖν δοκεῖν. 385
ΠΡ. ἐμὸν δοκήσει τἀμπλάκημ ' εἶναι τόδε .
ΩΚ . σαφῶς μ᾿ ἐς οἶκον σὸς λόγος στέλλει πάλιν .
ΠΡ. μὴ γάρ σε θρῆνος οὑμὸς εἰς ἔχθρᾶν βάλῃ.
ΩΚ. ἦ τῷ νέον θᾶκοῦντι παγκρατεῖς ἕδρᾶς ;
ΠΡ. τούτου φυλάσσου μή ποτ' ἀχθεσθῇ κέαρ . 390
ΩΚ. ἡ σή , Προμηθεῦ , ξυμφορὰ διδάσκαλος .

378. Plutarch and other later writers quote the line

with ψυχῆς for ὀργῆς, which WVecklein adopts , changing
νοσούσης into σφριγώσης.
380. σφριγῶντα Μ. , σφυδῶντα Herm.
381. προμηθεῖσθαι Schol. (apparently ) and later Mss .
20 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ΠΡ. στέλλου, κομίζου , σῷζε τὸν παρόντα νοῦν .

ΩΚ. ὁρμωμένῳ μοι τόνδ' ἐθώυξας λόγον.
λευρὸν γὰρ οἶμον αἰθέρος ψαίρει πτεροῖς
τετρασκελὴς οἰωνός · ἄσμενος δὲ τἂν 395
σταθμοῖς ἐν οἰκείοισι κάμψειεν γόνυ.

ΠΡΩΤΟΝ ΣΤΑΣΙΜΟΝ .

στροφὴ α .
ΧΟ. στένω σε τᾶς οὐλομένας τύχας, Προμηθεῦ ,
δακρυσίστακτα δ' ἀπ᾽ ὄσσων ῥαδινῶν λει
βομένα ῥέος παρειὰν 400
νοτίοις ἔτεγξα παγαῖς .
ἀμέγαρτα γὰρ τάδε Ζεὺς
ἰδίοις νόμοις κρατύνων
ὑπερήφανον θεοῖς τοῖς
πάρος ἐνδείκνυσιν αἰχμάν . 405

ἀντιστροφὴ α'.
πρόπᾶσα δ' ἤδη στονόεν λέλακε χώρα
μεγαλοσχήμονά τ ' ἀρχαιοπρεπῆ [ θ' ἑσ

399. δακρυσίστακτον Μ. , altered by Minckwitz, to cor

respond with 407, ῥαδινόν Wecklein, after later Mss.
405. ἐνδεικνύειν Μ .
 127
ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

πέριοι ] στένουσι τὰν σὰν

ξυνομαιμόνων τε τιμάν, 410
ὁπόσοι τ᾽ ἔποικον ἁγνᾶς
᾿Ασίας ἕδος νέμονται,
μεγαλοστόνοισι σοῖς πή
μασι συγκάμνουσι θνᾶτοί.

στροφὴ β '.
Κολχίδος τε γᾶς ἔνοικοι 415
παρθένοι , μάχᾶς ἄτρεστοι,
καὶ Σκύθης ὅμιλος , οἳ γᾶς
ἔσχατον τόπον ἀμφὶΜαι
ῶτιν ἔχουσι λίμνᾶν ,

ἀντιστροφὴ β'.
᾿Αρίᾶς τ' ἄρειον ἄνθος 420
ὑψίκρημνον οἳ πόλισμα
Καυκάσου πέλας νέμουσιν ,
δάϊος στρατός , ὀξυπρῴ
ροισι βρέμων ἐν αἰχμαῖς .

409. θ' ἑσπέριοι inserted by Wecklein : Hermann

reads δακρυχέει and στένουσα .
420. M. has ᾿Αραβίας : ᾿Αβαρίας Boissonade : Αρίας
Martin .
22 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ἐπῳδός.
μόνον δὴ πρόσθεν ἄλλον ἐν πόνοις 425
δαμέντ ' [ ἀκαμαντοδέτοις ]
Τιτᾶνα [ λύμαις ] ἐσιδόμᾶν θεῶν
῎Ατλανθ', ὃς αἰὲν ὑπέροχον σθένος
κραταιὸν οὐράνιόν τε πόλον
νώτοις ὑποστενάζει . 430
βοᾷ δὲ πόντιος κλύδων
συμπίτνων, στένει βυθός,
κελαινὸς δ᾽ ῎Αϊδος ὑποβρέμει μυχὸς γᾶς,
πᾶγαί θ' ἁγνορύτων ποταμῶν
στένουσιν ἄλγος οἰκτρόν . 435

427. θεόν Μ.
428. ὑπείροχον M. Perhaps ὑπανέχων ; see note.

1
 HERACLES AND ATLAS.
Heracles is supporting the heaven, and Atlas has just returned
with the golden apples. One of the Hesperids naively uses her left
hand to assist Heracles in upholding his burden. This is a metope
from the east side of the temple of Zeus at Olympia.

[face p. 22.
!
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ. 23

ΔΕΥΤΕΡΟΝ ΕΠΕΙΣΟΔΙΟΝ.

ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ , ΧΟΡΟΣ.

ΠΡ. μή τοι χλιδῇ δοκεῖτε μηδ' αὐθαδίᾳ

σιγᾶν με · συννοίᾳ δὲ δάπτομαι κέαρ
ὁρῶν ἐμαυτὸν ὧδε προυσελούμενον .
καίτοι θεοῖσι τοῖς νέοις τούτοις γέρα
τίς ἄλλος ἢ ἐγὼ παντελῶς διώρισεν ; 440
ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὰ σιγῶ. καὶ γὰρ εἰδυίαισιν ἂν
ὑμῖν λέγοιμι · τἆν βροτοῖς δὲ πήματα
ἀκούσαθ ' ὡς σφᾶς νηπίους ὄντας τὸ πρὶν
ἔννους ἔθηκα καὶ φρενῶν ἐπηβόλους .
λέξω δέ, μέμψιν οὔτιν' ἀνθρώποις ἔχων , 445
ἀλλ᾽ ὧν δέδωκ ' εὔνοιαν ἐξηγούμενος·
οἱ πρῶτα μὲν βλέποντες ἔβλεπον μάτην ,
κλύοντες οὐκ ἤκουον, ἀλλ᾽ ὀνειράτων
ἀλίγκιοι μορφαῖσι τὸν μακρὸν βίον
ἔφῦρον εἰκῇ πάντα , κοὔτε πλινθυφεῖς 450
δόμους προσείλους ἦσαν, οὐ ξυλουργίαν
κατώρυχες δ᾽ ἔναιον, ὥστ᾽ ἀήσυροι
μύρμηκες , ἄντρων ἐν μυχοῖς ἀνηλίοις.

438. προσηλούμενον M. , emended by Askew and

Porson .
24 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ἦν δ᾽ οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς οὔτε χείματος τέκμαρ

οὔτ᾽ ἀνθεμώδους ἦρος οὔτε καρπίμου 455
θέρους βέβαιον , ἀλλ᾽ ἄτερ γνώμης τὸ πᾶν
ἔπρασσον , ἔστε δή σφιν ἀντολὰς ἐγὼ
ἄστρων ἔδειξα τάς τε δυσκρίτους δύσεις .
καὶ μὴν ἀριθμόν, ἔξοχον σοφισμάτων,
ἐξηῦρον αὐτοῖς , γραμμάτων τε συνθέσεις , 460
μνήμην ἁπάντων, μουσομήτορ' ἐργάνην .
κἄζευξα πρῶτος ἐν ζυγοῖσι κνώδαλα ,
ζεύγλαισι δουλεύοντα σώμασίν θ᾽, ὅπως
θνητοῖς μεγίστων διάδοχοι μοχθημάτων
γένοινθ᾽, ὑφ᾽ ἅρμα τ᾽ ἤγαγον φιληνίους 465
ἵππους, ἄγαλμα τῆς ὑπερπλούτου χλιδῆς.
θαλασσόπλαγκτα δ᾽ οὔτις ἄλλος ἀντ᾿ ἐμοῦ
λινόπτερ᾽ ηὗρε ναυτίλων ὀχήματα.
τοιαῦτα μηχανήματ᾽ ἐξευρὼν τάλας
βροτοῖσιν αὐτὸς οὐκ ἔχω σόφισμ᾽ , ὅτῳ 470
τῆς νῦν παρούσης πημονῆς ἀπαλλαγῶ .
ΧΟ . πέπονθας αἰκὲς πῆμ · ἀποσφαλεὶς φρενῶν
πλανᾷ , κακὸς δ' ἰατρὸς ὥς τις ἐς νόσον
πεσὼν ἀθυμεῖς καὶ σεαυτὸν οὐκ ἔχεις

458. δύσεις quoted by Stobaeus as ὁδούς.

461. έργαν … . Μ.: ἐργάτιν sec. man.: ἐργάνην Sto
baeus.
463. σάγμασιν Pauw .
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ. 25

εὑρεῖν ὁποίοις φαρμάκοις τάσιμος . 475

ΠΡ . τὰ λοιπά μου κλύουσα θαυμάσει πλέον ,
οἷᾶς τέχνᾶς τε καὶ πόρους ἐμησάμην.
τὸ μὲν μέγιστον, εἴ τις εἰς νόσον πέσοι,
οὐκ ἦν ἀλέξημ᾽ οὐδέν , οὔτε βρώσιμον ,
οὐ χριστόν , οὔτε πιστόν , ἀλλὰ φαρμάκων 480
χρείᾳ κατεσκέλλοντο , πρίν γ' ἐγὼ σφίσιν
ἔδειξα κράσεις ἠπίων ἀκεσμάτων,
αἷς τὰς ἁπάσας ἐξαμύνονται νόσους .
τρόπους τε πολλοὺς μαντικῆς ἐστοίχισα ,
κἄκρῖνα πρῶτος ἐξ ὀνειράτων ἃ χρὴ 485
ὕπαρ γενέσθαι, κληδόνας τε δυσκρίτους
ἐγνώρισ ' αὐτοῖς, ἐνοδίους τε συμβόλους ·
γαμψωνύχων τε πτῆσιν οἰωνῶν σκεθρῶς
διώρισ᾽, οἵτινές τε δεξιοὶ φύσιν ,
εὐωνύμους τε, καὶ δίαιταν ἥντινα 490
ἔχουσ᾽ ἕκαστοι, καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους τίνες
ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα καὶ συνεδρίαι ·
σπλάγχνων τε λειότητα , καὶ χροιὰν τίνα
ἔχουσ᾽ ἂν εἴη δαίμοσιν πρὸς ἡδονὴν
χολή, λοβοῦ τε ποικίλην εὐμορφίᾶν· 495
κνίσῃ τε κῶλα συγκαλυπτὰ καὶ μακρὰν
ὀσφῦν πυρώσας δυστέκμαρτον ἐς τέχνην
480. οὐδέ Med. , emended by Blomfield .
494. ἔχοντ' ... ἡδονήν · χολῆς Μ. , emended Wiegeler.
26 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ὥδωσα θνητούς, καὶ φλογωπὰ σήματα

ἐξωμμάτωσα , πρόσθεν ὄντ᾽ ἐπάργεμα .
τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτ' · ἔνερθε δὲ χθονὸς 500
κεκρυμμέν' ἀνθρώποισιν ὠφελήματα ,
χαλκόν , σίδηρον, ἄργυρον , χρυσόν τε τίς
φήσειεν ἂν πάροιθεν ἐξευρεῖν ἐμοῦ ;
οὐδείς , σάφ ' οἶδα , μὴ μάτην φλύσαι θέλων .
βραχεῖ δὲ μύθῳ πάντα συλλήβδην μάθε · 505
πᾶσαι τέχναι βροτοῖσιν ἐκ Προμηθέως.
ΧΟ. μή νυν βροτοὺς μὲν ὠφέλει καιροῦ πέρα
σαυτοῦ δ᾽ ἀκήδει δυστυχοῦντος · ὡς ἐγὼ
εὔελπίς εἰμι τῶνδέ σ᾽ ἐκ δεσμῶν ἔτι
λυθέντα μηδὲν μεῖον ἰσχύσειν Διός. 510
ΠΡ. οὐ ταῦτα ταύτῃ μοῖρά πω τελεσφόρος
κρᾶναι πέπρωται, μυρίαις δὲ πημοναῖς
δύαις τε καμφθεὶς ὧδε δεσμὰ φυγγάνω ·
τέχνη δ᾽ ἀνάγκης ἀσθενεστέρα μακρῷ.
ΧΟ. τίς οὖν ἀνάγκης ἐστὶν οἰακοστρόφος ; 515
ΠΡ. Μοῖραι τρίμορφοι μνήμονές τ' Ερινύες.
ΧΟ . τούτων ἄρα Ζεύς ἐστιν ἀσθενέστερος ;
ΠΡ. οὔκουν ἂν ἐκφύγοι γε τὴν πεπρωμένην .
ΧΟ . τί γὰρ πέπρωται Ζηνὶ πλὴν ἀεὶ κρατεῖν ;
ΠΡ. τοῦτ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἐκπύθοιο, μηδὲ λιπάρει . 520
ΧΟ. ἦ πού τι σεμνόν ἐστιν ὃ ξυναμπέχεις .
ΠΡ. ἄλλου λόγου μέμνησθε , τόνδε δ᾽ οὐδαμῶς
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ. 27

καιρὸς γεγώνειν , ἀλλὰ συγκαλυπτέος

ὅσον μάλιστα · τόνδε γὰρ σῴζων ἐγὼ
δεσμοὺς ἀεικεῖς καὶ δύᾶς ἐκφυγγάνω . 525

ΔΕΥΤΕΡΟΝ ΣΤΑΣΙΜΟΝ,
στροφὴ αʹ.
ΧΟ . μηδάμ᾽ ὁ πάντα νέμων
θεῖτ᾽ ἐμᾷ γνώμᾷ κράτος ἀντίπαλον Ζεύς,
μηδ ' ἐλίνύσαιμι θεοὺς ὁσίαις θοίναιςποτινισσ
ομένα 530
βουφόνοις , παρ' Ὠκεανοῦ πατρὸς ἄσβεστον
πόρον,
μηδ' ἀλίτοιμι λόγοις ·
ἀλλά μοι τόδ᾽ ἐμμένοι καὶ μήποτ᾽ ἐκτακείη · 535

ἀντιστροφὴ αʹ.
ἀδύ τι θαρσαλέαις
τὸν μακρὸν τείνειν βίον ἐλπίσι, φᾶναῖς
θυμὸν ἀλδαίνουσαν ἐν εὐφροσύναις . φρίσσω
δέ σε δερκομένα 540
μυρίοις μόχθοις διακναιόμενον

535. Hermann reads μάλα μοι τοῦτ ' ἐμμένοι to corre

spond with antistrophe.
541. μόχθοις does not correspond with line 531 of the
strophe which has -- . This line is moreover five
syllables short compared with that.
F
28 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

Ζῆνα γὰρ οὐ τρομέων

ἰδίᾳ γνώμᾳ σέβει θνᾶτοὺς ἄγᾶν, Προμηθεῦ .

στροφὴ βʹ.
φέρ ' ὅπως ἄχαρις χάρις , ὦ φίλος , εἰπὲ ποῦ τίς
ἀλκά ; 545
τίς ἐφαμερίων ἄρηξις ; οὐδ᾽ ἐδέρχθης
ὀλιγοδρανίαν ἄκῖκυν
ἰσόνειρον , ᾷ τὸ φωτῶν
ἀλαὸν [δέδεται] γένος ἐμπεποδισμένον ; οὔπως
τὰν Διὸς ἁρμονίᾶν θνατῶν παρεξίασι βουλαί.

ἀντιστροφὴ βʹ.
ἔμαθον τάδε σὰς προσιδοῦσ᾽ ὀλοὰς τύχας,
Προμηθεῦ.
τὸ διαμφίδιον δέ μοι μέλος προσέπτα 555
τόδ' ἐκεῖνό θ ', ὅτ᾽ ἀμφὶ λουτρὰ
καὶ λέχος σὸν ὑμεναίουν
ἰότᾶτι γάμων, ὅτε τὰν ὁμοπάτριον ἕδνοις
ἄγαγες Ἡσιόνᾶν πείθων δάμαρτα κοινόλεκτρον .

543. ἠλεᾷ Verrall for ἰδίᾳ , to correspond with strophe .

550. δέδεται introduced by Meineke : οὔπως Paley,
οὔπω Hermann for οὔποτε Μ.
556. ἐκεῖν᾽ ὅτε τότ' Μ. , emended by Brunck.
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ. 29

ΤΡΙΤΟΝ ΕΠΕΙΣΟΔΙΟΝ .

ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ , ΙΩ, ΧΟΡΟΣ.

μονῳδία προῳδική.
ΙΩ . τίς γῆ ; τί γένος ; τίνα φῶ λεύσσειν 561
τόνδε χαλινοῖς ἐν πετρίνοισιν
χειμαζόμενον ;
τίνος ἀμπλακίας ποινᾶς ὀλέκει ;
σήμηνον ὅποι
γῆς ἡ μογερὰ πεπλάνημαι. 565
â, â,
χρίει τις αὖ με τὰν τάλαιναν οἶστρος ,
εἴδωλον ῎Αργου γηγενοῦς , ἄλευε Δᾶ,
τὸν μυριωπὸν εἰσορῶσα βούτᾶν .
ὁ δὲ πορεύεται δόλιον ὄμμ᾽ ἔχων, 570
ὃν οὐδὲ κατθανόντα γαῖα κεύθει ·
ἀλλά με τὰν τάλαιναν
ἐξ ἐνέρων περῶν κυνᾶγεῖ πλανᾷ
τε νῆστιν ἀνὰ τὰν παραλίαν ψάμμᾶν.

563. ποίναις Dindorf.

568. ἄλευ᾽ ὦ and φοβοῦμαι after Δâ Μ. , ἄλευε Monk .
573. κυναγεῖ Herm. for κυναγετεῖ Μ.
30 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

στροφή .
ὑπὸ δὲ κηρόπλαστος ὀτοβεῖ δόναξ
ἀχέτᾶς ὑπνοδότᾶν νόμον . 575
ἰὼ ἰὼ πόποι, ποῖ μ ' ἄγουσιν, [πόποι ],
τηλέπλανοι πλάναι ;
τί ποτέ μ᾽, ὦ Κρόνιε παῖ , τί ποτε
ταῖσδ᾽ ἐνέζευξας εὑρὼν ἁμαρτοῦσαν ἐν
πημοσύναις , ἐή .
οἰστρηλάτῳ δὲ δείματι δειλαίαν 580
παράκοπον ὧδε τείρεις ;
πυρί με φλέξον ἢ χθονὶ κάλυψον ἢ ποντίοις
δάκεσι δὸς βοράν ,
μηδέ μοι φθονήσης
εὐγμάτων , ἄναξ .
ἄδην με πολύπλανοι πλάναι 585
γεγυμνάκασιν , οὐδ' ἔχω μαθεῖν ὅπᾳ
πημονὰςἀλύξω .
κλύεις φθέγμα τᾶς βούκερω παρθένου ;
575. κηρόπακτος Meineke .
576. ποῖ ποῖ πόποι πόποι Μ. , emended by Seidler.
After ἄγουσιν Wecklein has πλάναι. I have ventured
to transfer one πόποι of the M.
577. τηλέπλαγκτοι Μ. , emended by Seidler . Perhaps
πολύπλανοι to suit the antistrophe.
579. πημοναῖσιν Μ. , emended by Hermann for metrical
reasons .
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 31

ΠΡ. πῶς δ᾽ οὐ κλύω τῆς οἰστροδινήτου κόρης ,

τῆς Ἰναχείας ; ἣ Διὸς θάλπει κέαρ 590
ἔρωτι , καὶ νῦν τοὺς ὑπερμήκεις δρόμους
Ηρᾷ στυγητὸς πρὸς βίᾶν γυμνάζεται.

ἀντιστροφή.
ΙΩ. πόθεν ἐμοῦ σὺ πατρὸς ὄνομ᾽ ἀπύεις,
εἰπέ μοι τᾷ μογερᾷ , τίς ὤν,
τίς ἄρα μ᾽, ὦ τάλᾶς , τὰν ταλαίπωρον ὧδ' 595
ἔτυμα προσθροεῖς ,
θεόσυτόν τε νόσον ὠνόμασας,
ἃ μαραίνει με χρίουσα κέντροισιν —
φοιταλέοις , ἐή ·
σκιρτημάτων δὲ νήστισιν αἰκίαις 600
λαβρόσυτος ἦλθον, [ Ηρας]
ἐπικότοισι μήδεσι δαμεῖσα . δυσδαιμόνων
δὲ τίνες οἷ , ἐή,
οἷ' ἐγὼ μογοῦσιν ;
ἀλλά μοι τορῶς
τέκμηρον ὅ τι μ᾽ ἐπαμμένει 605
παθεῖν , τί μῆχαρ , ἢ τί φάρμακον νόσου ·
δεῖξον εἴπερ οἶσθα ·

598. κεντήμασιν Hermann : κέντροις, ιώ Reisig.

601. "Hpas added by Hermann from the Scholiast.
606. τί μῆχαρ, ἢ τί Martin for τί μὴ χρή M.
 1
32 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ 1

θρόει, φράζε τᾷ δυσπλάνῳ παρθένῳ .

ΠΡ . λέξω τορῶς σοι πᾶν ὅπερ χρῄζεις μαθεῖν ,
οὐκ ἐμπλέκων αἰνίγματ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλῷ λόγῳ , στο
ὥσπερ δίκαιον πρὸς φίλους οἴγειν στόμα .
πυρὸς βροτοῖς δοτῆρ᾽ ὁρᾷς Προμηθέα.
ΙΩ. ὦ κοινὸν ὠφέλημα θνητοῖσιν φανείς,
τλῆμον Προμηθεῦ , τοῦ δίκην πάσχεις τάδε ;
ΠΡ. ἁρμοῖ πέπαυμαι τοὺς ἐμοὺς θρηνῶν πόνους. 615
ΙΩ. οὔκουν πόροις ἂν τήνδε δωρεὰν ἐμοί ;
ΠΡ. λέγ' ἥντιν ' αἰτεῖ· πᾶν δ᾽ ἂν οὐ πύθοιό μου.
ΙΩ. σήμηνον ὅστις ἐν φάραγγί σ᾽ ὤχμασε.
ΠΡ. βούλευμα μὲν τὸ Δῖον , Ηφαίστου δὲ χείρ.
ΙΩ . ποινὰς δὲ ποίων ἀμπλακημάτων τίνεις ; 620
ΠΡ. τοσοῦτον ἀρκῶ σοι σαφηνίσας μόνον.
ΙΩ. καὶ πρός γε τούτοις τέρμα τῆς ἐμῆς πλάνης
δεῖξον τίς ἔσται τῇ ταλαιπώρῳ χρόνος.
ΠΡ. τὸ μὴ μαθεῖν σοι κρεῖσσον ἢ μαθεῖν τάδε.
ΙΩ. μήτοι με κρύψῃς τοῦθ᾽ ὅπερ μέλλω παθεῖν. 625
ΠΡ. ἀλλ' οὐ μεγαίρω τοῦδέ σοι δωρήματος.
ΙΩ. τί δῆτα μέλλεις μὴ οὐ γεγωνίσκειν τὸ πᾶν ;
ΠΡ . φθόνος μὲν οὐδείς , σὰς δ᾽ ὀκνῶ θρᾶξαι φρένας .
ΙΩ. μή μου προκήδου μᾶσσον ὡς ἐμοὶ γλυκύ.

617. πᾶν δ᾽ ἂν οὐ Fritzsche for πᾶν γὰρ οὖν Μ.

621. σαφηνίσαι Μ . , emended by Linwood,
629. ὧν Herm.
 3383
ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

ΠΡ. ἐπεὶ προθυμεῖ, χρὴ λέγειν · ἄκουε δή. 630

ΧΟ . μήπω γε · μοῖραν δ᾽ ἡδονῆς καμοὶ πύρε,
τὴν τῆσδε πρῶτον ἱστορήσωμεν νόσον
αὐτῆς λεγούσης τὰς πολυφθόρους τύχᾶς ·
τὰ λοιπὰ δ᾽ ἄθλων σοῦ διδαχθήτω πάρα .
ΠΡ. σὸν ἔργον, Ἰοῖ, ταῖσδ᾽ ὑπουργῆσαι χάριν, 635
ἄλλως τε πάντως καὶ κασιγνήταις πατρός .
ὡς τἀποκλαῦσαι κἀποδύρασθαι τύχᾶς
ἐνταῦθ᾽, ὅπου μέλλοι τις οἴσεσθαι δάκρυ
πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων, ἀξίᾶν τριβὴν ἔχει.
ΙΩ. οὐκ οἶδ᾽ ὅπως ὑμῖν ἀπιστῆσαί με χρή, 640
σαφεῖ δὲ μύθῳ πᾶν ὅπερ προσχρῄζετε
πεύσεσθε · καίτοι καὶ λέγουσ᾽ ὀδύρομαι
θεόσσυτον χειμῶνα καὶ διαφθορὰν
μορφῆς, ὅθεν μοι σχετλίᾳ προσέπτατο.
ἀεὶ γὰρ ὄψεις ἔννυχοι πωλεύμεναι 645
ἐς παρθενῶνας τοὺς ἐμοὺς παρηγόρουν
λείοισι μύθοις· ὦ μέγ' εὔδαιμον κόρη,
τί παρθενεύει δᾶρόν, ἐξόν σοι γάμου
τυχεῖν μεγίστου ; Ζεὺς γὰρ ἱμέρου βέλει
πρὸς σοῦ τέθαλπται, καὶ συναίρεσθαι Κύπριν
θέλει· σὺ δ᾽, ὦ παῖ , μἀπολακτίσῃς λέχος 651

640. Perhaps ὑμῖν γ'.

642. αἰσχύνομαι appears with ὀδύρομαι in the M.
647. εὐδαίμων Μ.
2454

1
34

ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ
τὸ Ζηνός, ἀλλ᾽ ἔξελθε πρὸς Λέρνης βαθὺν
λειμῶνα, ποίμνᾶς βουστάσεις τε πρὸς πατρός,
ὡς ἂν τὸ Δῖον ὄμμα λωφήσῃ πόθου .
τοιοῖσδε πάσᾶς εὐφρόνᾶς ὀνείρασι 655
συνειχόμην δύστηνος, ἔστε δὴ πατρὶ
ἔτλην γεγωνεῖν νυκτίφαντ᾽ ὀνείρατα .
ὁ δ᾽ ἔς τε Πυθὼ κἀπὶ Δωδώνης πυκνοὺς
θεοπρόπους ἴαλλεν , ὡς μάθοι τί χρὴ
δρῶντ᾽ ἢ λέγοντα δαίμοσιν πράσσειν φίλα.
ἧκον δ᾽ ἀναγγέλλοντες αἰολοστόμους 661
χρησμοὺς ἀσήμους δυσκρίτως τ᾽ εἰρημένους.
τέλος δ᾽ ἐναργὴς βάξις ἦλθεν Ἰνάχῳ
σαφῶς ἐπισκήπτουσα καὶ μυθουμένη
ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρᾶς ὠθεῖν ἐμὲ 665
ἄφετον ἀλᾶσθαι γῆς ἐπ᾿ ἐσχάτοις ὅροις ,
εἰ μὴ θέλοι πυρωπὸν ἐκ Διὸς μολεῖν
κεραυνὸν ὃς πᾶν ἐξαϊστώσοι γένος .
τοιοῖσδε πεισθεὶς Λοξίου μαντεύμασιν
ἐξήλασέν με κἀπέκλῃσε δωμάτων 670
ἄκουσαν ἄκων · ἀλλ ' ἐπηνάγκαζέ νιν
Διὸς χαλινὸς πρὸς βίαν πράσσειν τάδε .
εὐθὺς δὲ μορφὴ καὶ φρένες διάστροφοι
657. νυκτίφοιτα δείματα Nauck .
667. κεί Μ. , emended by Naber.
668. ἐξαϊστώσοι Blomfield for ἐξαϊστώσει Μ.
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ. 35

ἦσαν, κεραστὶς δ᾽, ὡς ὁρᾶτ᾽, ὀξυστόμῳ

μύωπι χρισθεῖσ᾽ ἐμμανεῖ σκιρτήματι 675
ᾖσσον πρὸς εὔποτόν τε Κερχνείᾶς ῥέος
Λέρνης τε κρήνην · βουκόλος δὲ γηγενὴς
ἄκρᾶτος ὀργὴν ῎Αργος ὡμάρτει πυκνοῖς
ὄσσοις δεδορκὼς τοὺς ἐμοὺς κατὰ στίβους .
ἀπροσδόκητος δ' αὐτὸν αἰφνίδιος μόρος 680
τοῦ ζῆν ἀπεστέρησεν . οἰστροπλὴξ δ᾽ ἐγὼ
μάστιγι θείᾳ γῆν πρὸ γῆς ἐλαύνομαι.
κλύεις τὰ πραχθέντ’ · εἰ δ᾽ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν ὅ τι
λοιπὸν πόνων, σήμαινε· μηδέ μ ' οἰκτίσας
ξύνθαλπε μύθοις ψευδέσιν · νόσημα γὰρ 685
αἴσχιστον εἶναί φημι συνθέτους λόγους .
ΧΟ. ἔα ἔᾶ , ἄπεχε, φεῦ ·
οὔποτ᾽ [ὧδ᾽], οὔποτ ' ηὔχουν ξένους
μολεῖσθαι λόγους ἐς ἀκοὰν ἐμάν ,
οὐδ᾽ ὧδε δυσθέατα καὶ δύσοιστα 690
πήματα λύματα δείματ᾽ ἀμφάκει
κέντρῳ ψύχειν ψυχὰν ἀμάν.

677. Λέρνης ἄκρην τε Μ. , emended by Canter : Blom

field ἄκτην τε Λέρνης.
683. ὅ τι Turnebus for ἔτι Μ.
688. ὧδ' inserted by Wecklein . ηὔχουν Schol. for
ἠυχόμην Μ.
692. ἐμάν Μ.
36 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ἰὼ ἰὼ μοῖρα μοῖρα ,
πέφρικ᾽ εἰσιδοῦσα πρᾶξιν Ἰοῦς . 695
ΠΡ. πρῴ γε στενάζεις καὶ φόβου πλέᾶ τις εἶ ·
ἐπίσχες , ἔστ᾽ ἂν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ προσμάθῃς .
ΧΟ . λέγ', ἐκδίδασκε · τοῖς νοσοῦσί τοι γλυκὺ
τὸ λοιπὸν ἄλγος προυξεπίστασθαι τορῶς.
ΠΡ. τὴν πρίν γε χρείαν ἠνύσασθ᾽ ἐμοῦ πάρα 700
κούφως· μαθεῖν γὰρ τῆσδε πρῶτ' ἐχρῄζετε
τὸν ἀμφ' ἑαυτῆς ἆθλον ἐξηγουμένης ·
τὰ λοιπὰ νῦν ἀκούσαθ', οἷα χρὴ πάθη
τλῆναι πρὸς Ηρᾶς τήνδε τὴν νεάνιδα .
σύ τ᾽, Ἰνάχειον σπέρμα , τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους 7ος
θυμῷ βάλ᾽, ὡς ἂν τέρματ᾽ ἐκμάθῃς ὁδοῦ.
πρῶτον μὲν ἐνθένδ' ἡλίου πρὸς ἀντολὰς
στρέψασα σαυτὴν στεῖχ᾽ ἀνηρότους γύᾶς ·
Σκύθᾶς δ᾽ ἀφίξῃ νομάδας, οἳ πλεκτἂς στέγᾶς
πεδάρσιοι ναίουσ᾽ ἐπ᾽ εὐκύκλοις ὄχοις , 710
ἑκηβόλοις τόξοισιν ἐξηρτημένοι·
οἷς μὴ πελάζειν , ἀλλ᾽ ἁλιστόνοις πόδας
χρίμπτουσα ῥᾶχίαισιν ἐκπερᾶν χθόνα .
λαιᾶς δὲ χειρὸς οἱ σιδηροτέκτονες

706. θυμῷ μάθ ' Μ. : βάλ' other Mss.

711. ἐξηρτημένοι Μ. : ἐξηρτυμένοι other MSS.
712. πόδας Turnebus for γύποδας Μ .: ἀλλὰ γυῖ
ἁλιστόνοις Hermann .
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 37

οἰκοῦσι Χάλυβες , οὓς φυλάξασθαί σε χρή. 715

ἀνήμεροι γὰρ οὐδὲ πρόσπλᾶτοι ξένοις.
ἥξεις δ' Ὑβρίστην ποταμὸν οὐ ψευδώνυμον ,
ὃν μὴ περάσῃς , οὐ γαρ εὔβατος περᾶν ,
πρὶν ἂν πρὸς αὐτὸν Καύκασον μόλῃς, ὀρῶν
ὕψιστον , ἔνθα ποταμὸς ἐκφῦσᾷ μένος 720
κροτάφων ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν. ἀστρογείτονας δὲ χρὴ
κορυφὰς ὑπερβάλλουσαν ἐς μεσημβρινὴν
βῆναι κέλευθον , ἔνθ ' ᾿Αμαζόνων στρατὸν
ἥξεις στυγάνορ', αἳ θεμίσκυράν ποτε
κατοικιοῦσιν ἀμφὶ Θερμώδονθ᾽, ἵνα 725
τραχεῖα πόντου Σαλμυδησσία γνάθος
ἐχθρόξενος ναύταισι, μητρυιὰ νεῶν ·
αὗταί σ᾽ ὁδηγήσουσι καὶ μάλ᾽ ἀσμένως .
ἰσθμὸν δ᾽ ἐπ' αὐταῖς στενοπόροις λίμνης πύλαις
Κιμμερικὸν ἥξεις, ὃν θρασυσπλάγχνως σε χρὴ
λιποῦσαν αὐλῶν ἐκπερᾶν Μαιωτικόν· 731
ἔσται δὲ θνητοῖς εἰς ἀεὶ λόγος μέγας
τῆς σῆς πορείας, Βόσπορος δ᾽ ἐπώνυμος
κεκλήσεται. λιποῦσα δ' Εὐρώπης πέδον
ἤπειρον ἥξεις ᾿Ασίδ '. ἆρ᾽ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ 735
ὁ τῶν θεῶν τύραννος ἐς τὰ πάνθ᾽ ὁμῶς
βίαιος εἶναι; τῇδε γὰρ θνητῇ θεὸς

735. ᾿Ασίδ' Turn . for 'Ασιάδ' Μ.

38 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

χρήζων μιγῆναι τάσδ' ἐπέρριψεν πλάνᾶς.

πικροῦ δ᾽ ἔκυρσας, ὦ κόρη, τῶν σῶν γάμων
μνηστῆρος. οὓς γὰρ νῦν ἀκήκοας λόγους , 740
εἶναι δόκει σοὶ μηδέπω ᾿ν προοιμίοις .
ΙΩ. ἰώ μοί μοι, ἐή.
ΠΡ. σὺ δ' αὖ κέκρᾶγας κἀναμυχθίζει · τί που
δράσεις , ὅταν τὰ λοιπὰ πυνθάνῃ κακά ;
ΧΟ. ἦ γάρ τι λοιπὸν τῇδε πημάτων ἐρεῖς ; 745
ΠΡ. δυσχείμερόν γε πέλαγος ἀτηρᾶς δύης .
ΙΩ. τί δῆτ᾽ ἐμοὶ ζῆν κέρδος, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐν τάχει
ἔρριψ᾽ ἐμαυτὴν τῆσδ᾽ ἀπὸ στύφλου πέτρᾶς ,
ὅπως πέδοι σκήψᾶσα τῶν πάντων πόνων
ἀπηλλάγην ; κρεῖσσον γὰρ εἰς ἅπαξ θανεῖν 750
ἢ τὰς ἁπάσας ἡμέρᾶς πάσχειν κακῶς.
ΠΡ. ἦ δυσπετῶς ἂν τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἄθλους φέροις ,
ὅτῳ θανεῖν μέν ἐστιν οὐ πεπρωμένον ·
αὕτη γὰρ ἦν ἂν πημάτων ἀπαλλαγή ·
νῦν δ᾽ οὐδέν ἐστι τέρμα μοι προκείμενον 755
μόχθων, πρὶν ἂν Ζεὺς ἐκπέσῃ τυραννίδος .
ΙΩ . ἦ γάρ ποτ᾽ ἔστιν ἐκπεσεῖν ἀρχῆς Δία ;
ΠΡ. ἥδοι᾽ ἄν, οἶμαι, τήνδ ' ἰδοῦσα συμφοράν .
ΙΩ. πῶς δ᾽ οὐκ ἄν , ἥτις ἐκ Διὸς πάσχω κακῶς ;
ΠΡ. ὡς τοίνυν ὄντων τῶνδέ σοι μαθεῖν πάρα . 76ο

741. μηδ’ ἐπῶν προοιμίοις emended by Turnebus :

μηδ᾽ ἐπῶν ἐν φροιμίοις Wieseler.
 .
PROMETHEUS
FREEING
HERACLES
PFrom
aseracles
of
face
Hone
Capitoline
on
.found
eagle
the
shoot
to
advances ro
arcophagus
metheus
-Goddess
Earth
of
head
resting
foot
right
his
(whas
other
the
on
represented
is
face
hose
side
).Tod
sarcophagus
-gof
mountain
is
corner
top
right
the
in
,wfigure
aCaucasus
carries
he
ho
tree
acornucopia
have
should
and
hand
.left
right
his
in
.p3[f9ace
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 39

ΙΩ. πρὸς τοῦ τύραννα σκῆπτρα συληθήσεται ;

ΠΡ. αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτοῦ κενοφρόνων βουλευμάτων.
ΙΩ. ποίῳ τρόπῳ ; σήμηνον , εἰ μή τις βλάβη .
ΠΡ . γαμεῖ γάμον τοιοῦτον ᾧ ποτ᾽ ἀσχαλᾷ.
ΙΩ. θέορτον , ἢ βρότειον ; εἰ ῥητόν, φράσον . 765
ΠΡ . τί δ᾽ ὅντιν᾽ ; οὐ γὰρ ῥητὸν αὐδᾶσθαι τόδε .
ΙΩ. ἦ πρὸς δάμαρτος ἐξανίσταται θρόνων ;
ΠΡ. ἣ τέξεταί γε παῖδα φέρτερον πατρός .
ΙΩ. οὐδ᾽ ἔστιν αὐτῷ τῆσδ᾽ ἀποστροφὴ τύχης;
ΠΡ. οὐ δῆτα , πλὴν ἔγωγ᾽ ἂν ἐκ δεσμῶν λυθείς . 77ο
ΙΩ. τίς οὖν ὁ λύσων ἐστὶν ἄκοντος Διός ;
ΠΡ . τῶν σῶν τιν ' αὐτὸν ἐκγόνων εἶναι χρεών .
ΙΩ. πῶς εἶπας ; ἦ 'μὸς παῖς σ᾽ ἀπαλλάξει κακῶν ;
ΠΡ. τρίτος γε γένναν πρὸς δέκ᾽ ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς.
ΙΩ. ἥδ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ εὐξύμβλητος ἡ χρησμῳδία . 775
ΠΡ. καὶ μηδὲ σαυτῆς ἐκμαθεῖν ζήτει πόνους.
ΙΩ. μή μοι προτείνων κέρδος εἶτ᾽ ἀποστέρει .
ΠΡ. δυοῖν λόγοιν σε θατέρῳ δωρήσομαι.
ΙΩ. ποίοιν πρόδειξον , αἵρεσίν τ᾽ ἐμοὶ δίδου.
ΠΡ . δίδωμ᾽ · ἑλοῦ γάρ, ἢ πόνων τὰ λοιπά σοι 780
φράσω σαφηνῶς ἢ τὸν ἐκλύσοντ᾽ ἐμέ.
ΧΟ. τούτοιν σὺ τὴν μὲν τῇδε , τὴν δ᾽ ἐμοὶ χάριν
θέσθαι θέλησον , μηδ' ἀτιμάσῃς λόγους·

770. Other MSS. λυθῶ.

40 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

καὶ τῇδε μὲν γέγωνε τὴν λοιπὴν πλάνην,

ἐμοὶ δὲ τὸν λύσοντα· τοῦτο γὰρ ποθῶ. 785
ΠΡ. ἐπεὶ προθυμεῖσθ᾽, οὐκ ἐναντιώσομαι
τὸ μὴ οὐ γεγωνεῖν πᾶν ὅσον προσχρῄζετε .
σοὶ πρῶτον , Ἰοῖ, πολύδονον πλάνην φράσω ,
ἣν ἐγγράφου σὺ μνήμοσιν δέλτοις φρενῶν.
ὅταν περάσῃς ῥείθρον ἠπείρων ὅρον , 790
πρὸς ἀντολὰς φλογῶπας ἡλίουστίβει
πόντου περῶσα φλοῖσβον , ἔστ' ἂν ἐξίκῃ
πρὸς Γοργόνεια πεδία Κισθήνης , ἵνα
αἱ Φορκίδες ναίουσι δηναιαὶ κόραι
τρεῖς κυκνόμορφοι , κοινὸν ὄμμ' ἐκτημέναι, 795
μονόδοντες, ἃς οὔθ᾽ ἥλιος προσδέρκεται
ἀκτῖσιν οὔθ᾽ ἡ νύκτερος μήνη ποτέ .
πέλας δ᾽ ἀδελφαὶ τῶνδε τρεῖς κατάπτεροι,
δρακοντύμαλλοι Γοργόνες βροτοστυγεῖς ,
ἂς θνητὸς οὐδεὶς εἰσιδὼν ἕξει πνοάς. 800
τοιοῦτο μέν σοι τοῦτο φρούριον λέγω.
791. ἡλιοστιβεῖς Μ. Wecklein, following Heath,
marks a lacuna after the word. Paley inserts a quota
tion attributed by Galen to the Prometheus Bound :
εὐθεῖαν ἕρπε τήνδε, καὶ πρώτιστα μὲν
βορεάδας ἥξεις πρὸς πνοάς, ἵν᾽ εὐλαβοῦ
στρόμβον καταιγίζοντα , μή σ᾽ ἀναρπάσῃ
δυσχειμέρῳ πέμφιγι συστρέψας ἄφνω.
801. φροίμιον Wakefield .
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ. 41

ἄλλην δ᾽ ἄκουσον δυσχερῆ θεωρίαν ·

ὀξυστόμους γὰρ Ζηνὸς ἀκραγεῖς κύνας
γρῦπας φύλαξαι, τόν τε μουνῶπα στρατὸν
᾿Αριμασπὸν ἱπποβάμον ', οἳ χρυσόρρυτον 805
οἰκοῦσιν ἀμφὶ νᾶμα Πλούτωνος πόρου ·
τούτοις σὺ μὴ πέλαξε. τηλουρὸν δὲ γῆν
ἥξεις κελαινὸν φῦλον , οἳ πρὸς ἡλίου
ναίουσι πηγαῖς, ἔνθα ποταμὸς Αἰθίοψ .
τούτου παρ᾽ ὄχθᾶς ἕρφ᾽ , ἕως ἂν ἐξίκῃ 810
καταβασμὸν ἔνθα Βιβλίνων ὀρῶν ἄπο
ἴησι σεπτὸν Νεῖλος εὔποτον ῥέος.
οὗτός σ᾽ ὁδώσει τὴν τρίγωνον ἐς χθόνα
Νειλῶτιν , οὗ δὴ τὴν μακρὰν ἀποικίαν ,
Ἰοῖ , πέπρωται σοί τε καὶ τέκνοις κτίσαι. 815
τῶν δ᾽ εἴ τί σοι ψελλόν τε καὶ δυσεύρετον,
ἐπανδίπλαζε καὶ σαφῶς ἐκμάνθανε ·
σχολὴ δὲ πλείων ἢ θέλω πάρεστί μοι.
ΧΟ. εἰ μέν τι τῇδε λοιπὸν ἢ παρειμένον
ἔχεις γεγωνεῖν τῆς πολυφθόρου πλάνης , ο 820
λέγ᾽ · εἰ δὲ πάντ᾽ εἴρηκας , ἡμῖν αὖ χάριν
δὸς ἥνπερ αἰτούμεσθα , μέμνησαι δέ που .
ΠΡ. τὸ πᾶν πορείας ἥδε τέρμ᾽ ἀκήκοεν.

806. πόρου Schol. and later mss. for πόρον Μ.

811. Βιβλίνων generally altered into Βυβλίνων .
817. ἐπαναδίπλαξε Μ. , emended by Dindorf.
G
42 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ὅπως δ' ἂν εἰδῇ μὴ μάτην κλύουσά μου ,

ἃ πρὶν μολεῖν δεῦρ᾽ ἐκμεμόχθηκεν φράσω , 825
τεκμήριον τοῦτ' αὐτὸ δοὺς μύθων ἐμῶν.
ὄχλον μὲν οὖν τὸν πλεῖστον ἐκλείψω λόγων,
πρὸς αὐτὸ δ' εἶμι τέρμα σῶν πλανημάτων.
ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἦλθες πρὸς Μολοσσὰ γάπεδα
τὴν αἰπύνωτόν τ' ἀμφὶ Δωδώνην , ἵνα 830
μαντεῖα θᾶκός τ' ἐστὶ θεσπρωτοῦ Διὸς
τέρας τ᾽ ἄπιστον , αἱ προσήγοροι δρύες ,
ὑφ᾽ ὧν σὺ λαμπρῶςκοὐδὲν αἰνικτηρίως
προσηγορεύθης ἡ Διὸς κλεινὴ δάμαρ
μέλλουσ᾽ ἔσεσθαι, —τῶνδε προσσαίνει σέ τι ;—
ἐντεῦθεν οἰστρήσασα τὴν παρακτίαν 836
κέλευθον ᾖξας πρὸς μέγαν κόλπον Ῥέας,
ἀφ᾽ οὗ παλιμπλάγκτοισι χειμάζει δρόμοις ·
χρόνον δὲ τὸν μέλλοντα πόντιος μυχός,
σαφῶς ἐπίστασ᾽, Ιόνιος κεκλήσεται, 840
τῆς σῆς πορείας μνῆμα τοῖς πᾶσιν βροτοῖς .
σημεῖά σοι τάδ᾽ ἐστὶ τῆς ἐμῆς φρενὸς
ὡς δέρκεται πλέον τι τοῦ πεφασμένου .

829. γάπεδα Porson for δάπεδα Μ.: Weil suggests

γῆς πέδα.
831. θᾶκος Brunck for θῶκος Μ.
835. ἔσεσθ', εἰ Turnebus.
840. κληθήσεται Μ.
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ. 43

τὰ λοιπὰ δ' ὑμῖν τῇδέ τ' ἐς κοινὸν φράσω ,

ἐς ταὐτὸν ἐλθὼν τῶν πάλαι λόγων ἴχνος. 845
ἔστιν πόλις Κάνωβος ἐσχάτη χθονὸς
Νείλου πρὸς αὐτῷ στόματι καὶ προσχώματι ·
ἐνταῦθα δή σε Ζεὺς τίθησιν ἔμφρονα
ἐπαφῶν ἀταρβεῖ χειρὶ καὶ θιγὼν μόνον.
ἐπώνυμον δὲ τῶν Διὸς γεννημάτων 850
τέξεις κελαινὸν Ἔπαφον, ὃς καρπώσεται
ὅσην πλατύρρους Νεῖλος ἀρδεύει χθόνα ·
πέμπτη δ' ἀπ' αὐτοῦ γέννα πεντηκοντάπαις
πάλιν πρὸς ῎Αργος οὐχ ἑκοῦσ᾽ ἐλεύσεται
θηλύσπορος, φεύγουσα συγγενῆ γάμον 855
ἀνεψιῶν · οἱ δ᾽ ἐπτοημένοι φρένας,
κίρκοι πελειῶν οὐ μακρὰν λελειμμένοι ,
ἥξουσι θηρεύσοντες οὐ θηρᾶσίμους
γάμους, φθόνον δὲ σωμάτων ἕξει θεός ·
Πελασγία δὲ δέξεται θηλυκτόνῳ 860
῎Αρει δαμέντων νυκτιφρουρήτῳ θράσει·
γυνὴ γὰρ ἄνδρ' ἕκαστον αἰῶνος στερεῖ,
δίθηκτον ἐν σφαγαῖσι βάψασα ξίφος ·
τοιάδ᾽ ἐπ ' ἐχθροὺς τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἔλθοι Κύπρις .

849. φιτύει γόνον for καὶ θιγὼν μόνον Heimsoeth and

Wecklein.
860. ἐνέξεται Schömann : αἱμάξεται Wecklein.
861. δαμέντας Pauw .
44 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

μίαν δὲ παίδων ἵμερος θέλξει τὸ μὴ 865

κτεῖναι σύνευνον, ἀλλ' ἀπαμβλυνθήσεται
γνώμην · δυοῖν δὲ θάτερον βουλήσεται ,
κλύειν ἄναλκις μᾶλλον ἢ μιαιφόνος ·
αὕτη κατ' ῎Αργος βασιλικὸν τέξει γένος.
μακροῦ λόγου δεῖ ταῦτ᾽ ἐπεξελθεῖν τορῶς. 870
σπορᾶς γε μὴν ἐκ τῆσδε φύσεται θρασὺς
τόξοισι κλεινός, ὃς πόνων ἐκ τῶνδ᾽ ἐμὲ
λύσει . τοιόνδε χρησμὸν ἡ παλαιγενὴς
μήτηρ ἐμοὶ διῆλθε Τιτᾶνὶς θέμις ·
ὅπως δὲ χὤπη , ταῦτα δεῖ μακροῦ λόγου 875
εἰπεῖν, σύ τ' οὐδὲν ἐκμαθοῦσα κερδανεῖς.
ΙΩ. ἐλελεῦ , ἐλελεῦ ,
ὑπό μ᾽ αὖ σφάκελος καὶ φρενοπλῆγες
μανίαι θάλπουσ ', οἴστρου δ᾽ ἄρδις
χρίει μ' ἄπυρος 880
κραδίᾶ δὲ φόβῳ φρένα λακτίζει ·
τροχοδινεῖται δ᾽ ὄμμαθ ' ἑλίγδην ,
ἔξω δὲ δρόμου φέρομαι λύσσης
πνεύματι μάργῳ , γλώσσης ἀκρατής
θολεροὶ δὲ λόγοι πταίουσ' εἰκῇ 885
στυγνῆς πρὸς κύμασιν ἄτης.

872. κλεινοῖς Μ.
885. παίουσ' later MSS .
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 45

ΤΡΙΤΟΝ ΣΤΑΣΙΜΟΝ .

στροφή .
ΧΟ. ἦ σοφὸς ἦ σοφὸς ἦν
ὅς πρῶτος ἐν γνώμᾷ τόδ' ἐβάστασε καὶ γλώσσα
διεμυθολόγησεν ,
ὡς τὸ κηδεῦσαι καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἀριστεύει μακρῷ ,
καὶ μήτε τῶν πλούτῳ διαθρυπτομένων 891
μήτε τῶν γέννᾷ μεγαλυνομένων
ὄντα χερνήτᾶν ἐραστεῦσαι γάμων .

ἀντιστροφή .
μήποτε, μήποτέ μ᾽, ὦ
[πότνιαι] Μοῖραι, λεχέων Διὸς εὐνάτειραν
ἴδοισθε πέλουσαν · 895
μηδὲ πλᾶθείην γαμέτᾳ τινὶ τῶν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ.
ταρβῶ γὰρ ἀστεργάνορα παρθενίᾶν
εἰσορῶσ᾽ Ἰοῦς δαμαλιζομέναν
δυσπλάνοις Ηρᾶς ἀλατείαις πόνων . 900

887. ἦν generally omitted.

895. πότνιαι inserted by Paley. The scansion wanted
is rather- |---
899. γάμῳ δαπτομέναν Μ ., emended by Weil to
ἀμαλαπτομέναν . Schütz suggests μέγα δαπτομέναν . Ι
have ventured to emend as above, see note.
46 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ἐπῳδός.

ἐμοὶ δέ γ' ὅτε μὲν ὁμαλὸς ὁ γάμος ἄφοβος ,

[οὐ δέδια] μηδὲ κρεισσόνων θεῶν
ἔρως ἄφυκτον ὄμμα προσδράκοι με.
ἀπόλεμος ὅδε γ᾽ ὁ πόλεμος, ἄπορα πόριμος ·
οὐδ᾽ ἔχω τίς ἂν γενοίμᾶν · 905
τὰν Διὸς γὰρ οὐχ ὁρῶ
μῆτιν ὅπᾷ φύγοιμ ' ἄν .

ΕΞΟΔΟΣ .
――――――――――――――――
ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ, ΧΟΡΟΣ, ΕΡΜΗΣ.

ΠΡ. ἦ μὴν ἔτι Ζεὺς καίπερ αὐθάδης φρενῶν

ἔσται ταπεινός, οἷον ἐξαρτύεται
γάμον γαμεῖν· ὃς αὐτὸν ἐκ τυραννίδος
θρόνων τ' ἄιστον ἐκβαλεῖ · πατρὸς δ᾽ ἀρὰ gro
Κρόνου τότ᾽ ἤδη παντελῶς κρανθήσεται,
ἣν ἐκπίτνων ἠρᾶτο δηναιῶν θρόνων .

901. ἐμοὶ δ ” ὅτι μέν M. , emended by Hermann .

Wecklein reads ἐμοὶ δὲ τιόμενος.
902. οὐ δέδια Μ. , probably a gloss.
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ. 47

τοιῶνδε μόχθων ἐκτροπὴν οὐδεὶς θεῶν

δύναιτ᾽ ἂν αὐτῷ πλὴν ἐμοῦ δεῖξαι σαφῶς.
ἐγὼ τάδ' οἶδα χῷ τρόπῳ . πρὸς ταῦτα νῦν 915
θαρσῶν καθήσθω τοῖς πεδαρσίοις κτύποις
πιστός , τινάσσων τ' ἐν χεροῖν πύρπνουν βέλος .
οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ ταῦτ᾽ ἐπαρκέσει τὸ μὴ οὐ
πεσεῖν ἀτίμως πτώματ᾽ οὐκ ἀνασχετά ·
τοῖον παλαιστὴν νῦν παρασκευάζεται 920
ἐπ ' αὐτὸς αὑτῷ , δυσμαχώτατον τέρας ·
ὃς δὴ κεραυνοῦ κρείσσον ' εὑρήσει φλόγα,
βροντῆς θ' ὑπερβάλλοντα καρτερὸν κτύπον ·
θαλασσίαν τε , γῆς τινάκτειραν νόσον,
τρίαιναν , αἰχμὴν τὴν Ποσειδῶνος, σκεδᾷ. 925
πταίσᾶς δὲ τῷδε πρὸς κακῷ μαθήσεται ,
ὅσον τό τ᾽ ἄρχειν καὶ τὸ δουλεύειν δίχα.
ΧΟ. σύ θην åἃ χρῄζεις , ταῦτ᾽ ἐπιγλωσσᾷ Διός.
ΠΡ. ἅπερ τελεῖται, πρὸς δ' ἃ βούλομαι λέγω.
ΧΟ . καὶ προσδοκᾶν χρὴ δεσπόσειν Ζηνός τινα ; 930
IIP . καὶ τῶνδέ γ' ἕξει δυσλοφωτέρους πόνους.
ΧΟ . πῶς δ᾽ οὐχὶ ταρβεῖς τοιάδ᾽ ἐκρίπτων ἔπη ;
ΠΡ . τί δ᾽ ἂν φοβοίμην ᾧ θανεῖν οὐ μόρσιμον ;
ΧΟ. ἀλλ' ἆθλον ἄν σοι τοῦδ᾽ ἔτ ' ἀλγίω πόροι .
ΠΡ. ὁ δ᾽ οὖν ποιείτω · πάντα προσδοκητά μοι. 935
924. νόσων Μ . : Wecklein πέδων.
934. τοῦδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ Elmsley for τοῦδέ γ' Μ.
48 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ΧΟ. οἱ προσκυνοῦντες τὴν ᾿Αδράστειαν σοφοί.

ΠΡ. σέβου , προσεύχου , θῶπτε τὸν κρατοῦντ᾽ ἀεί .
ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ἔλασσον Ζηνὸς ἢ μηδὲν μέλει .
δράτω , κρατείτω τόνδε τὸν βραχὺν χρόνον
ὅπως θέλει · δᾶρὸν γὰρ οὐκ ἄρξει θεοῖς . 940
ἀλλ ', εἰπορῶ γὰρ τόνδε τὸν Διὸς τρόχιν ,
τὸν τοῦ τυράννου τοῦ νέου διάκονον,
πάντως τι καινὸν ἀγγελῶν ἐλήλυθεν.
ΕΡ. σὲ τὸν σοφιστήν, τὸν πικρῶς ὑπέρπικρον ,
τὸν ἐξαμαρτόντ᾽ εἰς θεοὺς ἐφημέροις 945
πορόντα τιμάς , τὸν πυρὸς κλέπτην λέγω ·
πατὴρ ἄνωγέ σ᾽ οὕστινας κομπεῖς γάμους
αὐδᾶν , πρὸς ὧν ἐκεῖνος ἐκπίπτει κράτους ·
καὶ ταῦτα μέντοι μηδὲν αἰνικτηρίως,
ἀλλ' αὔθ᾽ ἕκαστ᾽ ἔκφραζε· μηδέ μοι διπλᾶς 950
ὁδούς, Προμηθεῦ , προσβάλῃς · ὁρᾷς δ᾽ ὅτι
Ζεὺς τοῖς τοιούτοις οὐχὶ μαλθακίζεται.
ΠΡ. σεμνόστομός γε καὶ φρονήματος πλέως
ὁ μῦθός ἐστιν, ὡς θεῶν ὑπηρέτου .
νέον νέοι κρατεῖτε καὶ δοκεῖτε δὴ 955
ναίειν ἀπενθῆ πέργαμ '· οὐκ ἐκ τῶνδ' ἐγὼ
δισσοὺς τυράννους ἐκπεσόντας ᾐσθόμην ;

945. τὸν ἡμέροις M. , altered in other Mys .

948. πρὸς ... τ' Μ.
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 49

τρίτον δὲ τὸν νῦν κοιρανοῦντ' ἐπόψομαι

αἴσχιστα καὶ τάχιστα. μή τί σοι δοκῶ
ταρβεῖν ὑποπτήσσειν τε τοὺς νέους θεούς ; 960
πολλοῦ γε καὶ τοῦ παντὸς ἐλλείπω . σὺ δὲ
κέλευθον ἥνπερ ἦλθες ἐγκόνει πάλιν ·
πεύσει γὰρ οὐδὲν ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς ἐμέ.
ΕΡ. τοιοῖσδε μέντοι καὶ πρὶν αὐθαδίσμασιν
ἐς τάσδε σαυτὸν πημονὰς καθώρμισας . 965
ΠΡ . τῆς σῆς λατρείας τὴν ἐμὴν δυσπραξίαν,
σαφῶς ἐπίστασ ', οὐκ ἂνἀλλάξαιμ᾽ ἐγώ.
ΕΡ. κρεῖσσον γάρ, οἶμαι, τῇδε λατρεύειν πέτρᾷ
ἢ πατρὶ φῦναι Ζηνὶ πιστὸν ἄγγελον.
ΠΡ. οὕτως ὑβρίζειν τοὺς ὑβρίζοντας χρεών. 970
ΕΡ. χλιδᾶν ἔοικας τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασι.
ΠΡ. χλιδῶ ; χλιδῶντας ὧδε τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἐγὼ
ἐχθροὺς ἴδοιμι · καὶ σὲ δ' ἐν τούτοις λέγω.
ΕΡ. ἦ κἀμὲ γάρ τι ξυμφοραῖς ἐπαιτιᾷ ;
ΠΡ. ἁπλῷ λόγῳ τοὺς πάντας ἐχθαίρω θεοὺς 975
ὅσοι παθόντες εὖ κακοῦσί μ᾽ ἐκδίκως.
ΕΡ. κλύω σ' ἐγὼ μεμηνότ' οὐ σμικρὰν νόσον.
ΠΡ. νοσοῖμ᾽ ἄν, εἰ νόσημα τοὺς ἐχθροὺς στυγεῖν .
ΕΡ. εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν , εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς.

963. ἐμοῦ Paley.

965. καθώρ ... οσας M., other Mss. καθώρμισας.
50 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ΠΡ . ὤμοι.
ΕΡ. ὤμοι. τόδε Ζεὺς τοὔπος οὐκ ἐπίσταται. 980
ΠΡ. ἀλλ᾽ ἐκδιδάσκει πάνθ' ὁ γηράσκων χρόνος .
ΕΡ. καὶ μὴν σύ γ' οὔπω σωφρονεῖν ἐπίστασαι .
ΠΡ. σὲ γὰρ προσηύδων οὐκ ἂν ὄνθ᾽ ὑπηρέτην.
ΕΡ. ἐρεῖν ἔοικας οὐδὲν ὧν χρῄζει πατήρ .
ΠΡ . καὶ μὴν ὀφείλων γ᾽ ἂν τίνοιμ᾽ αὐτῷ χάριν. 985
ΕΡ. ἐκερτόμησας δῆθενὡς παῖδ ' ὄντα με.
ΠΡ. οὐ γὰρ σὺ παῖς τε κἄτι τοῦδ' ἀνούστερος ,
εἰ προσδοκᾷς ἐμοῦ τι πεύσεσθαι πάρα ;
οὐκ ἔστιν αἴκισμ ' οὐδὲ μηχάνημ ' ὅτῳ
προτρέψεταί με Ζεὺς γεγωνῆσαι τάδε, 990
πρὶν ἂν χαλασθῇ δεσμὰ λυμαντήρια .
πρὸς ταῦτα ῥιπτέσθω μὲν αἰθαλοῦσσα φλόξ,
λευκοπτέρῳ δὲ νιφάδι καὶ βροντήμασι
χθονίοις κυκάτω πάντα καὶ ταρασσέτω ·
γνάμψει γὰρ οὐδὲν τῶνδέ μ' ὥστε καὶ φράσαι
πρὸς οὗ χρεών νιν ἐκπεσεῖν τυραννίδος . 996
ΕΡ. ὅρά νυν εἴ σοι ταῦτ᾽ ἀρωγὰ φαίνεται .
ΠΡ. ὦπται πάλαι δὴ καὶ βεβούλευται τάδε.
ΕΡ. τόλμησον , ὦ μάταιε , τόλμησόν ποτε
πρὸς τὰς παρούσᾶς πημονὰς ὀρθῶς φρονεῖν . 1000
ΠΡ . ὀχλεῖς μάτην με κῦμ ' ὅπως παρηγορῶν.

998. ὦ παῖ Μ. , emended in later Mss.

 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ. 51

εἰσελθέτω σε μήποθ ' ὡς ἐγὼ Διὸς

γνώμην φοβηθεὶς θηλύνους γενήσομαι
καὶ λιπαρήσω τὸν μέγα στυγούμενον
γυναικομίμοις ὑπτιάσμασιν χερῶν 1005
λύσαί με δεσμῶν τῶνδε · τοῦ παντὸς δέω .
ΕΡ. λέγων ἔοικα πολλὰ καὶ μάτην ἐρεῖν ·
τέγγει γὰρ οὐδὲν οὐδὲ μαλθάσσει κέαρ
λιταῖς · δακὼν δὲ στόμιον ὡς νεοζυγὴς
πῶλος βιάζει καὶ πρὸς ἡνίᾶς μάχει. IOIO
ἀτὰρ σφοδρύνει γ᾽ ἀσθενεῖ σοφίσματι .
αὐθαδία γὰρ τῷ φρονοῦντι μὴ καλῶς
αὐτὴ καθ᾽ αὑτὴν οὐδενὸς μεῖζον σθένει.
σκέψαι δ᾽, ἐὰν μὴ τοῖς ἐμοῖς πεισθῇς λόγοις,
οἷός σε χειμὼν καὶ κακῶν τρικυμία 1015
ἔπεισ ' ἄφυκτος · πρῶτα μὲν γὰρ ὀκρίδα
φάραγγα βροντῇ καὶ κεραυνίᾳ φλογὶ
πατὴρ σπαράξει τήνδε, καὶ κρύψει δέμας ...
τὸ σόν, πετραία δ' ἀγκάλη σε βαστάσει .
μακρὸν δὲ μῆκος ἐκτελευτήσᾶς χρόνου 1020
ἄψορρον ἥξεις ἐς φάος· Διὸς δέ τοι
πτηνὸς κύων δαφοινὺς αἰετὸς λάβρως
διαρταμήσει σώματος μέγα ῥάκος,
1008. λιταῖς ἐμαῖς M .: Porson κέαρ λιταῖς.
1013. μεῖον Stanley.
1021. τοι Μ. : σοὶ later MSS.
52 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ

ἄκλητος ἕρπων δαιταλεὺς πανήμερος ,

κελαινόβρωτον δ᾽ ἧπαρ ἐκθοινάσεται. 1025
τοιοῦδε μόχθου τέρμα μή τι προσδόκα ,
πρὶν ἂν θεῶν τις διάδοχος τῶν σῶν πόνων
φανῇ, θελήσῃ τ᾽ εἰς ἀναύγητον μολεῖν
"Αιδην κνεφαῖα τ᾽ ἀμφὶ Ταρτάρου βάθη.
πρὸς ταῦτα βούλευ᾽ · ὡς ὅδ᾽ οὐ πεπλασμένος
ὁ κόμπος, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίᾶν εἰρημένος· 1031
ψευδηγορεῖν γὰρ οὐκ ἐπίσταται στόμα
τὸ Δῖον, ἀλλὰ πᾶν ἔπος τελεῖ . σὺ δὲ F
πάπταινε καὶ φρόντιζε , μηδ᾽ αὐθαδίαν
εὐβουλίᾶς ἄμεινον ἡγήσῃ ποτέ. 1035
ΧΟ. ἡμῖν μὲν Ἑρμῆς οὐκ ἄκαιρα φαίνεται
λέγειν · ἄνωγε γάρ σε τὴν αὐθαδίαν
μεθέντ᾽ ἐρευνᾶν τὴν σοφὴν εὐβουλίαν .
πιθοῦ · σοφῷ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν ἐξαμαρτάνειν .
IIP . εἰδότι τοί μοι τάσδ ' ἀγγελίας 1040
ὅδ᾽ ἐθώυξεν , πάσχειν δὲ κακῶς
ἐχθρὸν ὑπ ' ἐχθρῶν οὐδὲν ἀεικές .
πρὸς ταῦτ᾽ ἐπ ' ἐμοὶ ῥιπτέσθω μὲν
πυρὸς ἀμφήκης βόστρυχος , αἰθὴρ δ᾽
ἐρεθιζέσθω βροντῇ σφακέλῳ τ' 1045
ἀγρίων ἀνέμων · χθόνα δ' ἐκ πυθμένων
αὐταῖς ῥίζαις πνεῦμα κραδαίνοι,
κῦμα δὲ πόντου τραχεῖ ῥοθίῳ
 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 53

συγχώσειεν τῶν οὐρανίων

ἄστρων διόδους, εἴς τε κελαινὸν 1050
Τάρταρον ἄρδην ῥίψειε δέμας
τοὐμὸν ἀνάγκης στερραῖς δίναις ·
πάντως ἐμέ γ' οὐ θανατώσει.
ΕΡ. τοιάδε μέντοι τῶν φρενοπλήκτων
βουλεύματ᾽ ἔπη τ᾽ ἔστιν ἀκοῦσαι . 1055
τί γὰρ ἐλλείπει μὴ οὐ παραπαίειν
ἡ τοῦδ' εὔχη ; τί χαλᾷ μανιῶν ;
ἀλλ᾽ οὖν ὑμεῖς γ' αἱ πημοσύναις
συγκάμνουσαι ταῖς τοῦδε τόπων
μετά ποι χωρεῖτ᾽ ἐκ τῶνδε θοῶς, 1060
μὴ φρένας ὑμῶν ἠλιθιώσῃ
βροντῆς μύκημ ' ἀτέραμνον .
ΧΟ. ἄλλο τι φώνει καὶ παραμῦθοῦ μ'
ὅ τι καὶ πείσεις · οὐ γὰρ δή που
τοῦτό γε τλητὸν παρέσυρας ἔπος . 1065
πῶς με κελεύεις κακότητ᾽ ἀσκεῖν ;
μετὰ τοῦδ' ὅ τι χρὴ πάσχειν ἐθέλω·
τοὺς προδότας γὰρ μισεῖν ἔμαθον ,

1049. οὐρανίων τε Μ.
1056. μή Μ.: μὴ οὐ Wecklein.
1057. ἦ τοῦδ᾽ εὐτυχῆ M. , emended by Winckelmann,
The reading of M. is evidently a “ conflation ” of εὔχη
and τύχη .
54 ΑΙΣΧΥΛΟΥ ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

κοὐκ ἔστι νόσος

τῆσδ' ἥντιν' ἀπέπτυσα μᾶλλον . 1070
ΕΡ. ἀλλ᾽ οὖν μέμνησθ᾽ ἀγὼ προλέγω ·
μηδὲ πρὸς ἄτης θηραθεῖσαι
μέμψησθε τύχην, μηδέ ποτ᾽ εἴπηθ '
ὡς Ζεὺς ὑμᾶς εἰς ἀπρόοπτον
πῆμ ' εἰσέβαλεν· μὴ δῆτ᾽, αὐταὶ δ᾽ 1075
ὑμᾶς αὐτάς . εἰδυῖαι γὰρ
κοὐκ ἐξαίφνης οὐδὲ λαθραίως

διακδαιρτκιαόή
εἰς ἀπέραντον δίκτυον ἄτης
ἐμπλεχθήσεσθ ' ὑπ ' ἀνοίᾶς .
ΠΡ. καὶ μὴν ἔργῳ κοὐκέτι μύθῳ 1080
χθὼνσεσάλευται·
βρυχίᾶ δ᾽ ἠχὼ παραμυκᾶται
βροντῆς, ἕλικες δ᾽ ἐκλάμπουσι
στεροπῆς ζάπυροι, στρόμβοι δὲ κόνῖν
εἱλίσσουσι· σκιρτᾷ δ' ἀνέμων 1085
πνεύματα πάντων εἰς ἄλληλα
στάσιν ἀντίπνουν ἀποδεικνύμενα ·
ξυντετάρακται δ᾽ αἰθὴρ πόντῳ .
τοιάδ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἐμοὶ ῥϊπὴ Διόθεν
τεύχουσα φόβον στείχει φανερῶς. 1090
ὦ μητρὸς ἐμῆς σέβας, ὦ πάντων
αἰθὴρ κοινὸν φάος εἱλίσσων ,
ἐσορᾷς μ᾿ ὡς ἔκδικα πάσχω.
 NOTES.

THE usual " scenery " in tragedies was a temple or

palace. The Prometheus was perhaps produced before
this conventional background came into general use.
The scene of action in the play was probably a rough
representation of a desolate ravine, built upon the
stage. As there was no " curtain " before the play
began, the characters Kpáros and Bia, accompanied
by the unwilling Hephaistos , must have brought in
the huge image of Prometheus and put it in position
against the rock in the full sight of the spectators,
before the dialogue and nailing process began. As
only two actors were allowed to speak in the same
scene at this period , Force is a mute personage and
Prometheus preserves a proud silence in the presence
of his tormentors. If this play was preceded by
another, we may suppose that the ministers of Zeus
have brought Prometheus straight from the scene
of trial, where his sentence has been pronounced, to
the place of torment , and the " Lord of Lemnos , "
whose special prerogatives have been infringed by his
kinsman's theft of fire, is forced to see the punishment
inflicted .

1. χθονὸς πέδον . A favourite form of expression

with Aeschylus for χθών : cp. also χώρας πέδον , γῆς πέδον ,
55
56 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

γαίας πέδον, and Euripides, Hipp . 1025 , · χθονὸς πέδον.

Distinguish between ῾πέδον, ground,' earth, ' and
πεδίον , a plain ' (cp. plane, plain, as a help to the
memory) ; tr. To earth's remotest bound. '
τηλουρόν , from τηλοῦ (or τήλουρον if from τῆλε, and
οὖρος = ὅρος). χθονὸς πέδον being like a compound word ,
Tnλoupov agrees with the terminating part, though in
sense it belongs to χθονός.
2. Zkúlny. Scythia was a very vague term to the
Greeks of Aeschylus's time, and seems to have in
cluded all the vast region north and east of the
Euxine. The ordinary tradition represented Prometh
eus as nailed to a rock on the Caucasus (see Introd.
p. xxiii.; App. A, p. 96). For Zkúons instead of Σku
OLKós, cp. Sept. c. Theb. Zkúlŋ σidńрw, Pind. Nem. x.
46, ῎Ελλανα στράτον , also τύραννos for τυραννικός , infra
761 ; so Hor. Od. ii. 9. 21 , ' Medum flumen ' ; and by
a still further stretch of usage ( Od. iv. 4. 38), ' Met
aurum flumen.' Martial, Epigr. iv. 28. 4, has " Scythas
smaragdos. "
"
οἶμον , lit. ' a road,' so Aesch. Frag. 236, àπλîv
οἶμον ...εἰς ῞Αιδου φέρειν (“ the flowery way that leads
to the broad gate, " Shaks. All's Well, v. 5. 50). Here
the word seems to mean ' tract ' or ' steppe , ' cp. 394.
aßarov. So the MSS. ' untrodden .' The howling
wilderness of Scythia was proverbial, cp. Ar. Ach.
704. Wecklein points out the oxymoron oluos and
&Baros, as though to the native Scythians that was a
familiar pathway, which to all the world beside was a
wilderness without bound or landmark ; so also to
birds the air affords a smooth pathway, 11. 281 , 394.
3. Ηφαιστε, σοὶ δέ. The usual order when the
speaker turning from one person addresses another. The
dè answers to uèv in the first line, ' We have come ...
it remains for you.' rol (emphatic, repeated in next
line and echoed by σòv in line 7) is dat. after µéλeiv,
 NOTES. 57

4. épîto, aor. indic. mid.

5. vηλokρýμvols, high-cliffed ' ( Lid . and Sc. ) is
hardly a happy rendering. Perhaps ' beetling.'
λewpyóv. Cp. Tòν €ỷפρî, ' the facile villain,' Dem.
Mid. 547. If from News ( = λéws) and épyásoμaι, cp.
padloupyòs, one who sticks at nothing." Tr. " this
malefactor.'
oxμáσaι, (conn. with exw), ' to bind fast,' so in
1. 618. The infinitive is explanatory of Toroλás.
6. The line from the Scholiast to Arist. Frogs 827,
usually read instead of the MS. reading, cannot be
called a satisfactory line. It is utterly unrhythmical,
and the usual explanation of Tédαi deoμwv, ' fetters, '
i.e. ' bonds, ' leaves something to be desired , for surely
the wider term deoµà should be explained_by_the
narrower term Tédai, and not vice versa. Cp. Eur.
Bacch. 447, deσµà πedŵv ( cp. Syntax, § 400), where
however Tedŵv is an emendation for Todŵr. Hom. Il.
xv. 19, has ἄρρηκτα δεσμά .
7. aveos, ' pride. ' Paley translates ' privilege,'
comparing v. 38.
παντέχνου , 'whence come all arts,' see 110, didáσk
αλος πάσης τέχνης , and 254.
8. To , originally perhaps an ethic dative of σú , ' let
me tell you, ' cp. 237. Often introduces a general maxim
(its gnomic use) as 39, 275, 698. Notice the allitera
tion of 7 and 8, which points the taunt, as does the
repetition of T7 in the line of Sophocles, O. T. 371 ,
τυφλὸς τά τ᾽ ὦτα τόν τε νοῦν τά τ' ὄμματ᾽ εἶ,
and of d in the line of Vergil, Aen. ii. 43, “ Ulla
putatis Dona carere dolis Danaum ? " cp. also Tenny
son's " Falser than all fancy fathoms. " See 275.
9. σde, cp. viv, may be singular, dual, or plural in
the tragic writers.
H
58 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

10. os av, ' that so. ' See on 654 and cp. 824. An
Epic use of av with us and öπws, with subj. in final
clauses, but not with iva, see Syntax, § 350.
11. σTÉрyev, ' to acquiesce in. ' Cp. Agam. 1570,
ἐθέλω τάδε μὲν στέργειν δύστλητά περ ἔοντα.
ÞiλaνОράπоν тρóπov, lit. ' His man - befriending ways.'
12. Bla. Notice the rather awkward use of ẞía in
1. 15, and compare Choeph . 32, φόβος ἔλακε περὶ φόβῳ :
Plat. Phil. 63 D, ἡδοναὶ ταράττουσι δι᾽ ἡδονάς : Eur.
Alc. 50, where Θάνατος is said θάνατον ἐμβαλεῖν :
Milton, Hymn on the Nativity, iii. , " Meek-eyed Peace
strikes an universal peace through sea and land. ”
opov. For you indeed the hest of Zeus is now
(d ) accomplished, and nothing any longer keeps you
here, yet have I no heart . Lit. ' nothing stands
in your way,' i.e. prevents you from going." With
ἐμποδὼν sc. ἐστίν, as also with ἀνάγκη, vv . 16, 72, and
with Bapú, v. 17. So el is omitted , ll. 42, 178, 475,
and εἰμί, 1. 246.
14. συγγενῆ. Zeus and Prometheus were both
grandsons of Uranus, and Hephaistos was son of Zeus.
15. Svoxeμéρo, ' storm -swept .' Used metaphor
ically , v. 746.
16. Távτws, ' for all that. ' In vv. 333, 1053, it =
'at all events ,' and in v. 943, ' doubtless. '
σχεθεῖν . Aor. from ἔσχεθον = ἔσχον, cp. εἰκαθεῖν .
τόλμαν , an echo of ἄτολμος above ; cp . 39, 41 , δεινὸν
deiuaíveis. Tr. 'I needs must pluck up heart for this. '
17. wpιálav yáp. The peculiar caesura is perhaps
intentional, as the pause in the line seems to suit the
hesitating thought of Hephaistos. Three lines in the
Supplices (485, 733, 940) have a similar rhythm. "To
set aside the Sire's commands is no light thing.'
18. airνμтa, voc. , ' high- souled . ' Hesiod, Theog.
589, attributes dóλov airov to Prometheus.
 NOTES . 59

19. ἄκοντα ἄκων (ἀ-ἕκων ), ‘against my will no less

than against thine ' ; cf. 192 σteúdwv oteúdovtɩ, ' willing
as welcome, ' 218,671 . Hom. Od. v. 155 , éléλwv ¿0€λoúσŋ.
22. e . Though opâv may mean both ' to see ' and
' to hear' (cp. S. Theb. 103, KтÚTOV dédoркα ), yet
it cannot mean both in the same sentence without
the use of the figure called zeugma . Compare Hom.
Od. ix. 166, ' We saw the smoke and (heard) the cry
of sheep and goats. ' Zeugma is scarcely found in
English, except in such puns as the following : Creasy,
Ottoman Turks, p. 226, ' He gave the word to his
men and the spurs to his steed. ' The poet Praed is
very fond of the comic use of this sort of zeugma, e.g.:
" Some lie beneath the churchyard stone,
""
And some- before the Speaker.'
23. ȧμelves, ' change (i.e. lose) thy skin's fair bloom' ;
cp . Persae 317, ἀμείβων χρῶτα πορφυρέᾳ βαφῇ, and
Verg. Ecl. iv. 44, " Croceo mutabit vellera luto." For
sense, cp. Frag. Incert. Nauck, p. 161 : xpóav dè Tǹv
σὴν ἥλιος λάμπων φλογὶ αἰγυπτιώσει.
áoμéve σol. Dat. of person interested (Hom. Il. xiv.
108) . Compare 393 and Agam. 160, el тód' avтų piλov
KEKλnuév ; Tacitus Agric. 18, " quibus bellum volent
ibus erat, " which recalls Thucydides ii. 3, T #λýọel
Bovλoμévy v ȧpioтaolai, see Syntax, § 424. For the
sentiment see Deut. xxviii. 67, " In the morning thou
shalt say, Would God it were even ! and at even thou
shalt say, Would God it were morning ! for the fear of
thine heart wherewith thou shalt fear, and for the
""
sight of thine eyes which thou shalt see.'
24. ποικιλείμων (εἶμα ). Coleridge translates this word
' various-vested, ' Milton ' starry-kirtled ,' Shelley para
phrases it ' night clad with stars, ' and , in an apostrophe
to Night,
"Wrap thy form in a mantle grey,
Star-inwrought. "
60 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

25. σκεδᾷ (σκεδάσει, σκεδάει, σκεδᾷ), ep. 282, πελῶ, and

perhaps ἀσχαλᾷ, 764.
27. 8 Awońowv, taken by all later editors as in
definite : ' Thy deliverer (i.e. one to deliver thee) is
not yet born.' The Schol. , however, considers it to
refer to Heracles (see 1. 771 ) , and this is quite possible
if we conceive that in a previous play, when sentence
had been pronounced upon him, Prometheus, in virtue
of his foreknowledge, boasted that a deliverer would
arise to free him. This would give force to the article.
Hephaistos would then, referring to this (as it might
seem to him, mythical) deliverer, say that in any case
a long agony has to be endured. Otherwise the words
οὔ πω cannot but be felt to convey a taunt. λωφάω
is intrans. in 376.
28. ἐπηύρου ( ἐπαυρίσκομαι), ‘such the guerdon you
have gained,' ironical. Cp. Eur. Hec. 518, dirλâ dáкpva
Keρdalvei . Acts Apost. xxvii. 21 , " To have gained
this harm and loss " ; Shaks. 1. Henry IV. III. 3, 180,
" Enriched with injuries " ; so Ter. Haut. 628, " damno
auctus."
29. oυx Vπоптýσowv, meiosis ; ' braving, ' lit. ' not
quailing before. '
30. Trépa Síkηs, lit. ' beyond right, ' i.e. ' unlawfully,'
' traitorously. '
Tipás, 'the privileges of the gods, ' = yépa, 107.
31. ' In return for which, unsleeping, thou shalt
guard this joyless rock. '
32. This shows that Prometheus was represented as
crucified upright. Whether he was nailed to the rock
at some distance from the ground, as Tedapoios (269)
would seem to imply, is not so clear.
кáµπтwν уóνʊ, cp. 396, ' resting. ' So Catullus,
lxiv. 303, uses "flectere artus. "
 PROMETHEUS AND THE EAGLE.
A painting from Pompeii. The picture was evidently designed not
so
Themuchto
date is do justice
about to the subject as to represent a pleasing landscape.
1 A.D.

facep. 60.
 NOTES. 61

34. δυσπαραίτητοι , ‘ deaf to entreaties. For use

of παρὰ cp. 131 παρειποῦσα , 185 ἀπαράμυθος, 646 παρ
ηγόρουν , and Eum . 384 δυσπαρήγοροι.
35. véov, adv. Zeus had but lately dethroned
Cronus, and the " war in Heaven " (see Hes. Theog.
617 ff. ) was perhaps described in the first play of this
trilogy. Cp. the splendid passage 11. 200 ff. infra.
36. elev, an interjection related to ela, Lat. eia.
Said roughly and with impatience, ' Well, well. '
Katoιktíga µátηy, ' throw away your pity,' cp. 67.
38. σTIs, causal, as often ; cp. 759, 768, ' since he,'
Syntax, 364, 2 (a).
39. TO (see on v. 8), ' Yet, thou knowest. ' This
use is found in καίτοι. 'Yet the ties of blood and
companionship are strangely strong.'
41. olóv te tŵs, ' how is that possible ? ' It seems
better to put the stop after Tŵs than before it.
42. Hephaistos does not answer the question asked
him, but, thinking the want of feeling shown by
Κράτος, says , " You always are ruthless. " With σὺ
sc. el, cp. 13. 320.
vnλýs, vn ( = åva ) privative, and λeos ; so 240 ( Ms. )
ἀνηλεῶς, 90 ἀνήριθμον ; cp. Lat. nefas.
43. Opnveîobal, for the unusual middle form cp. 689
μολεῖσθαι.
44. τὰ μηδὲν ὠφελοῦντα , cogn . acc. after πόνει, the
μηδὲν being cogn . acc. after ὠφελοῦντα. Tr. ‘What is
not likely to do any good. ' The un is the indefinite un
negativing a class of things : Syntax, § 592 b, and Obs. 1 .
46. viv, fem. as often ; in v. 55 it is neuter plural. It
can be used of all genders, in both numbers. Cp. ope, 1. 9 .
ús áπλŵ λóyw, cp. 975, ' in good truth, ' lit. 6 as [one
can say] in a single word. ' For us, cp. ws eimeîv.
48. ἔμπᾶς (ἐν πᾶσι), ‘nathless.
62 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

ὤφελεν . Distinguish between ὤφελον (ὀφείλω ), ὦφλον

(ὀφλισκάνω ), ὠφέλησα ( ὠφελέω ). Here'would that,'
of an unfulfilled wish in past time. See Syntax, § 342.
49. éπaxon, tr. All things have their burden
except the sovranty of Heaven, ' taking coîσ as
depending on Kоιрavεîv, a rare construction paralleled
by 940 , ἄρξει θεοῖς . The Schol. has ὥρισται, ἐτυπώθη ·
τινὲς δέ, πάντα ἐκ Μοιρῶν δέδοται τοῖς θεοῖς πλὴν τὸ ἄρχειν .
51. Toîode. Rhythm, sense, and construction are
in favour of taking τοῖσδε with ἔγνωκα, and not with
åvтeιπeîv. Tr. By this,' i.e. ' our work here. '
53. ivvav, supposed to be a Sicilian word, lit. ' to
take a siesta." See Intr. , p. xv. , n. 2.
54. κal Sn, Well, the armlets are ready, as you
can see .” The δέρκεσθαι takes up the προσδερχθῇ of
the previous line. For kai on cp. 75 and Arist. Av.
175, βλέψον κάτω . καὶ δὴ βλέπω, ‘ Well, I am looking. ’
Another use is that in Eur. Med. 386, κal dǹ Telvâoi,
'Say, they are dead. '
tália, properly, the parts of a horse's bit. The
variant a means ' bracelets,' with which we may
compare our slang use of the word for ' handcuffs ' ;
cp. 561 , χαλινοῖς ἐν πετρίνοισιν.
πάρα for πάρεστι, cp. 760, so ἔνι for ἔνεστι , 294. In
Eur. Med. 444, πάρα = πάρεισιν.
55. νιν , ie. ψάλια . 'Cast them about his arms,
strike lustily, rivet them with thy hammer to the
rocks.' Notice intensive asyndeton of verbs, very
frequent in Aeschylus.
57. ' There (dn) the work is getting done, and to
some purpose " : μara, lit. ' does not fail of its effect. '
Schol. οὐ μάτην γίνεται.
58. ' Strike harder, bind (him) fast, leave no link
loose. ' For this use of xáλa, cp. 176, 256 ; or it may
be absol. ' slacken not at all (in your efforts).'
 NOTES. 63

59. Selvòs eúpeîv, ' For he has a wondrous knack of

finding a way out of the most desperate straits. '
For the datival or locatival infinitive depending on
adjectives, see Syntax, § 527.
61. πόρπασον , Doric form ( = πόρπησον), ep. 142
προσπορπατός , and ἱπποβάμων, ἑκατογκάρανος, ἕκατι ,
δᾶρόν , ἐκθοινάσεται, γάπεδα (by emendation), all found
in the senarii of this play.
62. σopioτhs, cp. 944, lit. ' that though a schemer he is
less cunning than Zeus (duller than Žeus). ' Tr. ‘ that
for all his cleverness he cannot outwit Zeus. ' The
word Sophist in Aeschylus's time still retained much
of its old meaning ( ' sage ' ; cp. oi ëπта σоpioral, ' the
seven wise men, ' Herod. i . 29), though here it has a
touch of depreciation in it. For the oxymoron cp.
1 Cor. iii. 19, " For the wisdom of this world is foolish
ness with God. For it is written , He taketh the wise
in their own craftiness. " Hes. W. & D. , 55 f.
μάθῃ ὤν. The usual Greek attraction , imitated by
Verg. ii. 377, " Sensit medius delapsus in hostes ," and
Milton , Par. Lost, ix. 793, " knew not eating death . "
Syntax, § 368 D.
64. avládη yválov, ' pitiless tooth, ' as if the wedge
were a personal agent. Cp. Homer, λâas åvaidńs, and
Morris, Epic of Hades, " The shameless fragment
leapt." So 358, ἄγρυπνον βέλος, 368, ἄγριαι γνάθοι.
65. διαμπάξ . Cp. Supp . 945, ἐφήλωται ... γόμφος
διαμπάξ , ὡς μένειν ἀραρότως.
Prometheus was represented by a hugewooden image,
the actor who took the part being hidden behind.
Here a wedge is driven through the breast of the image.
66. Tó, by reason of, ' the causal use of this pre
position. Syntax, § 430, Obs. i.
67. où 8' av, ' What ! flinching again and lament
ing for the enemies of Zeus ? ' au refers to v. 36.
64 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

68. 8πws, sc. öpa. See to it that.' Syntax, § 341 a,

Obs. iii. (3) ; § 369 A, Obs. iv. öπws, with fut. indic. ,
lit. = how that. ' 'A colloquial use, ' says Goodwin.
71. μασχαλιστῆρας (μασχάλη = an armpit). Properly
a girth passed round the body of a horse behind the
shoulders. Here perhaps ' breast chains. '
72. µŋdèv äyāv, ' ne quid nimis, ' a proverb found in
Theognis, 335, said to have been inscribed on the
Delphic temple. See Milton, Par. Lost, xi. 531 , " The
rule of Not too much." Ecclesiast. vii. 16, " Be not
righteous over much. "
73. v. Strong asseveration, ' Nay, but I will.'
Cp. 167.
étɩowúžw (277, 393, 1041 ), ' Aye, and shout at you
too, ' a word said to mean ' to halloo dogs on.' Cp. our
" hound on."
Tρós, adv. ' to boot. ' So úv, Agam. 586, èv, Soph.
O. C. 55, and in πроσéт . See Syntax, § 447 , Obs.
74. χώρει κάτω . Κράτος and Hephaistos must have
climbed up to the upper part of the figure if, as is prob
able (see on 32), it was fastened upright. If however
the figure was nailed down on its back, the words
here would imply, as the Scholiast says , " the size of
the manacled god. '‫دو‬
1
κίρκωσον, metathesis for κρίκωσον . Cp. κραδία 881. 1
75. kaì dý, ‘ there, 'tis done. ' See on 54.
76. éppwμévws, adv. formed from perf. part. (¿ úvvvµi),
'with thy full force. ' Cp. 55 and 65.
————

Staropovs, either active ' galling, ' cp. 181 , or better

' pierced, ' i.e. with eyes wherewith to fasten them to
the rock. 1
1
77. ὁ ἐπιτιμητὴς τῶν ἔργων , 6 our taskmaster, ' lit.
'the valuer of our deeds. ' Cp. Hom. Od. ix. 270, Pers.
828, εὔθυνος βαρύς. For crasis, cp. οὑξ = ὁ ἐξ, Choeph . 929 .

(
 NOTES. 65
"
78. Suola, cogn. acc. after ynpúeral. Thy tongue
speaks words that belie not thy face, ' in reference to
the particularly repulsive mask worn by Kpáros ( Schol. ).
79. μαλθακίζου. ‘ Play the woman an it please you,
but cast not in my teeth my hardness of heart and
stern temper.'
81. κώλοισιν, dat. depends on ἀμφίβληστρα , as if it
were a neuter participle from ȧupi-ßáλw. Cp. 501 , 612.
After this line Hephaistos leaves the stage.
"
82. évтavla, There, now, indulge thy insolence. '
Cp . Arist . Vesp . 149, ἐνταῦθά νυν ζήτει τιν' ἄλλην μηχανήν.
Notice the presents συλῶν and προστίθει, ‘ Go on
robbing and making over. '
83. ἐφημέροισι, ‘ creatures of a day ') (θεοί.
84. áπavτλñoaι, lit. ' to draw off the water from a
ship's hold.' So 'to divert. ' Prometheus answers
this taunt, v. 375, ἐγὼ δὲ τὴν παροῦσαν ἀντλήσω τύχην,
" I will drink to the dregs this cup of my misfortune."
6
85. IIpoμnléā. Mistakenly do the gods call you
Forethinker, for you yourself have need of one to fore
think on your behalf, how you shall extricate your
self from this handiwork, ' i.e. you have belied your
name, else had you foreseen this ( Prometheus acknow
ledges, v. 268, that he had not foreseen it) and saved
yourself from it. Cp. " He saved others, Himself He
cannot save," S. Matt. xxvii. 42. Lucian, as might
have been expected, echoes the taunt (Prom. § 2),
" For my part I wonder how, being a prophet, thou
didst not foresee thy future punishment. " For similar
plays on words, cp. Shaks. 2. Henry VI. ""ii. 1. 52,
" Protector, see to it well, protect thyself.' Agam.
1081 , ᾿Απόλλων ἐμός, ἀπώλεσας γὰρ οὐ μόλις τὸ δεύτερον .
" Is he not rightly named Jacob (i.e. Supplanter) ? for
he hath supplanted me these two times.' Plato, Apol.
xxv. C, ἀλλὰ γάρ, ὦ Μέλητε, σαφῶς ἀποφαίνεις τὴν ἀμέ
λειαν. Theocr. xxvi. 26 , ἐξ ὄρεος πένθημα καὶ οὐ Πενθῆα
66 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

péporal, which Calverley translates " And planted not a

king but aching there " ; and Soph. Fr. 408, ' Odvoσevs ...
dúσavтo. For Prometheus as a common noun ( = ' a fore
thinker, ' 86) not a proper name, cp. Pind. Ol. vii. 44.
86. σè Set. For the somewhat unusual acc. (instead
of dat. , Syntax, § 327 *, Obs. iv . ) see Eur. Hipp. 23, où
TÓVOν TOXXOû μe deî, and elsewhere in that poet. Notice
the emphatic separation and transposition of σè ... αὐτόν.
87. Here Kpátos and Bía leave the stage.
88. Prometheus, disowned by the new gods, and
beyond the ken or help of man, now pours out his
sorrows to the elemental Powers , invoking them to
judge between him and the rulers of Olympus. He
had answered not a word to the taunts of Kρáros, or
the pity of Hephaistos, but on their departure he claims
the sympathy of the Powers of Nature. It is instruc
tive to compare with this magnificent outburst the
more measured invocation addressed by Ajax before
his death to the Sun, and the Plains and Rivers of
Troy (Soph. Ai. 846 ff. ). The Scholiast points out the
dramatic art shown in leaving the principal character
so long in silence on the stage, and the sublimity of his
appeal to the elements when left alone in his agony.
90. ἀνήριθμον γέλασμα , ‘multitudinous laughter.
Prometheus from his place of crucifixion looks down
on the Ocean in the distance. The expression cannot
be rendered in its native beauty. It refers, of course,
to the " flashing ripples and dimples on Ocean's face ";
but does it not also contain the idea of sound ? for
laughter is not silent. 66 Many-twinkling smile of
Ocean " (Keble) is therefore an inadequate translation.
Cp. Cat. 64, 273, " resonant plangore cachinni. "
92. ἴδεσθέ με, οἷα πάσχω. An illustration of the
common Greek idiom by which the subject of the de
pendent clause is anticipated as theobject of the principal
one, cp. 211 , 304-306, 474, 643, and Soph. Ai. 118, opas
 A
NOTES. 67

Tηv Deŵv loxov öơn (sc. ẻoтlv) ; Hor. Od. iv. 14. 7, " Quem
Vindelici didicere, quid Marte posses "" Plaut. Poen.
ii. 5, 66 non potui propitiam Venerem facere ut esset
mihi " ; Shaks . Merchant of Venice, iv. 1. 167, " You
hear the learned Bellario, what he writes. " Syntax,
§ 370 c, Obs. iii.
93. αἰκίαισιν , from the Ionic form ἀεικείη or ἀεικίη .
Cp. 177, and Arist. Eccl. 663.
94. τὸν μυριετῆ χρόνον , ‘ my term of ten thousand
years. ' The art. refers to the sentence passed by Zeus,
see Schol. , ἐν τῷ Πυρφόρῳ γ' μυριάδας φησὶ δεδέσθαι αὐτόν.
That Prometheus knew his punishment would not last
so long is clear from v. 774, where he gives fourteen
generations as the term .
95. á0λevow , fut. indic. , the clause being a depen
dent exclamation, cp. 144. Synt. § 370 A, B. 'I must
wrestle with my pain. ' For the word see 257, 262, 702,
752, 934.
99. n TOTE, indirect question depending on idea
implied in στενάχω , sc. ' knowing not ' : see 183.
Wecklein reads T TOтe with double question ; cp. 545.
100. Xpη éπireîλat, ' must dawn for me, ' generally of
stars, while ȧvatéλλw is used of the sun, as in 707. But
cp. 457 and Agam. 7. The words may 6 be taken with
Ziva understood before the infinitive, that Zeus should
ordain the limit of these woes.'
101. ‘ I know fully ( §) and clearly everything
beforehand.'
103. πεπρωμένην, from * πόρω , ‘ to give, ’ sc. μοῖραν ,
'the allotted fate. '
104. yıуváσкove' agrees with the subject ( ué) of
pépe understood, cp. 540.
105. τὸ τῆς ἀνάγκης, sc . σθένος , ‘ that the (might) of
Necessity is a resistless might. ' It is also possible to
take τὸ τῆς ἀνάγκης as a periphrasis for ἀνάγκη, ας τὸ
68 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

τῆς τύχης for τύχη. Necessity was a mysterious force ,

before which even the gods were powerless, ȧváyκa
δὲ οὐδὲ θεοὶ μάχονται, Simonides . Zeus himself (v.
910 ff. ) was subject to the same dark destiny. See
Shelley's Prometheus Unbound, where the fall of Zeus
is described.
106. σiyâv. Prometheus says he cannot keep silence
because of his sufferings , nor yet can he speak out,
because, says the Scholiast, evλaßeîraι Tòv Aía. But
perhaps it is better, with Wecklein , to take the words
to mean, " I cannot keep silence, and yet I find it hard
to speak and confess my fault. ' The later Scholiast
explains, " I find it hard to speak because I stole the
fire against Zeus's will, and hard to be silent because I
have benefited men. ' For the form of the sentence,
cp. 197 ; also Job, xvi. 6, " Though I speak, my grief
is not assuaged ; and though I forbear what am I
eased ? " For acc. after oryâv, cp. 441. The same usage
is found with ownâv, and with taceo (Verg. Georg. iv.
122), and sileo (Hor. Od. i. 12. 21 ) in Latin.
107. yáp. Notice the scansion, and cp. 1. 821.
108. Toрúv, causal, ' because I gave. '
évéževyμaι, a common metaphor in Aeschylus, so
Agam. 217, " the collar of Necessity," and Choeph. 795
"the chariot of calamity. " Note plural ȧváykai, and
cp. αἰκίαι, 93.
103. ναρθηκοπλήρωτον. 'Yea, stored in fennel did
I carry off a stolen fount of fire. The compound adj .
would naturally mean ' filled with fennel, ' but of course
signifies here ' filled in fennel , ' itself a curious expres
sion, but paralleled by Burns ' Bonnie Mary, " Go fetch
to me a pint o' wine, An' fill it in " a silver tassie. "
Others take Tλńρwтоv as active, filling the fennel
stalk. ' The vάpong was a tall umbelliferous plant with
a pithy stalk, which furnished the Bacchanals with
thyrsi, witness the proverb : πολλοί τοι ναρθηκοφόροι,
MANKIND
,
FIRE
WITHOUT
,tof
is hough
indicated
theftfire
he
Capitoline
the .Tfrom
sarcophagus
AnotherRoman
side
,lrather
stand
Deucalion
and ike
forlornly
yrrha
picture
Pthe
.in
represented
not
is
himself
Prometheus
contrast
appropriate
.affords
an
Hephaistos
of
smithy
blazing
hile
the
nder
,watand
Adam uree
Eve
.6p
f[8ace
}
 NOTES. 69

βάκχοι δέ τε παῦροι. It is said to be still used in Sicily

for conveying fire. Hes . W. & D. 52, èv kóiλw vápoŋki.
Sé, the quasi-copulative use. It is explanatory of
a preceding statement, and almost equivalent to
γάρ.
Onpoμal. The tense is peculiar. Hardly a historic
present as in 229. The act of stealing is past, but the
fact remains of his having been the stealer. Cp. Soph.
Phil. 727 , ἵνα ὁ χάλκασπις ἀνὴρ θεοῖς πλάθει, ‘where
Hercules comes nigh to the gods, ' and in Latin Verg. 6
Aen. ix. 266, " Cratera, quem dat Sidonia Dido," a
cup, the gift of Dido ' ; Hor. Sat. i. 6. 13, " Valeri
genus, unde Superbus Tarquinius regno pulsus fugit."
110. πηγήν . An obvious metaphor to those who
were familiar with the boiling lava-streams of Aetna.
The epithet κλοπαίαν is transferred from πυρός, cp. 884,
and Hor. Od. iii. 21 , 19, " iratos regum apices," and
Shelley, Revolt ofIslam, i. 14 :
" With clang of wings and scream the eagle passed,
Heavily borne away on the exhausted blast."
113. προυσελούμενος. This word is introduced by
Wecklein from Askew's emendation of 1. 438 (q. v.).
The Medicean MS. reads тaσσaλevμévos (as if it were a
perfect participle for πεπασσαλευμένος) , which is altered
by a later hand to πασσαλευτός.
unalepios (" upaithric," Shelley, Revolt ofIslam, vii.
12), Lat. sub divo. Wecklein reads ὑπαιθρίοις, after
Blomfield.
114. â â, čă ¤ā. See 566, 687. ' Ah ! Ha ! ' " The
first exclamation is uttered when he hears the sound,
the second when he is wondering at its cause. " -Her
mann. ta (infra 298), lit. ' let be, ' from ¿áw.
115. ỏ8µá. “ What viewless (åpeyyńs ) odour floats
around me of heavenly source, or human, or blent of
both ?" A sweet scent was supposed to herald the
I
70 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

approach of gods. Cp. Eur. Hipp. 1391 , and Ovid

Fasti, v. 375 :
" tenues successit in auras :
mansit odor : posses scire fuisse Deam,"
and Southey's Chronicles of the Cid (Chandos Classics,
p. 438), where the appearance of St. Peter is preceded
by a "great odour, marvellous sweet. " ¿dμá, Doric
for odun. Here perhaps a ' breath of the sea. '
ådeyyys. For the confusion between the senses cp.
Verg. xii. 591 , " ater odor," and our " darkness that
can be felt."
προσέπτα (cp . 145 , 555 , 644 ), from προσπέτομαι, an
aor. without the thematic vowel, like eßηv (see Gram.
§ 271), ' has struck my senses.
116. Ocóσuтos here = Oeios, but with its proper mean
ing in 643. This line is parodied by Euripides in his
Cyclops , 218, μήλειον , ἢ βόειον , ἢμεμιγμένον.
117. KETO, has one come,' the subject being left
indefinite. Cp. Milton, Par. Lost, iv. 792, 66 This
evening from the sun's decline arrived, who tells " ;
perhaps a reminiscence of this passage.
Teρμóvιov, ' at the world's end ' ; a word only found
here.
118. τί δὴ θέλων , ‘ What can be his will ? ’
119. opâre. The plural is peculiar. Either Prometh
eus is aware that more than one person has arrived
in his vicinity, or else he goes back to the plural of
1. 92, where he was addressing the Powers of Nature.
121. δι' ἀπεχθείας ἐλθόντα , ‘become hateful to all
the gods, ' that is, for having sided with mortals against
them. From Tâσɩ, however, Hephaistos must be ex
cepted, and see 1. 161. This idiomatic use of dia is
common both with elvac and léval. Cp. Xen. Anab. iii.
2. 8, διὰ φιλίας ἰέναι διὰ παντὸς πολέμου ἰέναι, ‘ to be at
downright war with. '
 NOTES. 71

122. elooxveûow , Ionic contraction, cp. 645. Hav

ing aided Zeus to overthrow the older dynasty, these
new gods are admitted into his courts, from which
Prometheus was now for ever banished.
123. ẞporov, objective genitive. Cp. Verg. Aen. ii.
784, " lacrimas Creusae ," tears for Creusa.'
124. þeû, þeû, ' Ha ! ha ! ' So Choeph. 396. The
Chorus begin to enter.
125. The air whirrs softly with the light rush of
wings.' Milton, Par. Lost, i. 768,"" " The air brushed
with the hiss of rustling wings .' Wecklein takes
¿ ò in its common sense of accompaniment, cp. 434, 574.
127. πᾶν τὸ προσέρπον, ‘ all that approaches is
fraught with fear, ' or cp. Soph. Ai. 229, ofμoi poßoûμai
то πроσÉρжоν, ' I fear the future.'
128. The place of Prometheus's crucifixion is an
elevated point in Scythia, at the confines of the
world, and close therefore to the circling stream of
Oceanus. The noise, caused by hammering in the
rivets of Prometheus's chains and driving the great
wedge through his breast, has reached the caverns
where dwell the τανύσφυροι Ωκεανῖναι. They learn
from their father, the cautious and time-serving
Oceanus, the cause of the noise, and gain his consent
with some difficulty-perhaps owing to his fear of
showing sympathy with the rebel god-to go and
condole with Prometheus, their near kinsman. Deeply
touched by his sufferings, like true sympathizers, they
draw out from him the story of his woes, but they are
not blind to his fault (1. 260). The part they take in
the play, and the contrast of their character with the
stern self-reliance of Prometheus are a triumph of
Aeschylus's art. True women in their modesty,
affection, and tenderness, they show a heroism and
devotion worthy of Prometheus himself, when at the
last (1. 1067) they prefer to share his doom rather than
72 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

desert him in his dire extremity. We do not know

what became of the Ocean Nymphs after the earth
opened and swallowed him up, but Prometheus was
extruded again from the bowels of the earth some
where in the Caucasus, and it was there that the eagle
came and gnawed his liver daily. This was all
described in the Prometheus Unbound.
The Chorus, consisting of twelve persons, appear
to the spectators, before Prometheus catches sight of
them , in a winged car. The Scholiast remarks , "They 29
say this, carried in the air by some machinery
in which they must have remained stationary while
speaking to Prometheus. It is not known what the
stage machinery, if any, was that would be capable
of holding and supporting twelve persons, and it is
more reasonable to suppose that the car was simply
drawn on to the stage, and that the Chorus conversed
with Prometheus from it till they descended to earth,
1. 282. See Haigh, Attic Theatre, p. 190.
pilla, ' in love to thee.'
130. πрoσéẞa. Momentary aorist, where we natur
ally use the perfect, cp. 115 , 145.
131. maρeπoûσα, ' after winning over ' (our ' talk
over'), ep. Hom . Il. i. 555, μή σε παρείπῃ θέτις. For
use of Tapa- see on 34. The construction is rather with
ἐγώ , understood in τάξις, than with τάξις itself. The
Chorus speak in the person of their Coryphaeus or
Leader.
134. Oεμeрŵπɩν, ' my maiden (lit. demure) modesty.'
The word may be connected with ri0nu : the sense will
then be Ocμévn ëрaše ŵтα , cр. Hom. I. iii. 217.
135. σúlny. The tragedians omitted the augment,
( 1 ) in the hurried speeches of messengers, ( 2) in lyrical
passages, e.g. 181 épé0oe, and 427 eloidbuav, perhaps
ἵκετο 117 : also regularly in καθεζόμην ( 1. 229). σύθην
is Homeric.
 NOTES. 73

άπédīλos, ' in unshod haste. ' Cp . Longfellow :

" Wait not to find thy slippers ,
But come with thy naked feet."
137. TOλUTÉKVov, ' of the fruitful womb. ' Hesiod ,
Theogn. 364, gives the number of the Ocean nymphs as
3000. Perhaps by the prolific offspring of the sea-gods
was darkly symbolized the incredible fecundity of all
sea-life.
144. φρουρὰν ὀχήσω =φρουρήσω (cp. 31 ), ‘ I shall keep
(lit. endure) watch.' oxeiv, a frequentative form of
ἔχειν .
φοβερά , 'born of fear. '
145. poσnge. For aor. cp. 130. It is allied to the
aorist of the immediate past : e.g. kaλws λežas, ' you
speak well, ' and ἐθώνξας, 393, ἐκερτόμησας , 986 .
146. eloidovσav. The accusative is ungrammatical ,
and used as if a direct acc. had followed πроone.
Others read εἰσιδούσᾳ , dat. in agreement with ἐμοὶ
understood from ἐμοῖσιν , or εἰσιδούσας, agreeing with
éμoû in the same way. For the acc. cp. Choeph. 410,
πέπαλταί μοι κέαρ κλύουσαν, ‘ my heart throbs as I hear.
147. ásaμavтodéroɩɩ (cp. 426), ' with thy bonds of
adamant, ' lit.'with steel-bound shames. ' Cp. 580,
ciotpnλáty delµarı, ' with fear of the pursuing gadfly.'
148. For new rulers lord it in Olympus now : aye,
with new-fashioned laws Zeus wields an arbitrary
sway, ' cp. 403.
149. olāκovóμoι. An obvious and common metaphor
from the sea, cp. 515. The plural may be the " plural
of stateliness ," or may refer to the new race of gods
now in Olympus.
150. ȧ0éтws. A certain correction by Bentley for
áléσμws, ' in no lawful (orderly) way, ' i.e. according to
no settled constitutional plan. Cp. 324, ovX ÚπεÚÐνVOS.
74 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

151. τὰ πρὶν πελώρια , ‘ the mighty ones of old , i.e.

the Titans .
152. vép0ev 0' , ' Aye, beneath Hades. ' Tartarus was
as far beneath Hades as earth beneath Heaven, Hom.
Il. viii. 13.
154. " Would that he had hurled me ... that so
neither God nor aught else had been triumphing over
me.' For this use of the past indic. in a final clause
depending on an impossible wish see 750 ; cp. Choeph.
196, ἀλλ᾽ εἶχε φώνην ...ὅπως μὴ κινυσσόμην . The μὴ is used
because the clause is final. See Syntax, § 350, Obs. 3 (b).
155. deopoîs weλáσās, ‘brought me into bondage. ' Epic
dat.
"
158. αἰθέριον κίνυγμα, ‘a plaything of the winds.
Paley compares the oscilla or little masks suspended
from trees, see Verg. Georg. ii. 389.
ἐχθροῖς ἐπίχαρτα , 6 Things to be exulted over bymy
foes, ' ' ills whereat my foes rejoice . ' The word is
sometimes used in a good sense, e.g. Agam. 722,
γεραροῖς ἐπίχαρτον , ‘ the pet of old men. ’
-
160. ὅτῳ ( Attic for ᾤτινι) = ὥστε τούτῳ . For this use
of oσTis, like a more indefinite ös, cp. 263, 989, 1070.
Thuc. vi. 3, § 1 , uses öσris for ös.
161. σuvaoxala, sympathizes with your indigna
tion at.' The dative is causal , cp. 243, 303, 764.
162. TEOîσ , Doric and Ionic for σoîs, used in lyrical
passages by the tragedians.
Sixa ye Alós, ' save Zeus, but he, ever in rancour
setting his inflexible soul, keeps down the Heavenly
host. ' The MSS. have 0éuevos here, and dédia yàp ( 182)
in the antistrophe, which do not correspond. It is
possible to read τιθέμενος here or δέδια δ' (Porson )
there. Oéolai vóov is Homeric, see Il. ix. 629. Aeschylus
is fond of using KÓTOS and its compounds, cp. (of Zeus)
Suppl. 346, 385, 478 , 616.
 NOTES. 75

164. Οὐρανίαν , Schol. τὴν Τιτανίκην . Used in itsprim

ary meaning of ' Uranian , ' i.e. sprung from Uranus.
167. μýv. See on 73 ; cp. 908.
168. aikizoμévov, ' tortured by ' (év with dat. instead
of a dat. of instrument). Others read the nom., taking
alkijoμaι deponently, as in 195, 227, 256.
170. Seîgal. To shew (for shewing) the new design ' ;
new, because the Giants and Aloids had already tried
to seize the duσáλwтov åρxýv and failed . On the infini
tive of purpose see Syntax, § 528. Cp. ¿λâσ@ai, 666.
Boúλevμa. As Zeus had plotted against and over
thrown Cronus, so is he apprehensive of a new design
against himself.
ip'orov, interrogative, introducing a clause depending
on δεῖξαι and explanatory of βούλευμα , ‘by whom . The
marriage of Zeus with Thetis is ambiguously called a
' project ' or ' scheme,' its author being purposely left
vague. Probably Prometheus uses the word to arouse
the anger and suspicions of Zeus.
171. áπoσuλâтα , ' is bereft of. ' The prophetic pres
ent. The result is so sure that it is represented as
beginning already. Cp. for a retrospective present
θηρῶμαι , 109. Cp . 767, and Agam. 126, χρόνῳ μὲν ἀχρεῖ
Πριάμου πόλιν , = ' will take as a prey.' The acc. after
the passive verb is here due to the fact that verbs
which take a double accusative in the active retain
in the passive the accusative of the thing. See also
on 362.
176. ποινάς . Even in his sufferings Prometheus
thinks not only of release but also of satisfaction.
179. ἐπιχαλᾷς οὐδέν . ' Batest not a jot for all thy
pangs.' Cp. xala, 256 ; for the causal dat. cp. ovμ
φοραῖς , 974.
181. épée, augment omitted , cp. 135. The aor. of
the immediate past. Cp. 986, and see on 135.
76 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

183. πᾷ κέλσαντα , ‘ By mooring in what haven. ’

KéλλEL , SC. vaûv, is primarily trans. = ' run ashore. '
185. ἀπαράμυθον = οὐ παράμυθον , the a being length
ened as in ἀθάνατος , ἀκάματος. For παρα- see on 34.
40ea, trans. ' feelings, ' lit. ' character. ' Distinguish
ἔθος and ἦθος.
186. παρ’ἑαυτῷ , ‘ keeps justice all to himself. ’
Cp. 403, ἴδιοι νόμοι. The very essence of a τυραννὶς was
that a despot was above all law.
188. μаλaкoуváμwv, ' mild of mood .' Similar com
pounds are ἰδιογνώμων and μονογνώμων .
189. ῥαισθῇ (ῥαίω) , ‘ When he shall have been dashed
down thus.'
190. Calming down his stubborn wrath, shall one
day come to full agreement and friendship with me,
not backward he, and I not backward. ' With σπeúdшv
σπεύδοντι, cp. 19, 218, 671. Such juxtaposition is
common and very effective in Greek and Latin ; cp.
Ovid, Trist. i. 3. 17, " Uxor amans flentem flens acrius
ipsa tenebat." Carlyle makes an attempt to imitate
the usage in English , " They shall not take him alive,
not they alive, him alive. " Here Cayley translates
' willing as welcome. ' For σropéσās ỏpyýv , cp. Alcibiades
in Thuc. vi. 18, § 4, σтopéσwμev тò opóvnμa, lay low the
pride.'
191. éµol, for dat. cp. 120.
ἀρθμὸν καὶ φ. Hom . H. iii. 524 .
193. γέγωνε, imperativefrom γέγωνα (perf.)or γεγώνω .
A favourite word. Cp. 523, 657 , 787, 820, 990.
197. ἀλγεινὰ μὲν ...ἄλγος δέ, for μὲν ... δὲ cp . 238 and
Agam . 206, βαρεῖα μὲν κὴρ ... βαρεῖα δέ ; and for the
thought see 106. An Eastern proverb (see Deutsch,
Literary Remains, p . 252) says : " Woe is me when I
keep silent, woe is me when I begin to speak. "
kal λéyev, cp. 642, 995 (note).
 NOTES. 77

198. πανταχῇ δὲ δύσποτμα , ‘ ill -fated every way.

Cp. Agam . 211, τί τῶνδ᾽ ἄνευ κακῶν, ‘ all these things
are against me.'
199. ‘ When first strife arose in Heaven , and the
gods were divided the one against the other—some
wishing,' etc., lit. As soon as ever the gods engaged
in strife, and dissension was stirred up among them
some wishing,' etc. οἱ μὲν ... οἱ δὲ refer back to δαί
μονes in the previous line, the words στάσις ... ὠροθύνετο
being asit wereina parenthesis . Cp. Revel . xii. 7, “ There
was war in Heaven : Michael and his angels going
forth towar.” The instances from Soph . Ant. 260 ,
λόγοι δ᾽ ἐν ἀλλήλοισιν ἐρρόθουν κακοί,
φύλαξ ἐλέγχων φύλακα,
and Eur. Phoen . 1462, are rather less justifiable by
the ordinary rules of grammar. Cp. also Thuc. v. 70,
ἡ ξύνοδος ἦν 'Αργείοι χωροῦντες. For other in
stances of loose apposition see on 563. ἐν ἀλλήλοισιν = ἐν
αὑτοῖς. οἱ μέν, the new race of gods ; οἱ δέ, the Titans.
202. δῆθεν , not ironical here, but = ‘that is to say .’
204 f. τὰ λῷστα , cogn. acc. with βουλεύων, ‘giving
the best counsel’ ; but perhaps with πιθεῖν , cp. 307.
Τιτᾶνας . Prometheus was himself of the Titan brood ,
and his mother Themis is called Τιτανίς (874). The
generally received genealogy was
Οὐρανὸς = Γαῖα or Χθών
T

Ωκέανος
= Κρόνος Ἰάπετος Ὑπερίων Κρίος
- Κοῖος Μνημοσύνη
= = = = See on 461 .
Τηθύς Ρέα Θέμις θεῖα Ευρυβία Φοίβη

Προμηθεύς Ἐπιμηθεύς
Hesiod gives Clymene as the wife of Iapetus, and
makes Atlas and Menoitios brothers of Prometheus.
78 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

209. Oéμis κal Taîa. There is a considerable diffic

ulty here as to whether these two names refer to the
same person or not. In support of the latter is Eum. 2,
where Themis (as also in Hesiod) is distinctly stated to
be the daughter of Earth (see also Pindar, Pyth. xi. 9) ;
while, on the other hand, the singular verb and the
words πολλῶν ὀνομάτων μορφὴ μία point to the identifica
tion of the two persons. In the latter case κal will be
explanatory, as Te and que often are ( = even) ; see note
on 426 ff. We might perhaps take the names as referring
to different persons, here identified in respect of their
oracular powers, Themis having succeeded Gaia as
mistress of the Pythian shrine. " For not once alone
had my mother Themis (i.e. Gaia, for in their oracular
powers they are practically identical) prophesied how
the future should be accomplished.' It is worth noting
that in Hesiod (Theog. 626) it was Gaia who prophesied
the victory of Zeus.
211. κραίνοιτο. The opt. represents O.R. κραίνεται,
' is being brought about." Tr. " Had prophesied how
the future was being brought about. ' Or the opt. is
prospective, the mood and not the tense expressing
futurity, see Synt. 504 c ; cp . 364, 1 .
212. " That those who gained the upper hand must
prevail, not by sheer strength or through violence,
but by craft." Kar' loxtv, lit. by way of strength ' ;
TрÒS TO карreрóv, ' by an appeal to violence. ' Cp. Eur.
Med . 393, εἰμι πρὸς τὸ καρτερόν, and , for πρὸς βίαν , see
208, 353, 592.
213. ὑπερσχόντας. Porson's emendation cannot be
considered certain, for the rhythm of the мMs. reading
can be paralleled by Eum. 480, ȧupóтěpă, and 797,
μaprůpia, etc. , while the present tense seems decidedly
more appropriate than the aorist, = ' the conquerors, '
' those likely to conquer.' Cp. the use of Ovýσкwv in
Agam. 804, Choeph. 846, and see note on 109.
 NOTES. 79

215. ovde = ne quidem, as often ; ' No, not so much as to. '
216. Tŵν πаρεσTάTwv, ' of all that offered ,' a common
use of Tapioraolai, ' to occur to one's mind. ' See on
1002. In Agam. 1053 the phrase = тŵν πаρóvтWV.
217. προσλαβόντα . The Ms. reading ( 1st hand) is
Tрooλaßbνтi. But the accusative is the usual construc
tion, the participle being in agreement with the subject
(understood) of the infinitive. Cp. Agam. 1610, kaλdv
ἐμοὶ ἰδόντα κατθανεῖν : Xen. An. iii. 2. 26, ἔξον αὐτοῖς
κομισαμένους ὁρᾶν.
221. αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι, ‘ him and his allies.’This
dative (cp. 1047) is used by Attic writers generally
without a preposition. See, however, Eur. Ion, 32,
αὐτῷ σὺν ἄγγει. The idiom with avròs appears also in
compounds ; cp. Agam. 135, avтÓTOKOS, ' brood and all.'
223. éέnµelɣato, as we say, ' paid me out ' (¿§).
224. "To be omnipotent and friendless is to reign,"
Shelley, Prom. Unbound, ii. 4.
226. 8' ovv, ' be that as it may,' ' however ' : used in
dismissing a subject or resuming after parenthesis.
Cp. also on 935.
228. ὅπως τάχιστα ra == cum primum, ་ as soon as ever.'
Cp. ἐπεὶ τάχιστα, 199.
229. Kαlégeто. For omission of augment, see on 135.
véμe , the historic present, but used rather awk
wardly here between two past tenses.
230. διεστοιχίζετο , ‘ set about putting his realm in
order, ' or perhaps 6 set about apportioning power, ' if,
as seems likely, Aeschylus had in mind the lines of
Hesiod, Theog. 75 :
εὖ δὲ ἕκαστα
᾿Αθανάτοις διέταξεν ὁμῶς καὶ ἐπέφραδε τιμάς,
and ibid ., 885, διεδάσσατο τιμάς.
232. λóуov ouk ëσxeν, ' made no account of ' ; Lat
habere rationem.
80 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

diorúσas, closely with pirûσai, for, as 1. 236 shows,

Zeus did not carry out his threat, though the later
story of Deucalion and Pyrrha presupposes this destruc
tion. Cp. Gen. vi. 7, " I will destroy man whom I
have created from the face of the earth ... for it
repenteth me that I have made them. "
234. Toîow . Either neuter, ' these counsels,' or masc.
" Zeus and the other gods.' For the use of article as
demonstrative, cp. Supp. 439, Toîσw Toîs tóλeμov
alpeolaι μéyav, and infra, 237.
236. Tò μn. This idiom with the infinitive expresses
consequence. Here, ' I saved mortals so that they did
not go down to Hades.' But it is a question whether
TOû un is not a better reading. ' I saved men from
death’would be in ordinary Greek θανάτου, τοῦ μολεῖν
els " Audou, but owing to the notion of hindering present
in ἐξελυσάμην , a redundant μὴ (according to the usage
discussed 627) is added. Lit. I saved men from not
going,' i.e. so that they did not go. ' See Milton,
P. L. xi. 891 , " That he relents , not to blot out man
kind." See Syntax, § 539, 5.
237. T , article as demonstrative (see 234) = ‘ there
fore. '
Tolaîode. For quantity cp. 873, and тočoûтos, 952,
ποϊείτω, 835.
238. An instance of chiasmus. Cp. Dr. Johnson,
"Live unregarded , unlamented die. " The infinitives
limit or define the meaning of the adj . See on 59.
239. ἐν οἴκτῳ προθέμενος , ‘ giving mortals a place of
preference in my pity. ' πpo- ' in preference to myself. '
240 f. vnews. For the Ms. ȧvnews, see on 42. Cp.
áváλiños, Theoc. iv. 56, and vŋλíñovs, Soph. O. C. 349.
The privative prefix dva became av (cp. Latin in) and
then a before consonants.
C
éppúμiopaι attuned to my surroundings, ' ' brought
into harmony with the feelings of Zeus, ' perhaps simply
 NOTES. 81

'brought to order.' It is said with bitterness. The

Scholiast interprets éкTéтaμaι, ' stretched on the rack ,'
a metaphor from tightening the strings of the lyre.
244. οὔτε ... ΤΕ. Cp. 260, and Xen. Anab. iii. 1. 30,
μήτε ... TE.
245. κéap, ' pained to the heart, ' so- called acc. of
respect. In English we often use a compound adj. e.g.
' heart-whole,' brow-bound with gold,' to serve the
same purpose. For this " acc. of nearer definition ,"
see Syntax, § 383. 99
λyúvonv. For tense, cp. 115, 401 , " momentary aor.
246. κal μýv. ' Yes, to my friends I am, ' see on 982.
Primary meaning, ' Why, look you ! '
ἐλεινός ( MS. ἐλεεινός). Always contracted in the Attic
writers.
247. μή που . 'You did not, may be, go to even
further lengths than these ? ' For un, interrogative , see
959, and cp. St. Matt. vii. 9. Syntax, § 344 (c).
248. n. The redundant use mentioned above (236).
Cp. 865, 918, 1056. See Syntax, § 368 (b).
249. TÒ TOTOν ; The art. assumes the cure, while Toîov
asks, What cure ? Lit. ' Having found the (what was
the ?) cure ' = ' Of what sort was the cure you found ?'
250. τυφλᾶς ἐλπίδας . Surely the most precious gift
of Prometheus to man, this blind hope that hopes
against hope. Shelley (Prom. ii. 4) refers to this:
" Prometheus saw and waked the legioned hopes,
Which sleep within folded Elysian flowers,
That they might hide with thin and rainbow wings
The shape of Death. "
Plato, Gorg. 523 D, has a passage illustrative of this :
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν παυστέον ἐστὶ προειδότας αὐτοὺς τὸν θάνατον ·
νῦν γὰρ προΐσασι. What Aeschylus and Plato both
mean seems to be that mortals had the fear of death
always before their eyes, and this kept them from
 3282

ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ

ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ

.
making any efforts towards self-improvement, just as
the want of fire prevented their material development,
until Prometheus gave them fire to promote their
physical well-being and Hope to ensure their spiritual
expansion. There is probably a reference to the legend
of Pandora's box, Hes. W. and D. 96. Aelian (V. H.
xiii. 29) records a saying‫رو‬of Plato that " hopes are the
dreams of waking men, and perhaps I may quote
E. A. Poe, " Man's life"" is chiefly happy from his ever
expecting it to be so. '
252. σφιν for σφίσιν = αὐτοῖς, ‘to them, ' an Epic form
and use, cp. 443, 457 , 481 .
253. καὶ νῦν ; καὶ in interrogative sentences expresses
surprise : 'What ! ' Cp. " And shall Trelawney die?"
φλογωπόν . The later Scholiast distinguishes be
tween the elemental fire or ether and the work-a- day
fire, and says the epithet here means fire in a concrete,
visible form, not like the ethereal elemental fire, pure
and invisible.
257. 0λov, ' contest with pain,' ' agony. '
258. Nay, none other, save his own stern will. '
This is the limit laid down by Zeus, but the power
of ending the contest was not in the hands of Zeus at
all, see 771 .
263. appóv. " Tis easy (for one) who keeps his
foot outside of harm,' a proverbial expression. Cp.
ὑγιὴς νοσοῦντα πᾶς τις νουθετεῖ ; Ter. And. ii. 1. 9,
" facile omnes cum valemus recta consilia aegrotis
damus. " So Shaks. Much Ado About Nothing, v.
1. 20 :
" For men
Can counsel and speak comfort to that grief
Which they themselves not feel. "
268. μhv, ' yet.' Synt. § 600, 21. ii.
269. Katιoxvaveîσðaɩ, fut. middle used passively.
 NOTES. 8883
πεδαρσίοις, Doric or Aeolic form for μετάρσιος =
MEтéwρos, see 710, 916. By his residence in Sicily
Aeschylus learnt some Doric forms, see Athen. ix. ,
p. 402 B, ὅτι δὲ Αἰσχύλος, διατρίψας ἐν Σικελίᾳ, πολλαῖς
κέχρηται φωναῖς Σικελαῖς, οὐδὲν θαυμαστόν . See ἐλινύειν
53, μᾶσσον 629, Δᾶ 568, ἁρμοῖ 615.
271. μοι . Ethic dative.
272. Tédo . Doric form for * Tédolɩ, cp. oïkol . Per
haps a locative, cp. xauaí, ' humi.'
275. To , introducing the maxim. See on 8.
TaÚTά. Adverbial or cognate accusative. 'In the
same way for all woe flits and settles now on one and
now on another.' For More inserted between the
preposition and its case, see on 762. Notice allitera
tion of and see on 8.
279. kal vûv, ' and so I now. ' Used in this way at
the opening of the Agamemnon and of the Ajax, with
uèv in the first clause.
282. teλŵ ( = teλάow) , here intransitive ; see on 25.
283. Sià Tavтós, not, as usually, ' for ever, ' but
'throughout, ' ' from end to end.'
285. Siapa áμevos, lit. ' having taken in exchange
the goal of my journey (for the beginning), ' i.e. ' hav
ing reached the goal of my journey. ' If the word be
taken in its other sense of simply traversing (S. c. Theb.
334), then répuа кeλeú0оυ will be proleptic, and the
meaning will be having traversed the road till I
reached the goal. '
Oceanus was supposed to have his home in the far
(doλxns) west, though his stream circled the whole
earth . However, we read above ( 133) that the caverns
inhabited by the daughters of Ocean were near enough
to the place where Prometheus was crucified for them
to hear the noise of hammering, that is, they must
have been in the extreme north- east.
84 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

The character of Oceanus is admirably conceived as

a foil to that of Prometheus. He had apparently (331 ,
see however 234) sided with Prometheus in the struggle
against Zeus, but had contrived to avoid giving so
much offence to the new rulers, and he even boasts
that he has enough influence with them to procure
Prometheus's release. He takes up rather the attitude
of a Job's comforter, and with a patronizing air
counsels his rebellious kinsman to submit, irritating
him with moral platitudes, such as γίγνωσκε σεαυτόν .
Prometheus is evidently not much pleased at his arrival,
and receives his proferred mediation with indifference,
advising him with something of a sneer to take care
that he doesn't himself get into trouble with Zeus for
befriending a rebel.
286. olovóv, a monster, half-bird, half-quadruped (see
395, Teтpaσkeλńýs), such as Aeschylus loved to bring
upon the stage. Cp. the ypуπάeтоs (Arist. Ran. 929),
the ἱππαλεκτρύων and τραγέλαφος (ibid. 937 ). The
machinery by which these monsters were deposited on
the stage is not very clearly understood , but see Haigh,
Attic Theatre, p. 190.
292. velμai μоîpav, ' could set greater store by,'
lit. apportion a larger meed of honour or friendship.'
For the phrase, cp. Thuc. iii. 3, μeîšov μépos véμovtes tŵ
μὴ βούλεσθαι ἀληθῆ εἶναι, ‘ giving a preponderating
weight to their wish that it might not be true. ' For
the opt. without av cp. Agam. 620, oùк ễσ0' öπws Xéğaiµı
τὰ ψευδῆ καλά . There are three or four other instances
of the same kind in the tragedians which do not admit of
any emendation. They are all in negative or interroga
tive-negative sentences. See Synt. §510. Sidgwick, App.
to Aesch. Agam. , calls this constr. "remote deliberative. "
294. χαριτογλωσσεΐν , ‘ to speak glozing words of
friendship. '
298. tā, τí Xpĥμa ; ' Ha ! What is it ? ' or ' What do I
see '? (later Schol. ).
 NOTES. 85

301. AUTÓKTITα, ' natural ' or ' self-made.' Cp. Frag.

Prom. Freed, avтóσπopos (Intr. p. xxvii. ).
303. συνασχαλῶν. Probably future, like θεωρήσων ,
from a form avvaσxáλλw, cp. 764. Or it may be present,
cp. 161.
304. Tóνde = eµé. For the accusative see on 92.
307. καὶ ... γε. 'Yes and.' "When used in answers
these particles add something new and more important
than the preceding. " -Enger.
308. ποικίλῳ . Hesiod calls Prometheus ποικίλος,
αἰολόμητις, ποικιλόβουλος , ἀγκυλομήτης. Cp. Horace ,
Od. ii. 18. 35, " Callidum Promethea ," and Catullus,
Pel. and Thet. 295, " Sollerti corde Prometheus." For
the meaning of the adj. , cp. Sallust, Cat . v. " audax,
subdolus, varius. "
309. yiyvwoke σavrov, ' learn to know yourself (by
self- examination),' ' form a just estimate of your own
powers, and don't be presumptuous.' The Schol. com
pares Hom. Il. v. 440. The gnome was written with
others on the Temple at Delphi, but was easier said
than done, as the poet Ion observes :
" Know thou thyself! ' tis easy thus to say,
But Zeus alone the precept can obey. """
As a practical comment upon the phrase we may cite
an extract from General Gordon's diary (Africa, p. 214) :
"I would infinitely sooner travel alone in these countries
than with a companion. I never can converse with the
Arabs. So one goes stalking along the camel's
cushioned foot makes no noise, and you learn yourself."
μeláρμoσaι, ' adapt to yourself (i.e. adapt yourself to)
new ways.’Eur . Alc. 1157 , μεθηρμόσμεσθα βελτίω βίον.
311. τεθηγμένους , ‘ whetted . ’
312. ῥίψεις. If you will fling to the air, ' or ' blurt
out.' So iacto, ' Verg. Aen . ii. 588 , 768. See 932, and
Eur. Hipp . 232, τί τόδ' αὖ παράφρων ἔρριψας ἔπος. The
K
86 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

force of the conditional sentence is, ' If you will insist

upon speaking so fiercely, Zeus will (probably) hear
you. ' The opt. with6 av expresses a less9 certain future.
ἣν ῥίψῃςwould mean ifyou shallfling , εἰ ῥίψειας, if you
were to fling,' or ' should you fling. For el with fut.
indic. see Synt. § 354 (obs. ). For the clause here com
pare 1. 978. Aristophanes (Av. 1508) seems to have
this passage in his mind when he makes Prometheus
ask for an umbrella to be held over him that the gods
may not see him.
313. τὸν νῦν χόλον . Cp. Shakspere, “ My often
rumination , 99 66 My hence departure. ' ' And so make
his present anger seem to you to be a mere child's play
(a mere bagatelle ) of woe. ' παρόντα ( without the
article) is unusual for Tòv Taрóvтa . Apart from the
article it should have a causal force, ' by being present.'
The genitive μόχθων can be taken with χόλον , nger
consisting in woes, ' cp. 900. Wecklein reads Tov
νῦν χόλου παρόντα μόχθον .
315. apes, ' forgo.'
317. ȧpxaîa, ' an oft-told tale.' Oceanus says that
the proverb to which he is referring is a sufficiently
hackneyed one . Cp. Soph . Αi. 386, μηδὲν μέγ' εἴπῃς.
319. τάπíxeɩpa, ' such are the rewards of ' (lit. hand
money, cp. the wages of sin). For the word thus used
in the sense of punishment see Soph. Ant. 820, §ıpéwv
ἐπίχειρα . τοιαῦτα is predicate.
323. πρὸς κέντρα κῶλον ἐκτενεῖς . Cp. Agam . 1624,
πρὸς κέντρα μὴ λάκτιζε. Eur. Bacch . 795, πρὸς κέντρα
XaкTisoμ OvηTòs v Oe . Acts of Apostles, ix. 5, xxvi.""
14, " It is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. '
On this proverb Trench ( Proverbs, p. 51 ) says : In this
aspect, as having been used at some crisis or turning
point of things, and as part of the moral influence
brought to bear on that occasion for effecting a great
result, no proverb of man's can be compared with that
 NOTES. 87

one , which the risen Lord used , when He met His future
apostle, and warned him of the fruitlessness and folly
of further resistance to a might which must overcome
him, and with a more disastrous overcoming at the
last. " Cp. the Latin , " Adversus stimulum calcare, "
Ter. Phorm. i. 2. 28.
328. ἢ οὐκ. Scanned by synizesis as one syllable ;
so èπel où, Supp. 910, and unǹ ov, infra, 627, 787 ; but in
Soph. O. T. 993, † †ηтòv ʼn où eμTór, the syllables are
scanned separately.
330. Inλ σe, said with some bitterness. The state
ment that Oceanus had shared in all Prometheus's
doings seems scarcely reconcileable with v. 234.
331. μeтaσxúv, ' having shared and dared with me. '
The dative is usual after μETÉxw, though not with
τετολμηκώς. Wecklein reads μετασχεῖν . For the com
bination of aorist and perf. participles, cp. Agam. 1243,
žvνnка кal πéppiкa, and Eur. Med. 293.
332. čāσov, ' let be, ' i.e. give up your idea of ad
dressing Zeus in my favour.
μηδὲμελησάτω . The rule is that either μὴ λέγε or μὴ
λέξῃς is good Greek, but not μὴ λέξον (cp., however,
Arist. Thesm. 870, un eûσov, and Agam. 931 , µǹ eiπé)
or un λéyns : but un with the third person aor. impera
tive or first person present subj . seems admissible (see
1002). For the former, cp. Plato, Apol. p. 17, undeis
πроσdокησάтw aλws, and for the latter Soph. Ai. 1085 :
see Syntax, § 341 (b) , obs. 2.
333. Táνтws. See on 16.
339. A. The elision of a dissyllabic noun with pen
ultimate short is rare ; cp. 139, x06v' . Perhaps here a
reminiscence of Hes. Works and Days, 2, and Theog. 468.
340. тà µév, ‘ so far.' Instead of và dè to follow, we
have ἀτάρ .
éπaiva, ' I am much obliged to you,' a civil way of
declining. Cp. " benigne," Hor. Ep. i. 7. 62.
88 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

343. pol. For dative with peλeîv, cp. Eur. Heracl.

681 , φίλοις ὠφελεῖν . The usual case is the accusative.
ETI Kaí, if you do care to trouble yourself. ' Weck
lein's reading, élois, makes the contingency more re
mote, contrasted with the certainty of the apodosis as
expressed by the future indicative. Cp. Synt. § 505 (b).
344. ἡσύχαζε, ‘ rest content.’
345. εἵνεκα . Epic for ἕνεκα ; cp. εἱλίσσω 138, 1092,
and see 359.
ei SvσTux®, ' even if I am unfortunate, I should not
wish. ' Another variation of conditional clause, cp. 311
and 978, ' should I wish ' instead of ' do I wish. '
346. S TELσTotσ , ' should happen to as many as
possible ' = ' quam plurimis ' ; so Xen. Anab. ii. 2. 12,
ὡς πλεῖστον = 'quam maxime.'
347. où Sîтa, ' not so. ' Cp. 1075 ; 66 non ita " (Verg.
Aen. ii. 583) .
348. πρὸς ἑσπέρους τόπους , ‘away towards the far
West.' The thought is of the direction, otherwise we
should have the dative, as in Soph. Trach. 1100, èπ'
ἐσχάτοις τόποις. The adj . oTepos is also found in Soph.
Ai. 805. The fable of Atlas (from Tλa, ' the enduring ')
seems to have attached itself to the Peak of Teneriffe,
in the Canary Islands, which rises majestically from
the sea to the height of 12,000 feet and more. See Dr.
Ideler's view quoted in Humboldt's Views of Nature,
pp. 110-112 (Bohn's Series). Later writers, as Vergil,
identify the giant with the Atlas range in Mauretania,
which has no separate imposing peak like Teneriffe,
though it rises in parts to over 11,000 feet.
349. Kiova. Homer, Od. i. 53, says that he holds
the tall columns that keep heaven and earth apart, '
while Hesiod, Theog . 517, makes him ' stand on the
verge of the world, close to the sweet-voiced Hesperides,
the victim of a stern necessity, upholding the wide
heaven with head and tireless hands. ' Aeschylus
 NOTES. 89

seems to have combined the two notions, and his

version cannot be called an improvement. Herodotus ,
speaking of the Atlas mountain, says, "the natives
call it a pillar of heaven. ' " A later addition to the
legend represented Atlas as having been turned into
stone by the Medusa's head, thus accounting for the
process by which the giant hardened into the mountain.
351. Kiλiklov. So Pindar, Pyth. i. 16,‫ " ور‬Hundred
headed Typhon nurtured in Cilician caves. He speaks
of him as ἑκατοντακάρανος and ἑκατογκεφάλας. Hesiod
describes this portentous monster, the youngest born
of Earth, who defied the power of Zeus, as having a
hundred serpent heads.
353. πρὸς βίαν , see 212, 592.
354. Tüpôva. The name appears in various forms,
Τυφώς, Τυφάων, Τυφωεύς, Τυφωνεύς. He is mentioned in
Hes. Theog. 310 as parent of the three-headed Cerberus
(' belua centiceps .'-Horace). His birthplace was
(Homer tells us, Il. ii. 783) among the Arimi, in Asia
Minor, a reference perhaps to the many earthquakes
that devastated that region 66 in early times. Cp.
Milton, P. L. i. 198, Typhon, whom the den by
ancient Tarsus held."
loupov, connected with opeîv, lit. ' leaping. ' Used
of Ares in the Iliad. Cp. Ooúpios impetuous, of Ajax
(Soph. Ai. 212) and of Xerxes in the Persae.
πᾶσι δ' ἀντέστη . The MS. reading πâow ös gives an
anapaest in the fourth foot, as also is the case in 6, 113.
355. σupilov, ' with his snake heads. ' Cp. Hesiod ,
Theog. 835, poisεσкe , and the whole passage.
póßov. So the мs. (cp. Sept. c. Theb. 498, ßλéπELV
poßov), generally emended to póvov, as Hom. Hym . i.
362, of the dragon, povòv άπovelovou ; Agam. 1309,
πveîv póvov ; Acts of Apostles, ix. 1 , " Saul breathing
90 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

out threatenings and slaughter " ; Theoc. xxii. 82,

φόνον πνέοντες, etc. The Scholiast's remark on this
passage is worth quoting, " Such a monster as this
is not really a subject for sympathy, but the poet,
being by nature fond of the portentous, does not
mince matters."
356. уoруwπоv σélas, ' flashed forth a terrible flame.'
σέλας either a direct acc. after ἀστράπτω , or a cognate
acc. (acc. of inner meaning), Syntax, § 326 ; cp. 389,
591 , 764, 912, 919 ; and Wisdom, xi. 18, " shooting
horrible sparkles out of their eyes. "
359. κатαιẞárηs, Ionic for Karaẞárns ' down-rushing.'
Hor. Od. iii. 4. 44, " fulmine caduco. " We learn from
the later Scholiast that there were three sorts of
thunderbolts , καταίβαται, ψολοέντες , and ἀργῆτες .
6
360. éénλnge, struck him down from his proud
boastings. ' In line 133 the verb takes an acc. of the
thing struck out. Shaks. Troilus and Cressida, i. 3.
159, seems to refer to this passage :
" Terms unsquared
Which, from the tongue of roaring Typhon dropped,
Would seem hyperboles. "
362. σ0évos. Acc. to the Greek idiom the acc. is
kept in the passive in the case of a verb which takes
the acc. and dat. in the active. Here Kẞpovт TÒ σDÉVOS
avr , I thunder the strength out of him, ' see Syntax,
§ 384. This also occurs regularly with a verb which
takes acc. and dat. of remoter object, e.g. oi èπiteтpaµ
μévο тην åрxýv, see Syntax, § 322.
363. παράορον, Doric for παρήορος from ἀείρω , lit.
'lying alongside of, ' here ' stretched out at length. '
Hom. Il . vii . 156, ἔκειτο παρήομος ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα .
364. σтEνwπоû, noun (orig. adj . ), sc. odoû. The Straits
of Messina are so called by Homer, Odyss. xii . 237 ; cp.
our narrows.
 NOTES. 91

365. iπоúμevos, ' crushed down ' ( ' nipt '). Pindar,
Olymp . iv. 10 , ἶπον ἠνεμόεσσαν ἑκατογκεφάλα Τυφῶνος.
The word imos means the part of a mouse-trap which
falls on and crushes the mouse.
366. áκpais, not, as Vergil (Aen. viii. 416 ff. ), in the
interior of the mountain.
367. kрaynσovτal. This refers to the great eruption
in B.C. 479 or 475, for the date is uncertain, the results of
which must have been seen by Aeschylus and Pindar.
Thucydides (iii. 116) refers to it in describing the next
eruption, 50 years later : éppúŋ dè tepì avtò TÒ Éαρ TOûTO
ὁ ῥύαξ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐκ τῆς Αἴτνης ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ πρότερον .
λέγεται δὲ πεντηκοστῷ ἔτει ῥυῆναι τοῦτο μετὰ τὸ πρότερον
peûua. Dr. Kinns in his Moses and Geology gives a
striking description of a later eruption in 1669 A.D.
The stream of lava, flowing resistlessly down from the
mountain, slowly made its way to the sea, a dis
tance of 25 miles , in 43 days, burying in its course
fourteen villages and towns. The people of Catana
saw the lava stream reach their walls, ascend and
overrun them, and pour into the town. Blotting out
everything in its way, the stream breasted the other
walls, and fell, a cascade of fire, into the sea. " Then
began a combat between the water and the fire such
as has not been witnessed by the eye of man, ' water
and fire in ruin reconciled . ' The lava, cooled at its base
by contact with the water, presented a perpendicular
front fourteen or fifteen yards broad, and advanced
slowly, carrying with it, like a glacier, enormous solid
blocks red with heat. When they reached the extrem
ity of this movable causeway the blocks, falling into
the sea, filled it little by little, and the solid mass
advanced so much. At this contact large bodies of
water, reduced to a state of vapour, rose up with
frightful hissings and fell in a salt rain over the neigh
bouring country. In a few days the lava had carried
forward the line of beach some 330 yards."
92 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

368. SáπTOVтes, a common metaphor in Greek poetry.

Cp. Homer, Il. xxiii. 183, πupì dáπтeμev. Choeph. 325,
Tuρòs μaλeρà vválos ; and Ezekiel, xv. 7, " The fire
shall devour them. "
370. gavaléσe , in such sort shall Typhon make his
fury to boil over. ' Cp. Nahum, i. 6, " His fury is poured
out like fire. "
371. 'With outbursts of hot, insatiate, fiery rain.'
There seems no imperative reason for changing & λÝσTOU
to årλárov, though the latter is used by Pindar in the
same connection. The sentence would be more balanced
if one of the adjectives agreed with Béλeot, but for the
accumulation of adjs. (also parodied by Aristophanes) ,
cp. Pers. 316, πυρσὴν ζαπληθῆ δάσκιον γενείαδα, and see
Introd. p. viii . Cp. Keats' Hyperion :
66' Horribly convulsed
With sanguine, feverous, boiling gurge of pulse."
374. 8πws πloraσal, " as you know how ' (sc. to do),
lit. how you know.'
9
378. ὀργῆς νοσούσης, ‘of a disordered temper.
Plutarch and others quote the verse with yuxs for
opyns. Cicero, Tusc. iii. 31 , has the following transla
tion of this passage :
Oc. Atqui, Prometheu , te hoc tenere existimo,
Mederi posse rationem iracundiae.
Pr. Siquidem quis tempestivam medicinam admovens
Non ad gravescens volnus illidat manus.
This seems slightly to support opyŷs. The ỏpyn is that
of Zeus. For the sentiment, cp. Prov. xv. 1 , " A soft
answer turneth away wrath. "
379. 'Yes, if one soothe the heart in season, and
reduce not the swelling spirit by force. ' The metaphor
is a medical one, and compares anger to a hard
swelling, apudŵvтa, which requires gentle handling,
 NOTES . 93

and is only made worse by pressure. Milton, Sams.

Agon. ( 184 ff. ) has an imitation of the passage :
66
Apt words have power to swage
The tumours of a troubled mind,
And are as balm to festered wounds."
The Schol. quotes a similar sentiment from Menander.
381. τῷ προθυμεῖσθαι. The later Scholiast explains by
προνοεῖσθαι,so he probably read προμηθεῖσθαι. The two
infinitives, having but a single article, combine to form
one idea, ' a zealous boldness. '
381. Sé, for its position , see 321 .
383. ' Labour lost and shallow-hearted simpleness .'
evnía, originally expressing a good quality, ' guileless
ness, ' came to have a bad sense (cp. Thuc. iii. 83).
384. Tyde Tĥ vóow, for the more usual cognate acc. ,
as in Soph. Trach. 544.
385. μὴ φρονεῖν δοκεῖν , altered by Cobet to μὴ δοκεῖν
φρονεῖν, according to the commonidiom found in οὐ φημι,
οὐχ ἡγοῦμαι. Loyalty to friends (εὖ φρονεῖν ) is often
incompatible with a reputation for worldly wisdom
(øpoveîv). True friendship is quixotic.
386. ȧµжλáкημa, i.e. the error of sending him on a
bootless errand.
388. μὴ γάρ, ‘for I fear lest. ’ A verb has to be
supplied, as in 68. See however Monro, Hom. Gram.
§278 b.
ovuós. Here the adj . = ' for me, ' and is objective.
Cp. Persae, 698, τǹv čµǹv aidŵ ; Soph. El. 343, tảµà
vovleτýµата, ‘ your lecturings of me ' ; Jerem. xxxii. 40,
" I will put my fear into their hearts. " OpvOS = Ot̃KTOS,
Schol.
389. Spās, cogn. acc. , see 356, and cp. Agam.
183, σέλμα σεμνὸν ἡμένων . τῷ, dat. after εἰς ἔχθραν
Baly, the construction being carried on as usual in
stichomuthia.
 1

94 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

393. 0óvgas, aor. of immediate past, where we less

correctly use the present or perfect, cp. 145, 986. See,
for the word, 73, 277 , 1041 .
ópμwμévæ, used as a predicative adjective.
394. olpos, ' pathway of air. ' This word is both
masc. and fem. , and some MSS. read λevpàv here.
395. Täv, for To av, with a tone of affected indiffer
ence, ' I dare say he will.'-Paley.
396. Káµуelev, see 237. Here Oceanus leaves the stage.
398. στένω σε τὰς τύχας . Causal genitive , ‘ on ac
count of your unhappy lot. ' Cp. Agam. 1321 , oiktelpw
σe leσþáτov μóрov. Syntax, § 412.
ovλouévās : an Epic participle used adjectivally.
399. Sakρvoloтактα, adv. Tr. ' a coursing flood of
tender tears.'
401. Teyga, for momentary aor. see 115.
6
402. ȧµéɣаρта , unenviable,' from μeyaípw, to look
on as too great,' Supp. 641. ' Thus unenviably,' adv.
acc. (cognate) like daкpvolσтaкта abovе, see Syntax,
§ 326, 2.
403. ἰδίοις νόμοις, see 186.
404. ὑπερήφανον , emphatic.
405. aixμáv. Concrete for abstract-' spear point '
for ' rule ' or ' authority. ' Agam. 484, yvvaikòs aixµâ.
406. στονόεν λέλακε , moans mournfully.' For the
cognate acc. cp. Verg. Aen. ii. 631, "supremum congem
uit, " and our expression, " he breathed his last (sc.
breath)."
408. Tépio , ' the Westerns weep over the magni
ficent and time-honoured glory of thee and thy kin ,'
the latter meaning the Titans.
411. TOLкov, ' dwell in holy Asia, where is their
home. ' The Schol. takes TOLKOS as an anachronism
1

incident
Gate
sA
on
found
,opainting
Tarquinii
adat
The
B.C.
300
than
later
much
not
farcophagus
isreek
wars
Amazon
of
one
from
on
Amazons
the
against
fought
Heracles
which
inerhaps
,pThermodon
.that
.p9[f5ace
 NOTES. 95

referring to colonies , but this is unnecessary. For

anachronisms see 658, 846.
416. μáxās aтрEσTOL, ' fearless in fight.་ ' Supp. 742,
μáxηs anoтov. The genitive is the genitive of re
lation, ' or it may be an objective genitive dependent
on the substantival notion in ἄτρεστοι as if it were ἄνευ
φόβου μάχης. Cp . 884 ; and Soph. Ο. Τ . 190, ἄχαλκος
ἀσπίδων. Aesch . Αgam . 302 , οὐκ ἄπαππον Ἰδαίου πυρός.
Shaks. Cymb. I. i. 135, " Senseless of your wrath," and
Othello, ii. 3. 339, " I am desperate of my fortune," i.e.
'without any hope of it. ' Paley takes uάxas as acc.
plur. , and cp. Persae, 27 , deivoì μáxav. The Amazons
are of course meant. Syntax, § 403.
420. ' Apíās, for Ms. ' Apaßias, which is unmetrical
and geographically inexplicable. The Scholiast does not
enlighten us much with his λέγει τοὺς Τρωγλοδύτους.
For ἄνθος a v. l. ig ἔθνος. The emendation ' Aẞapías
the land of the Avars-is supported by the fact that
the name Arabia is extended to Avaria (Mackenzie's
Schamyl and Circassia, p. 123).
424. ẞpéµwv év, in the mellay of sharp-pointed
spears ' or simply ' with spears, ' according to a common
use of év. Xen. Mem. iii. 9. 2, év Tools. Cp. Verg.
Aen. v. 179, "madidaque fluens in veste. "
426 ff. ἀκαμαντοδέτοις, a better reading thanἀδαμαν
TOOÉTOLS, as Atlas was bound only with the bonds of
necessity (κρατερᾶς ὑπ᾽ ἀνάγκας). The last half of the
word is corrupt, if indeed the whole word is not so
(see 148). It is impossible to assimilate the metre of 11.
425-430 to that of 11. 431-435 without great alterations.
It is perhaps better to regard the whole passage as
Epodic, and not divided into strophe and antistrophe.
428. ds alév, ' who ever groans beneath the pre-eminent
crushing burden, aye the vault of heaven placed upon
his back. ' The construction of vúros is awkward.
The later Scholiast in his note on lines 350, 430 uses
96 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

the word ὑπανέχω ( ὑπανέχειν τὸν οὐρανὸν δίκην κίονος ),

and perhaps he found ὑπανέχων 6 for ὑπέροχον , which
might then be rendered upholding on his back.'
Pausanias also uses vravexw of Atlas. For тε eрexe
getic cp . Agam . 10, φάτιν , ἁλώσιμον τε βάξιν aud que
in Latin : Hor. Od. i. 2. 16, " monumenta regis tem
plaque Vestae. " The later Scholiasts take the Te as
coupling κραταιὸν and οὐράνιον , these words with πόλον
being in apposition to σθένος ὑπέροχον .
432. σvμπítvwv, ' dashing in unison with his groans. '
Cp. Verg. Aen. viii. 305, 66 consonat omne nemus. ""
σTÉVEL. Hor. Od. ii. 20. 14, “ gementis Bospori,"
and Shelley, " The moaning of the homeless sea.
433. μuxòs yâs. This expression, ' the earth-recesses,'
has another genitive ("Aïdos) depending on it. The
sunless retreat of Hades beneath the earth groans.'
For inò see on 574.
437 f. σiyâv, his silence while the Chorus were chant
ing, and perhaps for some short time after.
προυσελούμενον . An emendation for προσηλούμενον
(explained by the Scholiast by ißpisóμevov) the reading
of the MS. The u in the word seems to be due to the
transference of the digamma of σFeλew , an older form
of the verb. The word only occurs in Arist. Ran. 731. It
has been introduced above, 1. 113.
440. Tavτeλws, lit. ' absolutely ,' here = ' actually ' or
' in fact. '
441. αὐτὰ σιγῶ , see on 106.
eiSvíatov, for the idiomatic dat. see on 23, and cp.
393, 1040.
6
442. Tμaтα, the ills that flesh is heir to.' The
word does not seem quite the right word here, but no
satisfactory emendation has been proposed.
443. σφᾶς, poet. for αὐτούς, so0 σφιν = σφίσιν = αὐτοῖς,
252, etc.
 NOTES. 97

444. opev@v éπýẞolo , ' masters of their thoughts , '

a curious expression, hardly paralleled by " compos
mentis. " It seems to refer to the gift of reason as
separate from instinct. Genitive of successful aim.'
445. μéμv, i.e. not intending to upbraid mortals
for ingratitude .
446. ἐξηγούμενος , ‘ by way of showing .’
av. There are these two sorts of attraction in Greek :
(1) Of relative to case of antecedent, the latter being
usually omitted, as here. So Hor. Sat. i. 6. 15,
"iudice, quo nosti, populo ” : Milton, P. L.
vi. 808, " Vengeance is his or whose he sole
appoints." In Soph. Phil. 145, TÓπOV ÖVтIVα
KETTαι, the antecedent is expressed.
(2) Of antecedent to relative. Thuc. iii. 104, Oñкaι
ὅσαι ἦσαν πάσας ἀνεῖλον. Verg. Αen. 1. 573,
" Urbem quam statuo vestra est. "" Shaks. Ant.
and Cleop. iii. 1. 15 , " When him we serve's
away. "
In the first case the attraction never seems to take
place from a weaker to a stronger case, i.e. never from
a dative or genitive to an accusative , unless Soph. Ant.
546, μηδ᾽ ἃ μὴ’θίγες ποιοῦ σεαυτῆς be an instance . See
Syntax, § 363.
448. κλύοντες οὐκ ἤκουον. There is probably no
more real difference between кλúεw and aκoûσa than
between ' hear ' and ' hearken ' in English, but they
are in this place used antithetically as in Choeph. 5.
Aristophanes, Frogs, 1174, puts into Euripides' mouth
a criticism of this " vain repetition. " In Latin, audio
and ausculto are used in the same antithetical way.
For the sentiment, cp. Isaiah, vi. 9, " Hear ye indeed
but understand not, and see ye indeed but perceive
not." The Scholiast quotes the proverb, voûs ópĥ Kal
νοῦς ἀκούει.
449. τὸν μακρὸν βίον, “ their long lives through. ’
98 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

451. ἦσαν = ᾔδεσαν.

πроσlovs (from eŋ, ' the sun's warmth ' ), ' sun
ward-gazing.'
452. KaτúρUXES (ópúσow), ' underground . ' Cp. Lucr.
v. 955 :
" Necdum res igni scibant tractare, nec uti
Pellibus et spoliis corpus vestire ferarum ;
Sed nemora atque cavos montis silvasque colebant. ”
This tradition of Cave men is interesting. It appears
however (see Boyd Dawkins, Early Man in Britain),
that there was an earlier race of men still than the
Cave men. These have been called the River Drift
men. None of their descendants remain, but the
Eskimo are the lineal representatives of Cave men.
ὥστε in comparisons is Epic for ὥσπερ.
ἀήσυροι ( ἄημι) , ‘ light as air ,’ ‘ tiny .’
457. ávтoλás, see on 100. Syncope for åvaroλás : cp.
707, 817.
σφιν for σφίσιν, poetical for αὐτοῖς , see 252, 443.
458. Svoκpírovs goes with both substantives in sense.
The epithet has been explained as referring to the
difficulty of distinguishing between the real rising and
setting of a star and its apparent rising and setting,
when by approximation to the sun it is lost in its rays.
459. kal μýv, introducing another point, see 982.
oxov σopiσμáτwv, ' best of sciences. ' " Aeschy
lus non poeta solum, sed etiam Pythagoreus : sic
enim accepimus. "-Cic. Tusc. ii. 9. For other instances
of Aeschylus' Pythagoreanism see Donaldson's Theatre
of the Greeks, p. 112, n. i. For the whole passage , cp.
Eur. Palam. Frag. 582 (Dindorf), especially line 3,
ἐξεῦρον ἀνθρώποισι γράμματ᾽ εἰδέναι, and the verses
quoted by Dindorf in loc. from Stobaeus, which are
a sort of parody of Aeschylus.
 NOTES. 99

461. μνήμην . If this, the MS. reading , be kept,

Aeschylus speaks of the ' framing of letters into
words ' as 'the memory of all things , maker and
mother of the Muses.' The double apposition is
awkward , and pyávη without a genitive equally so.
The latter difficulty can be met by taking ȧπávтwv
with ἐργάνη , not with μνήμη . ' Mother of the
Muses meanνs that all literatureν and science depend ,
through memory , on the use of letters , but there is
also a reference to Mnemosyne , who was fabled to be
the mother of the Muses , see Hesiod , Theog. 52.
463. Sovλevovтa, ' subject to (or ' so that they served ')
both their collars and the bodies of men, ' i.e. for the
yoke and the saddle. It is possible, however, to take
both the datives as instrumental, 6 with collars and
with their bodies.' The rhythm and sense are both in
favour of a comma at 0', not after dovλevovтa.
465. piλnvíovs, predicative, ' so as to be docile, ' see
910.
466. x8s. Only the rich could afford the expense
of rearing horses for the games. Alcibiades , Thuc. iii.
16, was noted for his extravagance in this.
"
467. θαλασσόπλαγκτα (πλάζω ), ‘ocean -roamning.
468. λɩvóπтeρа, ' velivolae. ' Cp. Hes. W. & D. 628,
νηὸς πτερά.
470. ὅτῳ ἀπαλλαγῶ . ÖT is relative, not inter
rogative. For the subj. , which resembles the Latin
usage, see Syntax, § 364, 2, obs. 3 and 4. In 1. 990 we
have a fut. indic. with much the same sense.
472. ἀποσφαλεὶς φρενῶν, “ bereft of your judgment
you are all abroad. ' Probably a genitive of separation.
Cp. Persae 392, yvwμns åñoσpaleîow , and Agam. 479,
φρενῶν κεκομμένος, and see on 398, 416.
474. σeavтóv. See on 92, and Synt. p. 231 (3). 'You
cannot find by what remedies you yourself are to be
cured.' For the omission of eî, see 42, and cp. Hor.
L
100 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

Sat. i. 6. 7, " Cum referre negas quali sit quisque ...

Natus, dum ingenuus (sc. sis)," and Epodes, i. 5, "Quid
nos ? Quibus te vita si superstite Iucunda " (sc. sit with
si, and est with iucunda). For sense cp. Luke iv. 23,
" Physician heal thyself. "
476. τὰ λοιπά μου . Acc. of the thing, genitive of
the person, with κλύω and ἀκούω, cp. 588.
478. τὸ μὲν μέγιστον , ‘ first and foremost.’
TéσOL. Optat. of indefinite frequency, ' whenever
any one fell ill. ' Syntax, § 347. 2 (b).
οὔτε ... οὐ ... οὔτε . _ The Med. ms. has οὐδὲ for the first
OUTE, which would be doubtful Greek. For oure ... où,
see 450. Theocr. xv. 137 ff. has oυTE ... οὔτε ... οὔτε ...
οὐ ... οὐ ... οὔτε ... où.
479. ẞpopov , ' healing food , ointment, or draught. '
Other remedies in use were ἐπίπαστα (up. καταπλαστά ),
' plasters,' and exploтov (see Theoc. xi. 2). Also
'scents,' doppаvrá, and ' injections, ' etoppηra. For the
different departments of a physician's practice, see
Plato, Republ. 426 Β, οὔτε φάρμακα , οὔτε καύσεις, οὔτε
τομαί, οὔτε αὖ ἐπῳδαί (faith -healing ).
480. πιστόν , a ἅπαξ λεγόμενον . Verbal fr . πίνω.
481. KATEσKÉλλovтo, ' they kept wasting away.' Cp.
our word skeleton. '
πρív y' deɩ§α, ' before, that is, I shewed them. '
For the uses of πpív, see Syntax, § 347. 3. Here (since
the last part of the principal sentence is affirmative )
the infin. would have been more usual.
σplow , see on 252, 443.
485. , from the interpretation of. '
486. Kλndóvas, ' voices of fate hard to interpret I
explained. There are many little superstitions con
nected with sounds still extant in our enlightened
nineteenth century, e.g. those relating to the howling
of dogs and the death-tick.
 NOTES. 101

487. σύμβολοι, adj. (sc. οἰωνοί), ‘ birds of omen .’

Omens were usually, though not necessarily, given
by birds. Cp. Arist. Aves, 719 :
ὄρνιν τε νομίζετε πάνθ᾽, ὅσαπερ περὶ μαντείας διακρίνει ·
φήμη γ᾽ ὑμῖν ὄρνις ἐστί , πταρμόν τ' ὄρνιθα καλεῖτε ,
ξύμβολον ὄρνιν , φωνὴν ὄρνιν , θεράποντ᾽ ὄρνιν , ὄνον ὄρνιν.
évodíovs, ' bythe way.' Cp. Agam. 104, where an omen
of victory is seen in the " eagles, one black and one white
tailed, appearing to the kings of the fleet in a conspicuous
quarter of the sky." See also Theoph. Char. 28.
De Quincey in his article on ' Superstitions ' says,
" A hare crossing a man's path has been held in all
countries alike to prognosticate evil," and we have
our own familiar distich concerning magpies :
" One for sorrow, two for mirth,
Three for a wedding, four for a birth. ”
So also Horace, Od. iii. 27. 1 , " Parrae recinentis
omen," where he mentions other ominous occurrences.
489. Setol, right-handed ' ( = ' appearing on the
right ' ), i.e. fortunate in their nature. ' The Greeks
in taking auguries looked northward, and since the
bright east was the lucky_quarter, their good omens
appeared on the right. The Roman augurs looked
southward, and consequently their lucky quarter was
on their left, but their poets often use the Greek
form. Hector in the 12th book of the Iliad, 1. 238,
says he cares nought for omens :
εἴτ᾽ ἐπὶ δεξί᾽ ἴωσι πρὸς ἠῶ τ᾽ ἠέλιόν τε ,
εἴτ᾽ ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ τοίγε ποτὶ ζόφον ἠερόεντα ,
since he holds it to be
εἷς οἰωνὸς ἄριστος ἀμύνεσθαι περὶ πάτρης.
490. εὐωνύμους τε, for οἵτινές τε εὐώνυμοί εἰσιν . The
word is used euphemistically for åpioтepol according
to the usual Greek reticence of ill-omened words and
names. See on 655.
102 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

492. ExOpal, what enmities there are among them

and what affinities and consortings together. ' See
Soph. Ant. 998. Birds of prey, love birds, gregarious
birds are meant.
493. λειότητα , ‘smoothness,’ ‘fulness ') ( τραχύτης.
Xpoɩáv, ' colour. ' Cp. Lucan. i. 610, “ Terruit ipse
color vatem. "
495. evμoppíav, ' the streaked auspiciousness of the
liver (lobe)." Any appearance of disease was a bad
sign ; cp. Shaks. Troil. and Cress. v. 3. 17 :
"The gods are deaf to hot and peevish vows :
They are polluted offerings, more abhorred
Than spotted livers in the sacrifice. "
The earliest mention of divination by examination of
livers is perhaps to be found in Ezekiel xxi. 21 , “ The
king of Babylon stood at the parting of the way, at
the head of the two ways, to use divination ; he made
his armour bright, he consulted the images , he looked
in the liver."
In taking omens from the observation of entrails the
chief thing considered was whether the heart and the
liver and the gall were in a healthy condition or not,
a full plump appearance being favourable. Certain
seams or divisions on the livers were also held to be
of importance. The absence (?) of any organ was a bad
omen. See Eur. El. 827 ff. and Shaks. Jul. Caes.
ii. 2. 38 :
" They would not have you stir forth to-day.
Plucking the entrails of an offering forth
They could not find a heart within the beast. "
496. συγκαλυπτά . Soph. Ant. 1011 , μηροὶ καλυπτῆς
ἐξέκειντο πιμελῆς. Aeschylus seems to be alluding to
the rather childish story in Hesiod, Theog. 535 ff. of
Prometheus trying to outwit Zeus in the division of
the sacrifice.
 NOTES. 103

496. μaкpàν ỏσþûv, the long chine, ' including the

tail. Verg. Aen. viii. 183, " Perpetui tergo bovis. "
498. onμara, ' tokens in the fire.' Cp. Eur. Phoen.
1255, " The seers sacrificed the sheep and watched the
steady and the broken flames, the ill-omened flickering,
and the pointed tongue of fire which has a two-fold
import, the sign of victory and the token of the
vanquished. "
499. wμμáτwoα = (1) ' to open the eyes of, ' (2)
' make clear,' (3) ' deprive of sight.' Here, in the
second sense, cp. also Soph. Frag. quoted Arist.
Plutus, 635, ἐξωμμάτωται καὶ λελάμπρυνται κόρας. The
word éπáрyeμos is properly used of the eye having a
white film (Neúкwμa) over it. Used metaphorically
with @éopara (Agam. 1113) and Moyou (Choeph. 665) in
the sense of ' dark sayings. ' Tr. ' befilmed.'
501. ἀνθρώποισιν. Dative with ὠφελήματα , a verbal
subst. which takes the construction of the verb (342),
cp. 81, 612.
504. μή, because participle θέλων = εἰ θέλοι.
pλúoaι (v), ' to babble. '
507. μὲν ... δέ. An instance of the idiomatic use of
these particles where they contrast two clauses,__one
of which is logically subordinate to the other. Here
the meaning is, ' Do not, though you helped mortals
beyond the mark, be careless of your own misfortunes.'
So the English sentence, " A number of spies were sent
out in order that, though some of them fell into the
hands of the enemy, others might return in safety, "
might be turned in Greek , πολλοὶ κατάσκοποι ἐξεπέμ
φθησαν ἵνα οἱ μὲν ... oi dé, not that those who sent the
spies intended any of them to fall into the enemy's
hands, but only contemplated the possibility of this
happening.
καιροῦ πέρα ) (πρὸ καιροῦ , Agam. 365 .
104 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

512. Téπρwται, Fate is destined to accomplish, '

instead of 'It is destined that Fate should accomplish, '
by the usual Greek personal construction, common
with dλos and dikalos , see 621, 984, Syntax, § 368 (g),
obs. 3. Cp. Hor. Ep. i. 3. 35, " indigni rumpere
66
' quos indignum est rumpere," and Shaks. Cymbel.
iii. 6. 19, 66
" I were best not call. " For the expression
' Fate is fated, ' cp. ǹ ñεπρwµévŋ aîoa, 103, and see
on 12.
513. 8e, 6 thus and thus only,' i.e. ' not in your
way.'
puyyáva, ' Do I escape. ' Knowing his deliverance to
be certain, he looks upon it as actually being accom
plished already. Cp. 525 and see on 767.
516. трíμoppo . The last half of the compound is
merely picturesque, cp. Soph. O. C. 718 , éкαтóμπodes
Νηρηΐδες : 'the hundred Nereids, ' O. C. 17, πUKVÓTTEρOL
ἀηδόνες.
518. ye, ' Yes , he too has his destiny which he can
not escape . '
519. πλὴν κρατεῖν , cp. 49.
yáp, 'Why ! '
520. µndè Xiπápe , ' and so do not be importunate. '
521. Tov ; ' can it perhaps be that ? ' or wou, ' surely
I trow.' The Tou assumes assent.
Evvaμπéxes, ' hug closely to yourself, ' i.e. ' make
a mystery of. '
524. ὅσον , with superlatives, as ὅσον τάχιστα.
olov, ' keeping secret. '
526. μηδαμὰ θεῖτο, ‘may Zeus in no way set. ’
529. ἐλίνύω , see 53.
530. ποτινισσομένα , ποτι-, Doric for προσ-.
532. ἄσβεστον πόρον , ‘stanchless stream .’
 NOTES. 105

534. dírou . Paley has a good note on the super

stitious dread of the Greeks lest they should say
something ill-omened or arrogant towards the gods.
Tr. Offend not in my words.'
535. May this thought still dwell with me, and
never fade from my remembrance. ' MS. Tóde emended
by Hermann to TOUTO as the more usual word for what
follows, and as corresponding to the antistrophe.
539. ἀλδαίνουσαν ,sc. τινὰ = ἐμέ (cp. 104 , 893 ), ‘feeding
the soul fat in the cheerful joys of life.' For the
supposed gnomic and Ionic character of this passage
see Dr. Verrall, Jour. Hell. Stud. 1. i. 263 ff.
543. i8la yváμą, ' self-will. ' This, which makes
excellent sense, does not correspond with the metre of
the strophe. Verrall suggests ỷλeậ, or Doric ảλe₫ =
' distraught. '
544. pépe, ' Come see, how thankless was your favour
bestowed on men.'
axapis xápis. A common form of oxymoron, cp.
904 , πόλεμος ἀπόλεμος ; Soph . Ο. Τ . 1255 , γυναῖκα τ᾽ οὐ
Yuvaîka ; Hor. Ep. i. 12. 19, " concordia discors," ' jar
ring concord, ' and Shaks. Cymb. iv. 3. 42, “ Wherein
I am false I am honest, not true to be true. ”
plλos, voc. , as in Pindar. Syntax, § 373. So Hor. ,
Od. i. 2. 43, has " filius Maiae," and Verg. , Aen. viii.
77, "fluvius."
545. TOû Tís ; ' What might is there in mortals , and
where ? What help is there in them ?' See Psalm
cxlvi. 3, " Put not your trust in ... any child of man,
for there is no help in them. "
547. ákīkuv, ‘ nerveless . ' Arist. Av. 686, evidently
had this passage in mind, ἄνδρες ...ὀλιγοδρανέες, πλάσματα
πηλοῦ ... ἐφημέριοι εἰκελόνειροι. Notice the number of
Epic words and Epic quantities (τσόνειρον , ὀλιγό
δρανίαν ).
106 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

549. toovepov. The iota is also lengthened in Choeph.

319. Cp. 185, áæарáµvlov. In Homer the iota is always
long. For the idea, cp. Agam. 81 , ovap ημерópavтov ""
áλaível : Job, xx. 8, " He shall fly away "" as a dream ;
Psalms, xc. 5, " They are as a sleep.
550. Séderal, ' bound hand and foot. ' ourws, an Epic
word, ' nohow. ' If ouπw be read it is Homeric for
OŬTOTE, or = OUTотe by litotes, see Porson on Hec. 1260.
551. ἁρμονίαν , ‘ the settled order.’ ὑψηλῶς καὶ τρα
γικῶς τι τῆς εἱμαρμένης ὄνομα Διὸς ἁρμονίαν εἶπεν . Schol.
555. τὸ διαμφίδιον , ‘and the widely different strain
stole into my thought-this strain from that, when
about thy lustral bath and bridal bed I sang the nup
tial song.' One Schol. explains the word by dià Tavros
ἐνάντιον τῷ νῦν , another seems to take it in the sense of
double. The position of the article before diaµpídiov is
difficult of explanation if the adj . be taken in a pro
leptic sense. Cp. 105, and Shelley, Adonais, " The
broken lily lies, " i.e. the lily lies broken. But perhaps
Tò diaμpídiov μélos means not ' the different strain ' but
'the difference of the strain, ' the adjective containing
the main thought. Cp. Verg. Aen . ii. 550, “ Degenerem
Neoptolemum," the degeneracy of N. , ' and Hor. Odes,
i . xv. 33, " iracunda diem proferet Ilio...classis Achillei. "
555. προσέπτα , see on 115, 644.
6
559. lórāri, a dative from lorŋs meaning will or
desire,' used like kaтɩ for a preposition . A Homeric
word used once by Homer in the acc. , Il. xv. 41. dvois,
also an Epic word. Of Hesione nothing more is known.
She may have been mentioned (and married) in a pre
ceding play.
560. The entrance of Io(βοτὸν μιξόμβροτον , τὰν μὲν βοός,
Tàv d' av yuvaιkós, Supp. 570) must have been a surprise
for the spectators . Whether she came in on all fours
as a veritable cow, or only with a horned head to
symbolize her condition is doubtful, though the latter
 NOTES. 107

is most probable. Io has no real part in the plot of the

play, but she is so far connected with the sufferings of
Prometheus that she also is the victim of the jealousy
and passions of the gods. Moreover, from her is to be
born the hero, half-man and half-god (" the dearest
child of a hated father "), who is to free Prometheus.
The introduction of the " wandering maiden " gives
Aeschylus the opportunity of treating the Athenians
to a first lesson in geography, and of bringing in allus
ions to mythical monsters like the Gorgons. The
effect on his hearers must have been similar to that
described by Kingsley (in his Westward Ho) as pro
duced by the tales of Salvation Yeo and the other
buccaneers on the adventurous spirits of Devonshire.
561. p , deliberative, lit. ' whom am I to say that I
(sc. y ) see him yonder ? '
563. To vás, acc. , denoting the result of the passive
¿λékeɩ, = ' in punishment. ' Cp. Aesch. Agam. 224, ëtλa
θυτὴρ γενέσθαι θυγατρός , πολέμων ἀρωγάν : Soph. Ant. 856,
μερίμνας ἔψαυσας, πατρὸς οἶκτον : Verg . Αen. vi. 222 ,
" Pars ingenti subiere feretro, triste ministerium ."
566. Xpie . The verb means : 6 graze ' ; ' anoint '
(XPLOTÓS, 480) ; ' sting ' (675).
567. "Apyou, so called from his bright, watchful
eyes. He was set to watch Io by the jealous Hera,
and slain at the instigation of Zeus by Hermes (hence
called Argeiphontes), after the latter had lulled to
sleep the 100 eyes of Argus with the melody of his
lyre. Hera set his eyes in the peacock's tail, a bird
sacred to her worship . See Ovid , Met. i. , 11. 679-723.
ynyεvous, so Supp. 305, πaîda yês , but Ovid (1.1. ) , fol
lowing the usual story, says he was son of Arestor.
568. Aâ, ' O Zeus,' Aâs being a Doric form for Zeus.
The Schol. explains ŵy , and gives another reading,
'Aλeváda = ' son of Aleuas.'
1
108 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

569. eloopŵσa. The sentence is awkward and un

grammatical. 'The gadfly stings me, and I see the
shadowy form of Argus, the herdsman with the count
less eyes.’βούταν is in loose apposition with εἴδωλον
instead of with "Αργου, while εἰσορῶσα should be
εἰσορῶσαν agreeing with με. See on 201. Wecklein
compares Eur. Hec. 980 , αἰδώς μ᾿ ἔχει ... τυγχάνουσα .
573. Teрav, intrans.
574. ὑπο ... ὀτοβεῖ, tmesis. Cp. 133, ἐκ δ' ἔπληξε. Notice
the force of mó, of ' accompaniment,' perhaps also in
434, Vπоßрéμει ( ' sounds the bass ').
575. axérās, Doric for xerns, shrill, ' for the sub
stantival form of which cp . ὑβριστής, 717. ὁ ἠχέτης ig
used for the grasshopper. Vergil has ' stridens calamus.'
ÚTVοdóτāv, drowsy.' The pipe induces slumber, but
the gadfly makes slumber impossible. But it must be
admitted that the epithet does not suit the word ǹxérηs.
We should have expected a word like ὑπνολύταν .
Perhaps the word has some reference to the legend
given in Ovid, Metam. i . , where Hermes is represented
as lulling Argus to sleep with the pipe, his own inven
tion, and Argus may, as a shade, have taken up the
use of the instrument that proved his own destruction.
577. τηλέπλανοι. πολύπλανοι would correspond better
with eruμa in the antistrophe.
578. τί, cognate acc. with ἁμαρτοῦσαν.
579. ἐνέζευξας . Cp. Eur. Alc . 482, τῷ συνέζευξαι
Tλáv ; see on 108.
Tημoσúvals. This emendation is not very certain, as
Dr. Verrall has shown that it was a technical medical
term. See Journ. Hell. Stud. I. ii. , p. 179.
581. Tарáкожоν, ' frenzied with fear of the pursuing
gadfly.' The word is a metaphor from the mint, of a
falsely-struck or counterfeit coin. Cp. παραπαίειν ,
1056, of a false note.
 NOTES. 109

584. Evyμáтwv, ' do not turn a deaf ear to my prayers.'

For the genitive (perh. partitive), cp. Hom. Od. vi. 68,
OUTE TOι v plovéw, and infra 626, the gen . after
Meyalpw. So in Latin, Hor. Sat. ii. 6. 84, " longae
invidit avenae. "" The verb takes the acc. in Soph.
O. T. 310.
586. yeyvμvákāσiv, a form not generally found till
later.
590. 'Ivaxelas. Cp. 619 and 793, and Hom . Пl. ii. 20,
Nnλnty vii ; Pind. Pyth. vi. 32, Neσтóрelov äpμa ; Hor.
Od. iv. 6. 1 , " proles Niobea," whence Tennyson (Prin
cess), 66 a Niobean daughter. "
592. πρòs Bíāv. Cp. 208, 353, and on 212.
σTuyηtós, verbal used instead of a participle and like
an adj. of two terminations.
Spóμous yuμvážerai, a cognate acc. or acc. of the
inner object. Cp. Soph. Tr. 1045, σvμpopàs oïas olos äv
Xaúveraι, and Pind . Ol. iv. 22 ; see on 356.
597. OcóσUTOV vóσov, ' the love of Zeus for her ' ; so
Vergil speaks of Dido's love for Aeneas as pestis.
600. νήστισιν αἰκίαις σκιρτημάτων , a curious expres
sion, lit. driven on by the famished pangs of bound
ings,' i.e. boundings that are the results of the pangs
of hunger ; ' with famished and torturing bounds. '
Cp. 900 , ἀλατείαις πόνων ; Persae, 97 , κραιπνῷ ποδὶ
Tηonμaтos. The genitive is either a genitive of quality,
with the epithet transferred to the governing subst.
(cp. ' Holy and humble men of heart ' ), or else a genitive
of equivalence. ' Tortures, ' i.e. boundings. ' See
Syntax, §§ 399, 400.
605. тéкμηрoν, ' prove by tokens. ' Pindar alone seems
to use the active of Teкμaíρw in this sense.
610. άλ , ' plain speech, ' not in its proverbial sense,
as in 46.
 110 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

612. Notice the unusual rhythm of this line. Firstly,

it is composed of pure iambi ; secondly, the first four
feet are in separate words ; thirdly, the accents of the
words coincide with the ictus of the feet, except in the
case of the last word, a most unusual circumstance.
In all Homer only two lines show this peculiarity, e.g.
Iliad, vi. 65, λὰξ ἐν στήθεσι βὰς ἐξέσπασε μείλινον ἔγχος.
The effect of the peculiar rhythm of the present line
must have been to give the words a solemn, measured
force, each word being enunciated slowly and separately.
- The line is also introduced abruptly without any con
necting particle, and the name is kept to the last.
613. éλnua, benefactor, ' abstract for concrete.
So Shaks. King John, iii. 4. 36, “ O fair affliction," and
Kaye's Sepoy War, ii . 237, " The city was deluged
with a flood of convicted crime. " See Arist. Eq. 836.
615. ápμoî, ' in due time, ' ' just.' An old locative
from ȧpuòs = 6 a fitting together. ' One of the Sicilian
words used by Aeschylus, see 53, 269.
616. πópois av, a polite future, ' would you mind
granting : see Syntax, § 508.
6
619. Atov, a possessive adjective, of Zeus. ' Cp. 654
and 1033, and on 590. Also Hor. Od. i. 3. 36, Her
culeus labor. "
621. άρк . The idiomatic personal use in Greek,
see on 512. ' It sufficeth that I have made clear.'
625. μe. Verbs of concealing in Latin and Greek
take a double accusative. Notice μéλw with aor. infin.
626. ' Nay, it is not that I grudge thee this boon.'
For gen. see on 584.
627. μn où, cp. 236, 918. Verbs of denying, prevent
ing, doubting, and the like, in Greek are generally
followed by a negative in the succeeding clause, a usage
also found in English. Shaks. Comedy of Errors, iv.
2,7, " He denied you had in him no right " ; Rich. III.
i. 3. 90, " You may deny that you were not the cause."
 NOTES. 111

The un, therefore, is due to μew. But when the verb

of denying, etc. , has a negative with it, or is ex
pressed in an interrogative form (with negative answer
implied), the Greek usage requires a second succeeding
negative ; cp. Xen. Anab. iii. 1. 13, tí ¿µπodwv čoti µǹ
οὐχὶ . άπоlaveîv. Here Tí µéλeis = ' don't delay .' This
use of un ou requires distinguishing from those cases
where the un is due to a verb of fearing, and the où
negatives a single word. Cp. Thuc. iii. 53, ÚπоTтEÚομEV
μὴ οὐ κοινοὶ ἀποβῆτε, Χen. Αnab. iii. 1. 12. See Syntax,
§368 (b), § 369 (c), and § 594.
629. ús éμol yλukú. The Scholiast explains : since
it is sweet for me to hear (sc. ȧкovel ). This makes
good sense. But many prefer the emendation v = † å
γλυκύ ἐστί σε προσκήδεσθαί μου, ep. Soph . Ο . Τ . 862, ὧν
οὔ σοι φίλον. Others interpret μᾶσσον ὡς ‘ more than, ’
or explain by the omission of . Cf. Eur. Alc. 879, Tí
γὰρ ἀνδρὶ κακὸν μεῖζον (ἢ) ἁμαρτεῖν , and the Latin omission
of quam after amplius.
631. ye emphasizes πw, ' not yet.'
633. Toλuplópovs , cp. 820, ' sore- wasting. '
636. Kaσιуvýτais, because Inachus, Io's father, being
a river, was the son of Oceanus .
638. μέλλοι . An opt. like Soph. Ant. 666, ἀλλ᾽ ὅν
πόλις στήσειε τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν , subordinate to a tense of
present time. See Syntax, § 505 (b). Tr. ' where any
one is likely (lit. should be likely), ' or ' should any one
be likely in that case.' Opt. of an imaginary case,
while indic. in apod . states a fact of universal validity.
639. τριβήν, sc. χρόνου, “ the spending of time. ’
640. tuîv, emphatic, as if it were uî ye. The
rhythm of the line is somewhat similar to that of 612,
though here there is no caesura at all.
ἀπιστῆσαι, Schol . ἀπιθῆσαι. Perhaps · in its proper
sense of distrust, ' but more likely to disobey. '
112 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

642. καὶ λέγουσα , see 197 .

643. θεόσσυτον χειμῶνα , an instanceof the anticipated
subject ; see on 92, and cp. 474. Notice the double
sigma, and cp. 116.
644. προσέπτατο , came upon me ' ; cp. 115 of a
scent, 555 of a sound. The metaphor here seems to
be from the swooping of some bird of prey, like
incumbo in Latin (Hor. Od. i. 3, 30, " Nova febrium
incubuit cohors "). Cp. Soph. Ai. 282, тís yáρ πот' ảρжǹ
τοῦ κακοῦ προσέπτατο ;
645. πωλεύμεναι, Ionic contr . ; ep. 122 , εἰσοιχνεῦσιν .
646. παρηγόρουν , 6 were trying to persuade me.'
For the Tapa- see on 131 and 1001.
648. óv. The so-called acc. absol. , though there is
nothing to prevent its being nominative, cp. πроσĥкоν,
δεδογμένον , πάρον, ἀδύνατον, εἰρημένον , Agam . 1620 ;
Kupwoév, Thuc. iv. 125 ; μeтóv, Arist. Eccl. 668 ; and Verg.
Aen. xii. 320, " incertum. "
650. Teláλπтα , ' has felt the smart of love's arrow.'
A common word in this connection, see 879.
ovvalpeolaι, ' to engage in love with you. '
652. Balúv, ' deep in grass.' Cp. Hom. I. ii. 147,
βαθὺ λήϊον, ‘ a tall crop .’
653. Toluvās, governed by πpós, which is placed before
the dependent genitive.
654. ús av, see on 1. 10, and cp. 706. The av seems
to add the idea of consequence to the idea of purpose
expressed by us, ' that so, ' see Syntax, § 350, Obs. 1.
655. evopóvās, acc. of duration of time. εὐφρόνη is
euphemistic, night being called ' the kindly one, ' just
as the Ερινύες were called Εὐμενίδες , cp. εὐώνυμος, 490 .
656. σvvaxóμny, ' I was haunted , ' or ' troubled . '
658. ἐς Πυθώ, ἐπὶ Δωδώνης. If there is any difference
in meaning it is in the eπl being a little vaguer as
 NOTES. 113

referring to a more distant and less consulted oracle.

The gen. with ènì should mean ' in the direction of,'
and the acc. would here have been a more usual case,
cp. 829.
659. alλev, he kept on sending.' For the syllable
lengthened before πρ in 0еожрóоυs , cp. Hom. Od. i. 164
and Persae 218, ἀποτροπήν .
660. δρῶντα ἢ λέγοντα , ‘ by doing or saying,' cp. 946.
662. ἀσήμους . The second adj. with χρησμοὺς is
awkward, 6 unintelligible and doubtfully spoken.'
Some mss . have ἀσήμως.
663. 'Iváx❤. For dative cp. 706, and see Syntax,
§ 420, Obs. , dat. of person to whom ' ; cp. Hor. Od. i. 28,
10, " demissum Orco. "
666. áperov, ' at large. ' This word , used of consecr
ated animals allowed to roam in the god's-acre of a
temple's precincts, is here applied to Io in anticipation
of her change into a cow. For the idea see Tacitus ,
who says of the sacred horses, Germ. x. , " Publice
aluntur iisdem nemoribus ac lucis, candidi et nullo
mortali opere contacti " ; Ovid. Met. iii. 11 , " Bos
tibi ... occurret in arvis Nullum passa iugum curvique
immunis aratri. " ... Southey, in his Curse of Kehama,
has a fine description of a ' devoted steed ' :
"Along the mead the hallowed steed
Still wanders wheresoe'er he will,
O'er hill, or dale, or plain ;
No human hand hath tricked the mane
From which he shakes the morning dew ;
His mouth hath never felt the rein,
His lips have never frothed the chain ;
For pure of blemish and of stain,
His neck unbroke to mortal yoke,
Like nature free the steed must be,
Fit offering for the immortals he ! "
dλâobaι, " consecutive infin. " Weck. But see on 170.
114 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

667. εἰ μὴ θέλοι ... μολεῖν , ‘unless he wished a bolt

to come.' If κεl be read, μολεῖν will be for μολεῖσθαι
(689 ) or μολεῖν ἄν (692 ).
668. aïorwσo , cp. 232, ' blot out. ' Fut. opt. in
orat. obl. for future indic. , according to the regular
but not invariable usage. Syntax, § 512.
671. άkovσav äкwv, see on 190, and cp. 19, 218.
' Against his will and against mine, ' ' unwilling as un
welcome. '
éπηváукale, ' kept on forcing.'
672. χαλινός . See on 108, and cp. Agam. 131 ,
σTÓMOV μéya Tpolas : Kings ii . 19, 28, " I will.‫ د‬put a
hook in his nose, and a bridle between his lips.'
673. eveús, ' in that same hour. ' Compare the de
scription of Nebuchadnezzar's transformation in Daniel
iv. 32 ff.: " They shall drive thee from men, and thy
dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field : they
shall make thee to eat grass as oxen.... The same
hour was the thing fulfilled upon Nebuchadnezzar :
and he was driven from men, and did eat grass as‫در‬
oxen.... And mine understanding returned to me ....'
675. μúшπ , another word for the breese or gadfly.
Xpioleîσa (567, 880), ' stung to the quick.'
676. Kepxvelās, v. 1. Keyxpelās, both being forms ofthe
same name, Kenchrea-either the port of Corinth (Acts
xviii . 18), or a place mentioned by Pausanias (ii. 24 ad
fin. ) as between Argos and Tegea.
678. ἄκρᾶτος (κεράννυμι). A metaphor, from fiery
unmixed wine. Distinguish from κpáros in compounds :
see ȧκρaтýs, ' ungovernable,' 884.
680. aiovídios. If this, the Ms. reading, be kept, -idios
will be equivalent in pronunciation to an iambus, just
as πόλεως is.
μópos, ' death, ' by a stone, says Apollodorus ; by a
sword, according to Ovid.
 NOTES. 115

682. μάστιγι θείᾳ So Job , xxi. 9, μάστιξ παρὰ

Kupiov, and notice the New Testament use of the word
for a torturing disease.
Yŷν πρò уîs, ' to land for (instead of) land. ' Cp.
Arist . Ach . 235 , διώκειν γῆν πρὸ γῆς.
686. σuveérous, 6 made up,' ' feigned. ' Cp. 66 com
positus " in Latin.
687. aπexe, either transitive, ' keep her away, ' or
intransitive, ' hold aloof. ' Schol. explains by σina
as if he had ἔπεχε.
688. núxovv, Tr. ' I thought in my pride that never…… ..'
689. podeîodai, a rare form. Cp. Soph. O. C. 1742,
μολούμεθα .
692. xav, to chill. ' Notice the present for the
future (see on 667), ' I never expected ... to chill ' = ' I
never thought it would chill. ' Verbs of thinking and
expecting take the aor. infin. (? also the pres. infin. ) in
a future sense. xew would mean ' to corrode. '
áµáv, for eµáv, as in Choeph. 428.
695. Téopika. Aeschylus seems very fond of this
perfect. In Agam. 1243 he uses it with an aorist
ξυνῆκα καὶ πέφρικα. Soph. rather affects the aorist
Ai. 693, Tr. 1044. For the sense of the perfect cp.
Soph. Ai. 139, Tεpóßnμaι, ' I am all afraid ' (Jebb) .
Other similar perfects with present meanings are yéynoa,
κέκραγα , δέδορκα .
696. πλéã Tɩs. The indefinite Tis joined to adjectives
makes them less precise. Cp. Soph. Ai. 1266 , тAXEîá TIS,
'in such quick wise,' and often.
698. To , like our colloquial " you know, " see on v. 8.
702. Lit. ' to listen to her first telling the trouble
that concerns herself ' = ἐξηγουμένης τὸν ἑαυτῆς ἆθλον ἀμφὶ
ἑαυτῆς .
704. πpós, at the hands of,' see 11. 639, 767 , 948.
M
116 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

706. Ovµ Baλé, ' lay to heart, ' a Homeric expression.

Soph. O. T. 975, has és Ovuòv Baλys, which is the
more usual form of construction. For dat. see on 663.
ὡς ἄν, see 10, 654 .
707. For Io's wanderings see Appendix.
ávroλás, see 100, and on 457.
708. στεῖχ᾽ ἀνηρότους γύᾶς, ' tread the untilled
plains, ' that is the steppes roamed over by the
Kalmucks and Cossacks. For the acc. cp. Soph. Ai.
30, πηdŵνта τedia : Verg. Aen. i. 524, " Ventis maria
omnia vecti " ; and Milton, Paradise Lost, vii. 523,
" Every creeping thing that creeps the ground. "
709. νομάδας. Hor. Od. iii. 24, 10, " Campestres
melius Scythae, Quorum plaustra vagas rite trahunt
domos, Vivunt. " Latin, Numidae. Herodotus calls
them φερέοικοι.
710. πεδάρσιοι, see on 269.
711. пpτημévο , lit. ' hung upon with bows, ' i.e.
'having bows and arrows slung upon their backs.'
But the usual construction of the verb in the passive
is with the acc. of the thing (according to rule given
on 362). Cp. Arist. Eccl. wywvas ěžnρтnμéval. So
Horace, Sat. i. 6. 74, " Laevo suspensi loculos tabul
amque lacerto. 99 ἐξηρτυμένοι (ἐξαρτύω) would certainly
be the more usual word. The same doubt occurs in
Thue. vi. 17.
712f. Teλájav. Infinitive is equivalent to the im
perative. See Synt. 530 (i). The un is of course due
to the jussive force of the infinitive.
Xplμπтovσα, ' keeping thy feet close along the shore. '
The verb is used causally, ' making thy feet graze .'
Op. Soph. Εl. 721 , ἐπ' ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχριμπτ᾽ ἀεὶ σύριγγα .
Tódas. Under the Ms. reading, which the Schol.
explains by nyeveîs, is supposed to lurk the name of
 NOTES. 117

a people Thraides, of whom mention was made in

succeeding lines now lost.
713. paxlalov, properly ' the dashing sea, ' then ' a
steep rocky shore on which the surf breaks,' as here.
714. Xaiâs, Lat. laevus, the digamma having been
lost in the Greek word : on the left hand, ' a locative
genitive. See Syntax, § 418.
715. Xáλußes. They lived south of the Euxine.
The ten thousand under Xenophon, as we know,
found them troublesome enemies. But Aeschylus
places them north of the Euxine, having in his mind,
Paley thinks, the σionpoμnrwp ala of Scythia. In
Sept. c. Theb. 727, the Chalybes are called Scythians.
717. Ὑβρίστην. The adj. ψευδώνυμον implies that
this is a proper name, unless a line has dropped out.
But the word is also used as an adj . ( Hesiod, Theog.
307, and Soph. Tr. 1096, a passage which contains one
or two reminiscences of this part of Aeschylus. Cp.
also axéras, 575, and Agam. 827, wμnotńs).
It is not clear what river Aeschylus meant. Per
haps the Hypanis (Verg. Georg. iv. 370, " saxosusque
sonans Hypanis " ), perhaps (as the Schol. , connecting
the word with apáσσev) the Araxes (Verg. Aen. viii.
728, " Pontem indignatus Araxes " ), which falls into the
Caspian, but more likely the Volga. See Appendix, p. 97.
719. Kαúκασov. Considering the Caucasus to be a
single peak.
721. κροτάφων , ‘brows .’ So in Lat. supercilium ;
Verg. Georg. i. 108, of the " brow " of a hill. Cp.
St. Luke, iv. 29, ¿ppús. So Hom. Il. xx. 151 .
722. μεσημβρινήν, for μεσημερινήν , which became
μeonμρivý , and the 8 naturally crept in between µ and
So aupоros (cp. (?) the Amreeta cup of immortality
in Southey's Curse of Kehama) became außpрoтos, and
ávépos became ȧvôpós. Lat. dempsi, etc. , and in English
118 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

many words like thunder, remember, humble. Also

Ambleside, which is still called by the natives Amelside.
723. σтρаTÓν, see on 804. For this terminal acc.
without prep. of motion to (common in Pindar), see
717, 729, 735, 808. In 793 and Frag. x, we have
the prep. pòs or eis. Cp. Eur. Alc. 8, Nowv yaîav.
Verg. Aen. i. 512, " Alias avexerat oras. " Milton,
P. L. ii. 409, " Ere he arrive the happy isle."
724. Oeμlokuрav, in Pontus, at the mouth of the
Thermodon, but the name also belonged to a large
extent of coast along the southern shore of the Euxine.
The Amazons , who lived north of the Black Sea on the
Sea of Azov and the Tanais (τὸ πρῶτον τῶν ᾿Αμαζόνων
év Ekvela oikovov, Schol. ), would, says Aeschylus ,
migrate hereafter to the southern shore of the sea.
726. Zadμvdnoola. Salmydessus was not, as Aeschy
lus implies, on the north side of the Euxine but on the
west, and it was a name given to the whole coast
between the promontory of Thynias and the Bosphorus.
yválos. Liddell and Scott take this word, like fauces
in Latin, to mean ' straits.' One Schol. says it was
so called because it was ἐοικυῖα ὄνου γνάθῳ, ‘ like the
jawbone of an ass. ' The poet only means that it was
a ' devourer ships ' (ws To Toλéμον σтóμа : Hom. Il. xi.
8 ; διὰ τὸ πᾶν εἰς αὐτὴν ἔμπιπτον καταναλίσκειν. Schol. ).
727. μηтρvá. Stepmothers had an ill name for
cruelty. Cp. noverca in Latin .
728. ἀσμένως. Eur. Hel . 329 , γυναῖκα γὰρ δὴ συμπονεῖν
γυναικὶ χρή .
729. iolµóv. The Kimmerian isthmus (or rather
peninsula) lay between the Crimea (the Tauric Cher
sonese) and the mainland of Asia, and was so called
from the Kimmerii, whose land was supposed to be
shrouded in impenetrable and eternal darkness (Hom.
Od. xi. 14 ff. ). This part of Io's journey is intended
708
日式
T
1.
‫ח‬

Ja

WARRIOR SLAYING AN AMAZON.

From the sarcophagus at Tarquinii (see illustration facing p. 95).

[face p. 118.
 NOTES. 119

as an explanation of the name Bosporus given to this

channel (ὅς ἐστι πλήρωμα τῆς Μαιώτιδος λίμνης, Schol. ).
The λίμνη is the Sea of Azov .
732. εἰς ἀεί. For preposition with adv. see eis ätag,
750. The words came to be written as one word ; so
πроσÉтI. Сp. Calverley's verses on the words For ever,
spelt by the Americans as one word :
" Forever ; 'tis a single word !
Our rude forefathers deemed it two. "
733. Bóσπopos. The English word has an ' h ' in
it, to which it is not entitled . So ' posthumous ' for
' postumous ' (postumus, ' last ').
735. apa - apa où, as often.
736. oμs, ' equally.' Distinguish from öuws.
739. Tâν σŵv yάuwv, ' for thy hand ' ; the genitive
depends on μνηστῆρος.
741. Sóke , ' think ' ; distinguish from dokeî, 1. 735.
πрооμlos. Elsewhere Aeschylus uses the contracted
form φροίμιον .
745. ǹ yáp, ' Why ! can it be that ... ? ' 757 , 974,
see on 521.
746. πéλayos dúŋs, ' an ocean of calamitous woe ' (cp.
Shaks. " sea of troubles "). A favourite metaphor
with Aeschylus, see 886, 1015 ; Supp. 470, ärns äßvσ
σον πέλαγος : Pers. 435, κακῶν πέλαγος : Pers. 600 ,
kλúdwv kakŵv : Shaks. King Rich. II. ii. 2. 99, " tide
of woes. ""
748. Eppula, ' why did I not throw (i.e. would that I
had thrown) myself. ' For the construction of subor
dinate clause of purpose, see on 154, and Syntax, § 350,
Obs. 3 (b).
753. 8TQ, ' causal, ' see 38, 759, 768. Prometheus
speaks again of his immortality, 933.
 120 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

μέν . In 1. 755 νῦν has supplanted τέρμα in the

emphatic place, owing to the intrusion of 1. 754.
754. aurη yáp, for this,' i.e. to die. ' By the usual
attraction for τοῦτο. So Hor. Ep. i. 17. 45, " Rerum
caput hoc erat, hic fons " ; Caesar B. G. i. 48, " Pecora,
quod secundum poterat esse subsidium. "
755. vûv, ' as it is ,' as often.
' set before me ' (i.e. to look forward
toπροκε
'). ίμενον,
756. ἐκπεσεῖν , used as passive of ἐκβάλλω, see 948 .
760. Rest assured that this is (or shall be) surely
so.' The following uses of us with the participle may
be noticed :
i. In agreement with the subject-Eur. Iph. Taur.
557, ὡς τί δὴ θέλων ;
ii. In agreement with the object-Agam. 672,
λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας .
iii. Absolutely- (a) with gen. as here ; cp. Soph.
Αϊ. 281 , ὡς ὧδ᾽ ἐχόντων τῶνδ᾽ ἐπίστασθαί σε χρή :
(b) with acc. , Soph. O. T. 101 , ws Tód' aîμa
χείμαζον πόλιν.
Here we should have rather expected the simple accus.
after μαθεῖν .
761. Túpavva for тuρavviká, as even in prose, Thuc. i.
124. So yepwv, Agam. 750, cp. Zкvens, 1. 2. The
acc. is after ovλnonσeтai ; for verbs of depriving which
take two accs. in the active, keep one in the passive.
" Plural of stateliness, " 850, 872.
762. αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτοῦ , cp. Soph. Αi. 906, αὐτὸς πρὸς
auтoù. Some (cp. 921 ) prefer to read mpòs avròs aúтoû.
See also 276, πρὸς ἄλλοτ᾽ ἄλλον : Hom. Od. v. 155,
παρ' οὐκ ἐθέλων ἐθελούσῃ.
764. yapet, future. Others take this and doxaλa as
prophetic pres. ; cp. 171 , 767 .
 NOTES. 121

ἀσχαλᾷ . Can this be future for ἀσχαλάσει (ep. how

ever 243 where σvvaoxaλa is pres. ) ? For the verb
cp. 303.
765. Notice cacophony of -ov.
766. τί δ' ὅντιν’ ; ‘ what (matters ) what marriage
(he shall contract) ' ? Notice tautology of ¿ŋròv avd.
767. aviotarai, prophetic pres. , see on 171 , and
cp. 948 and Pind. Pyth. iv. 49, where the same word
is used in the same way for a prophetic present, ' be
ousted from.'
768. ye, ' yes, for she. ' Causal relative, see on
38, and cp. 753.
φέρτερον , Pind. Isth . viii. 33, πεπρωμένον ἦν φέρ
τερον γόνον οἱ ἄνακτα πατρὸς τεκεῖν ποντίαν θεόν. Cp.
Hor. Od. i. 15. 28, " Tydides melior patre. "
770. πλὴν ἔγωγε ἄν , sc. γενοίμην ἀποστροφή . MSS.
vary.
771. 8 λúσwv, see on 27, ' he that (as you imply)
shall loose you. "'
774. ye, ' yes.' The later Scholiast gives the descent
thus : Epaphus, Libya, Belus, Danaus, Hypermnestra,
Abas, Proetus, Acrisius, Danaë, Perseus, Electryon,
Alcmena, Heracles.
775. εὐξύμβλητος = εὐξύμβολος , 6 easy to divine.’
776. κal µŋdé, ' and so do not. ' Cp. 520.
778. λόγοιν, ‘ two narratives. ’ For the constr.
with dwphooμai, cp. dono in Latin with abl.
780.... , whether ... or, ' a Homeric constr. , cp.
Choeph . 890, εἰδῶμεν ἢ νικῶμεν ἢ νικώμεθα .
781. opάow , delib. subj. , cp. 95.
783. Móyovs, ' our requests. ' A tempting emendation
(Elmsley ) is λόγου or λόγων , ‘defraud of our stories.
785. Tо0 , ' I fain would know. '
122 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ . 1

787. nov. For the synizesis see 328, and for the
double negative see on 627.
788. πολύδονον . Aeschylus is fond of these com
pounds of woλús ; cp. 585, 633.
789. SEXTOLS Opev@v. A common trope, imitated by
Soph . Fr. 535, θὲς δ ' ἐν φρενὸς δέλτοισι τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους .
cp. Jer. xvii. 1, " The sin of Judah ... graven upon the
table of their heart " ; St. Paul, 2 Ep. Cor. iii. 3, "Not
in tables of stone, but in fleshy tables of the heart. "
790. pelopov. The Tanais or Phasis according to the
Scholiasts (Ευρώπην ᾿Ασίης Τάναις διὰ μέσσον ὁρίζων ), but
does it not mean the Maeotic Channel (see 731 ) ? See
Appendix, p. 97.
791. ἡλίου στίβει . This emendation by Paley gets
rid of the necessity of supposing a lacuna. The MS.
reading means ' sun-trod , ' a picturesque epithet aptly
describing the gradual march of sunlight. It is gener
ally supposed that a lacuna follows this line, which
some have supplied by inserting the four lines quoted
by Galen as from the Prometheus Bound. They fit in
fairly well, but they would also suit a similar passage
in the Prometheus Unbound, relating to the travels of
Heracles.
792. σTE, for eis öre = until. Used of past time,
11. 457, 656 ; of future time with av, 11. 376, 697.
793. Kiobývηs. The Scholiast places Kisthene in
Libya or Aethiopia, and Ovid ( Met. iv. 616) speaks of
the Gorgons as being in Libya, though Hesiod ( Theog.
274 ; Scut. 216) relegates them to the extreme west.
The Scholiast on Pind. Pyth. x. 72 (quoted by Wecklein)
points out this diversity of opinion. Aeschylus here
chooses to differ from Hesiod. Most probably he is
purposely vague, and we know that even in Alexander's
time Greek geography was so rudimentary, that Alex
ander having reached the Indus thought it might be
the Nile.
 NOTES. 123

Topyóvela, see note on 590.

794. Þоρkides, ' daughters of Phorcus,' usually
Phorcys, which would make Popкuvides. They were
Deino, Enyo, and Pephredo, or, according to Hesiod
(Theog. 273), only the two latter. These Phorcides
were also called Tpaîaι ( Hesiod . Theog. 270) , which
word Aeschylus translates by dnvalai, ' the aged
maidens.'
795. µµa, Ovid. Met. iv. 775, " Phorcidas, unius
sortitas luminis usum." See Kingsley's Heroes.
EKTημéval. Notice the form of the perfect. Gram.
§ 281.
796.00's. They lived, says the Scholiast,
beneath the ground.
799. Topyóves. Also daughters of Phorcys, Medusa,
Stheino, Euryale. See Kingsley's Heroes.
800. πvoas e , cp. " Let everything that hath breath
praise the Lord."
6
801. opoúplov. Either (as Schol. ) passive, things to
be guarded against, ' or active, ‘ garrison . '
TOLOÛTO. Neuter form, found in Agam. 315, Thuc.
vii. 86, for ToLOÛTOV ; see Grammar, § 145.
802. Svoxepn, ' disquieting, ' used in Supp. 563 of Io
herself.
‫ܼܿܝ‬
803. ȧкpayeîs kúvas, ' mute hounds, ' dogs, but dogs
that do not bark. ' [ ά-κpášw. Wecklein derives from
ǎкρоs -ǎn ' very fierce.'] Aeschylus is very fond of
using words having a strong metaphorical sense, and
then qualifying the metaphor by the addition of an
adjective, which, if taken literally, contradicts the
substantive ; see 880, 1024, Choeph. 493, πédais ȧxaλк
εύτοις ἐθηρεύθης, Εum . 860, ἀοίνοις ἐμμάνεις θυμώμασιν ,
which finds a curious parallel in Isaiah, xxix. 9, and li.
21 , " drunken, but not with wine," Agam. 1258,
δίπους λέαινα . Swinburne (Essay on Byron) imitates
124 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

the usage in " the flameless fire of imaginative thought,"

and Byron himself has ( Manfred, sc. i. ) " The clankless
chain hath bound me.' For κúw cp. Soph. Frag. 766,
αἰετός , κύων Διός.
804. уρûπas, like lions, with the wings and the
beak of an eagle, says Pausanias, i. 24. 6 ; gryphons. '
þúλağaı. Notice accent ; see Gram. App. ii. 18. 2,
Obs.
στρаTÓν, ' folk ' (723 ) ; so in Pindar and Euripides,
cp. 'exercitus, ' Verg. Aen . v. 824.
805. ᾿Αριμασπόν . Milton (Paradise Lost, ii. 943)
says of Satan in his flight through chaos :
" As when a gryphon through the wilderness
With winged course o'er hill or moory dale
Pursues the Arimaspian, who by stealth
Has from his watchful custody purloined
The guarded gold.'
The word is supposed to be Scythian for ' one-eyed '
(Herod. iv. 27). They were a people of Scythia, and
according to Herodotus, lived north of the Issedones,
while beyond them were the gold-guarding gryphons,
from whom the Arimaspi filched their treasure.
inπоßáμova, Soph. Tr. 1095 borrows this phrase and
applies it to the Centaurs.
806. IIλoúтwvos móρov, the stream (see 531 ) Pluton,
so called from its wealth in gold. The Schol . says
vaguely ποταμὸς Αἰθιοπίας, and the later Schol. says
that some took the word to be not a proper name, but
descriptive of the Nile that fattens the land of Egypt.
If, as Gen. Gordon (see Life by his brother, p. 264)
ingeniously supposed, by the river Pison in Genesis ii . ,
is meant the Nile, the description in Genesis will
support the statement of the Schol. here, " Pison which
compasseth the whole land of Havilah, where there is
gold ; And the gold of that land is good. " Gen. Gordon
 NOTES. 125
1
says on this passage, " The eastern confluent of the Nile
is the Blue Nile, rising in Abyssinia ... encompassing
Godjam, and joining the White Nile at Kartoum. It
is this river which, by carrying down the alluvial soil
of the uplands, fertilizes Egypt, and it is this river
which causes the inundation from the mountain rains
of Abyssinia. In Godjam from remote times gold "" has
been found.... Godjam I identify with Havilah .
808. kedaιvóv, ' swarthy. ' Aeschylus (Supp. 155)
speaks of the Egyptians as μελανθὲς ἡλιόκτυπον γένος.
Hλlov πηyaîs, ' the fountains of the sun ,' near the
temple of Jupiter Ammon. So кρývη nλíov, Herodotus.
Paley quotes Quint. Curt. iv. 7. 22, " Est etiam aliud
Hammonis nemus ; in medio habet fontem ; aquam
solis vocant. " Wecklein takes the expression to refer
to the lake (Fragm. Prom. Unbound, ii. ) whence the
sun rises each day (see Homer, Od. iii. 1 ).
809. TOTAμòs Aielo , the Nile,' as the Scholiast.
Some have thought that the Niger was meant.
Aethiopia was with the ancients as wide a term as
Scythia, the former comprising all the unknown South ,
the latter all the unknown North.
811. καταβασμόν , Attic for καταβαθμόν . It is not
clear whether Aeschylus meant the steep slope between
Egypt and Libya, the usual meaning of the word, or
the cataracts (i.e. the tenth cataract) of the Nile. The
Schol. says , ὁ καταβασμὸς ὄρος ἐστιν ὁρίζον καὶ διαχωρίζον
Λιβύην καὶ Αἴγυπτον, ὅπου εἰς τὸν καταβασμὸν τοῦ ὄρους
ἐκπέμπει ὁ Νεῖλος γλυκὺ ῥεῦμα .
Biẞlivov. No such mountains as the Papyrus Moun
tains are known. The name was most likely a mere
invention from the word for papyrus : so the Scholiast.
812. Netλos, known as the Nile below the last
cataract, being known in its upper course as the
Nigris (= Alloy).
126 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

EUTTOTOV. The Nile water is proverbial for its sweet

ness (see Schol. 811 , above) and wholesomeness. " It
is a common saying among the Turks, " says the Abbé
Mascrier, " that if Mahomet had once drunk of it,
he would have begged God not to die that he might
always drink of it. This water has in it something so
inexpressibly pleasing to the taste that it deserves
among waters that rank which champagne has among
wines. But its most valuable quality is its exceeding
wholesomeness. " In the light of these encomiums
how peculiarly forcible are the words of Moses to
Pharaoh, " The Egyptians shall loathe to drink of the
water of the river. "
814. 8 , at last. '
μакрáν, ' far off. '
816. λós, properly of the indistinct slurring over
of letters in pronunciation , e.g. when we hear, as we
often do, ' Febuary ' for ‘ February.'
817. éπavdímλage, ' Repeat your question again.'
For the syncopation of ȧva, cp. 457, ȧvтoλás : 521 ,
συναμπέχεις : 605, ἐπαμμένει : 866 , ἀπαμβλυνθήσεται.
819. παρειμένον , ‘passed over.’
823. πορείας τέρμα as one word = Wanderziel ; see
Wecklein. Lit. Journey-goal, ' cp. 1. 1 .
824. ὅπως ἄν, see on 10. Unlike s av, found regu
larly in Attic prose.
827. ὄχλον τὸν πλεῖστον , ‘ the chief bulk .’
829. yáπeda, Doric for yýπeda. See on 61.
πρὸς ... ἀμφί. For the variation, cp. 1029, εἰς ... ἀμφί.
aupi would naturally refer to a less precise point
aimed at. See on 658.
831. μaνтeîα Oâκós TE, ' the oracular seat ' ; hendiadys.
Cp. 910.
832. Spúes, nom. plur. , usually opûs. Homer, Od.
xiv. 327, speaks of them . Apûs = our ' tree.'
 NOTES. 127

833. λαμπρῶς κοὐδὲν αἰνικτηρίως, ‘ clearly, and in no

riddling terms. This tautological form of expression
occurs in Hesiod, Theog. 551 , yvŵ ¿' ovð' nyvolnoe :
nd particularly affected by Sophocles : O. T. 58,
γνωτὰ κοὐκ ἄγνωτα : 1230, ἑκόντα κοὐκ ἄκοντα : 1275,
πολλάκις τε κοὐχ ἅπαξ: Trach . 962, ἀγχοῦ κοὐ μακράν .
834. The article with the predicate is used to
express the title given to Io by the oracle. It is not
the later usage of art. and nom. for voc. so common
in Hellenistic Greek. See Syntax, § 373.
835. The words Tŵvde ... T form an awkward and
abrupt question, perhaps evoked by some gesture or
movement on the part of Io when she heard the words
of the oracle.
πроσσαível, ' comes to your remembrance ' or ' appeals
to you,' so Schol. , or ' touches you.'
836. olorρýσãoa , intrans. , ' driven frantic.' Paley
distinguishes between οἰστράω and οἰστρέω ( trans. ).
837. ᾖξας (ἀίσσω), ‘you rushed along.
Kéλevov, cogn. acc. See 356.
KÓλTOν ' Péās, the Ionian Sea, i.e. the Adriatic,
which is a part of the whole sea, called Ionian, from
Ionia to Sicily.
838. Xeuágel, you are swept along in a backward
driven ( .e. inland) course. ' The present tense is used
because Prom. is relating the last and still proceed
ing episode in Io's journey.
839. πόντιος μυχός , ‘ reach of sea.
840. 'Ióvios. The first syllable is short here. There
was great latitude allowed in the quantity of proper
names. See Hom. ll. v. 31 , "Apes, "Apes, and whereas
the a is short in Attic generally, Aeschylus, Sept. c. Theb.
244 , has it long. So in Horace, Ŏd. íii. ´iv. 9, 10,
Apulo ... Apūliae, and Verg. Aen. viii. 328, 416,
Sicanae, Sicănius. See on 966.
128 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

841. Topelās, ' journey ' ; in 733 = ' crossing.'

845. " Taking up the thread of my story at the
same point. " We have to vary the metaphor . The
construction is confused between ταὐτὸν τοῖς and τὸ ἴχνος
TOV. See Syntax , § 428 D.
846. Kávaẞos. This mention of the city is an ana
chronism, see 411. A city near Alexandria, said to
have been founded by Menelaus.
ἐσχάτη χθονός, ie on the extreme border of the
civilized world. Cp. Verg. viii. 727, " Extremique
hominum Morini." For the genitive (partitive) , cp.
πoî yîs, ' ubi terrarum.' Syntax, § 413.
847. προσχώματι , ‘ silt -bank .’
848. Tlenow , prophetic pres.; see on 171 .
849. ἐπαφῶν (ἐπαφάω ), ‘stroking thee with unscaring
hand and by a touch alone ' ; the one would restore
Io to her senses, and by the other Epaphus would be
conceived. The sense is obvious, though rather implied
than expressed. Notice the difference of tense in the
participles. The usual form of the legend was that
Zeus restored Io to her human form again by a touch
(later Schol. paáμevos). Cp. Moschus, ii. 49 ff.
Describing a basket with the legend of Io engraved
upon it, he says :
δοιοὶ δ᾽ ἕστασαν ὑψοῦ ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύος αἰγιαλοῖο
φῶτες ἀολλήδην · θηεῦντο δὲ ποντοπόρον βοῦν.
ἐν δ᾽ ἦν Ζεὺς ἐπαφώμενος ἠρέμα χειρὶ θεείῃ
πόρτιος εἰναλίης, τὴν ἑπταπόρῳ παρὰ Νείλῳ
ἐκ βοὸς εὐκεράοιο πάλιν μετάμειβε γυναῖκα .
850. Yevνημáτwv (active), for yevvýσews, of Zeus's
begetting ' ; so Plato, Sophist. 266 D, the plural being
the poet. plur. of stateliness, as σкîπтра in 761.
851. τέξεις, cp. 869, the usual Attic form was τέξομαι.
See 768.
 NOTES. 129

853. TEVтηKOVтárais, ' consisting of fifty children. '

In Supp. 320 the word means ' having fifty children. '
The reference is to the fifty daughters of Danaus who,
as told in the Supplices, fled from Egypt to avoid
marriage with their cousins, the fifty sons of Aegyptus.
Their suitors followed in hot haste to Argos, and ex
torted the consent of Danaus to their marriage. He,
however, incited his daughters to murder their grooms
on the bridal night, which they all did, except Hyper
mnestra. For the subsequent history of these maidens
see Pind. Pyth. ix. 120, and for their fate in the lower
regions, Hor. Od. iii. 11. 26. The marriage of cousins
was looked upon by the Greeks as incestuous, while
the Egyptians allowed and practised the marriage even
of sisters. This Danaus is by some supposed to have
been the brother of the Egyptian king Seti I. , the
father of Rameses the Great, both of whose mummies
are still in existence.
854. ἐλεύσεται, very uncommon in the tragic
writers, who use the prose form elu . See Grammar,
§ 292.
855. Onλvoπopos, lit. ' born of woman, ' here = ' a
maiden race. >
856. éπтonμévou, ' their hearts aflame (lit. fluttered)
with love.' TTÓеw, often used of the passion of
love, as in Sappho's famous ode, тó μοi κapdíav ...
ἐπτόασεν.
857. kĺpkoɩ (sc. s ), ' like falcons. ' For simile, cp.
Hom. Il. 22. 139, and Shelley, Arethusa, “ As an eagle
pursuing a dove to its ruin. "
λeλeμμévo , ' left behind,' Hom. Od. ix. 448, olŵv
λeλeμμévos, of the ram lagging behind his fellows.
The gen. is a gen. of comparison, cp. Eum. 251 , ovdèv
ὑστέρα νεώς . See Syntax, § 411 (b).
N
130 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

858. Onpaolμovs, ' that they may not win, ' or ' hunt
down.'
859. owµáτwv. Either ( 1 ) ' shall envy the suitors
the possession of the persons of their brides, ' or (2)
' shall have a hatred of their bodies, ' as the Scholiast
seems to take it.
860. Пeλaσyíā (sc. yî) , i.e. Argos. The Pelasgians
were the early inhabitants of Greece (and Italy), and
the Greeks had some traditions to that effect. Larissa
was a Pelasgian city-name. With δέξεται we must
supply αὐτούς, or (as the Scholiast ) σώματα . If the
latter, daμévтwv will depend upon it. If the former,
it is easy to parallel the gen. abs. referring to the
object. In fact, this construction seems so common
as to be almost idiomatic. Only one or two instances
need be quoted , Agam . 968, σοῦ μολόντος ...σημαίνεις ,
cp. ibid. 1278. It is found in Thucydides, π
εστράτευσαν ἐς Παῤῥασίους ἐπικαλεσαμένων σφᾶς, iv. 33. 1 ,
also vii. 50. 2, viii. 76. Cp. Herod. iii. 65. 8, éµeû
πεπονθότος τιμωρήσειν ἐμοί. Xenophon has many in
stances. It appears also in Hellenistic Greek . So
Matt. i. 18, μνηστευθείσης δὲ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ... εὑρέθη .
Syntax, § 361 , 3 (c).
θηλυκτόνῳ , dat. of instr. , θράσει being dative of
manner. By a woman's murderous blow in a deed
of daring that watched by night. ' The Greeks had
a great horror of a woman murdering a man (Agam.
1231, θῆλυς ἄρσενος φονεύς ἐστιν ). Cp . Eum. 625, ἄνδρα
γενναῖον θανεῖν , καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς γυναικός.
861. ῎Αρει = φόνῳ , ep. Soph . Αi. 254, λιθόλευστον ῎Αρη ,
" death by stoning. '
862. αἰών, ‘ life.’Hom . Il. xxii. 58, φίλης αἰῶνος
ἀμερθῇς.
863. σφαγαῖσι, ‘ throat. ’ Thuc. iv. 48, burrous es
Tàs opayás kallevтes ; Latin iugulum (Verg. Aen. xii .
357). That part of the throat between the neck and
 NOTES. 131

breast, where Achilles' spear passed through Hector's

neck. Hom. Il. xxii. 324 :
ᾗ κληΐδες ἀπ᾽ ὤμων αὐχέν ' ἔχουσιν
λαυκανίην , ἵνα τε ψυχῆς ὤκιστος ὄλεθρος.
Wecklein, however, takes it év póvy, ' in their blood.'
864. Tolade, ' in such wise,' in agreement with
Κύπρις.
865. тò µη KTEîval. Infin. denoting result or destina
tion
6 (Gram. § 527) ; see on 170, 248, cp. 918, 1056,
so as not to slay.' The one bride was Hypermnestra,
whose stern resolve was blunted by love, so that she
spared Lynceus. See Hor. Odes, iii. xi. 30 ff.
867. θάτερον -= τὸ ἕτερον .
868. kλúav, ' to be called. ' So ȧкove , Soph. O. C.
988, ȧкоúσоμаι Kaкós. So in Latin, " Tu recte vivis si
curas esse quod audis. " Hor. Ep. i. 16, 17.
869. yévos, Abas, a king of Argos, see on 774.
870. éπeğeλ0εîv, ' to go through with ' ; for acc. cp.
Thuc. i. 120. 8, ἐπεξελθεῖν ἔργῳ τι.
871. v, however ' ( = thus much I must say) ' of
her seed.'
872. Tógo , either poet. plur. , see 761 , 850, or =
' bow and arrows, ' as in Homer and Herodotus, and
in Soph. Phil. 652.
873. More, after shooting the eagle.
6
875. The manner and the means. ' Cp. Shaks.
K. Rich. II. ii. 2. 109, " If I knew how or which way
to order these affairs. "
877. èλeλeû, a cry of pain here, but it also was used
as a war-cry. Cp. áλaλý, áλaλášw. S. Mark v. 38.
878. σþáкeλos, ' convulsive spasm. ' In 1. 1045 it
is used of the spasmodic fury of the winds. σтаσμòs
τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου , says the Scholiast here.
132 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

879. úπо ... láλrovσ , for tmesis see 574, and for
the word see on 650, and Soph. Tr. 1082, ë0aλev åtηs
σжаoμós. The vro- has an inceptive force.
880. άrupos. Schol . has Toλúruρos, and some editors
consequently take it to mean ' fiery ' (the a being inten
sive, if there is such a thing as a intensive ). But it is
much better to take the word as an Aeschylean epithet
(see on 803), ' the goad (lit. ' arrow-point ') of the gadfly F
forged on no anvil. ' Cp . Dan. ii. 34, 66 a stone cut out
without hands ; " 2 Cor. v. 1 , " a house not made with
hands."
881. péva, lit. ' midriff,' ' my heartknocksagainst my
breast.' The word in this literal sense is usually plural,
περὶ τὴν καρδίαν αἱ φρένες εἰσί. Cp . Macbeth , i. 3. 136,
" And make my seated heart knock at my ribs."
882. ἑλίγδην , ‘ giddily .’
883. Spóμov, a proverbial expression meaning
' aimlessly, ' used of ' talking off the point. ' Choeph.
514, οὐδέν ἐστ᾽ ἔξω δρόμου ; Agam. 1245 , ἐκ δρόμου πεσὼν
τρέχω .
884. μápy , fierce delirium. ' Transferred epithet,
going66 in meaning with Xúoons ; see on 110. Cp. Engl
ish, Holy and humble men of heart " ; Horace, Od.
iii. 21. 19, " Iratos regum apices."
ȧκρаτns, ' powerless of my tongue,' i.e. without
power over it. For genitive, see 416, and cp. impotens
in Latin. For derivation, see 678.
885. Ooλepol, a turbid stream of words. ' For the
dative, cp. Pind. Pyth. iv. 24 , äуктраν тотì vаt крημν
άντων. Here Io leaves the stage.
888. Báoraσe, ' pondered it in his mind, and ex
pressed it as a proverb. '
890. ' Wedlock in one's own sphere is far the best. '
The reference seems to be to a gnome of Pittacus.
The Scholiast quotes Pind. Pyth. ii. 34, xpǹ dè κal'
 NOTES. 133

αὑτὸν αἰεὶ παντὸς ὁρᾶν μέτρον . Cp . also Xen. Cyrop .

v. 1. 11 , ἕκαστος γοῦν τῶν καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν ἐρᾷ , and Ovid ,
Heroid. ix. 32, " Si qua voles nubere, nube pari. ”
891. πλούτῳ διαθρυπτομένων , ‘living in luxurious
wealth. • Cp. Tenn. Lady Clara Vere de Vere.
893. ὄντα , sc. τινα (see 539 ), γάμων being genitive after
ἐραστεῦσαι, and τῶν διαθρυπτομένων and μεγαλυνομένων,
obj. gen. after yάuwv, ' marriage with those who ....'
896. πλαθείην . Paley refers this word not to πελάζω
(Liddell and Scott), but to reλálw (teλáw) , Aesch.
Frag. 125, etc. πλασθείην is an incorrect form of the
word. Tr. ' may I not wed any spouse. ' For this use
of the word, cp. Gen. xx. 4, " And Abimelech had not
come near her."
898. ȧστepyάvopa, ' impatient of marriage, ' lit. ' with
out love for a husband.' Cp. σrvyάvopa, a stronger
term , 724. Or without wedded love ' (Prickard).
The Scholiast has the strange comment, ἣν οὐκ ἔστερξεν
ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς ὁ Ζεύς.
899. Sapaλigoμévāv, ' tamed to her will.' The Ms. has
γάμῳ δαπτομέναν , and the Scholiast says ἅμα is under
stood. But the reading does not correspond in metre
with μeyaλvvouévwv, 892. Wecklein's reading, åµаλaπт
quévav, receives some support from the later Schol.'s
ἀφανιζομένην, while the reading in the text is similarly
supported by daμašoμévnv of the same Scholiast on the
previous line. I have ventured to introduce the word
in the text from Pindar. It suggests the word dáμaλis,
a heifer.
900. 'The wretched wanderings of her toils. ' ToVWV,
genitive of equivalence, ' her wanderings, ' that is,
her toils. Cp. Verg. Aen. v. 504, " arbor mali, " the
tree,' i.e. the mast.' See on 600.
"Hpas, subj. gen., ' sent by Hera. ' Cp. Eur. Hipp.
765 , δεινᾷ ᾿Αφροδίτας νόσῳ .
134 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

901. ἐμοὶ δέ γ᾽ ὅτε μέν , ‘as for me, when marriage

is with equals, it brings no fear (apoßos sc. ¿σTí). ' οὐ
δέδια was most probably a gloss on ἄφοβος. On the
collocation of dè and ye Porson (Eur. Orest. 1234) says ,
" Where a second speaker amplifies or corrects the
opinion of a preceding one, after dé, sometimes
‫در‬ with,
sometimes without, another word follows ye.
903. ἄφυκτον ὄμμα . " Unavoided eye '" (Shaks .
Richard III. iv. 1. 56). Look on me with an eye that
may not be escaped '-' an enforcing look. ' The acc. is an
extension of the cognate acc. So we say " to cast an
eye" instead of "to cast a glance over. ‫ در‬Conington
in the case of ßaiveiv móda suggested a sort of instru
mental acc.
904. Tóλeμos áróλeμos. Oxymoron, see 545, and cp.
Catul. Pel. and Thet. 83, " funera nec funera " ; Jerem.
xlviii. 33, " Their shouting shall be no shouting ."
άтора тóρчμоs, ' source of resourceless ills. ' The adj .
Tópuos, as if a participle from woрev, governs an acc.
So Choeph . 23, χοὰς προπομπός ; Lys. iii. 37, ταῦτα
ἔξαρνός ἐστι. So in Latin, ' haec contionabundus. '
905. οὐδ᾽ ἔχω . Cp. Thuc. ii. 52 , οὐκ ἔχοντες ὅτι
yévwvraι, ' not knowing what is to become of them.'
907. μv, see 167. Here with a touch of menace.
Opevov, genitive of respect.
αὐθάδης , sc. ὤν.
908. οἷον = ὅτι τοιοῦτον, as often. Cp. Homer, N.
xxii. 347, " Would," says Achilles of Hector, " that I
could eat your flesh raw ,” οἷά μ' ἔοργας.
909. yáμov, i.e. with Thetis ; see 764.
τυραννίδος θρόνων τε. For hendiadys, cp. 831 .
910. diorov, predicate adj . , ' into oblivion ,' 465.
Cp. Supp . 880 , Νεῖλος σ’ ἀποτρέψειεν ἄιστον : Latin ,
 NOTES. 135

"scuta latentia condunt " (Verg. Aen. iii . 237)

Shaks. K. John, iv. 1. 1 , " Heat me these irons hot. "
See on 555, 1023, 1025.
911. Tór' on, then forthwith.'
912. v, cogn. acc. Cp. 919, and see on 356.
915. πρὸς ταῦτα , see on 992, 1043.
916. Tedαpolois Kтúπois, see on 269, ‘ mutterings in
the clouds.'
917. πύρπνουν . In 371 we have the uncontracted
form, and Porson wished to read here xeiрÌ TÚρTVOOV,
but cp. 1087, ȧvтíπvovv, and for ev, see Pind. Nem. i. 52,
ἐν χειρὶ τινάσσων φάσγανον .
918. Tò μη où. For redundant uǹ cp. 248, and for
the synizesis, 627.
919. πτώματ’ οὐκ ἀνασχετά (ἀνέχομαι) , ‘ an intoler
able fall,' cogn. acc.; see 912, and note on 356.
921. ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸς αὑτῷ , see on 762 .
922. κeρavvοû, ' levin bolt. ' Pind. Isthm. vii. 72, òs
κεραυνοῦ τε κρέσσον ἄλλο βέλος διώξει χειρὶ τριόδοντός τε
ȧμaιμakéтov. Intr. p. xxxix .
923. ẞpovrns, gen. after the notion of surpassing,
which implies comparison. Cp. 857. Syntax, § 411 (b).
924. vóσov, ' the bane, ' an unusual sense. Cp. how
ever Soph. Ant. 421 , Oeía vóσos, of a whirlwind, and
Verg. Aen. iv. 90, " pestis. " For order of""words cp.
Verg. Geor. iv. 168, “ ignavum fucos pecus.
925. σkeda, Attic future, see on 25, · shall set at
nought,' or perhaps, ' shall shiver.' Cp. Shaks. Temp.
I. ii. 204 :
" The fire and cracks
Of sulphurous roaring the most mighty Neptune
Seem to besiege and make his bold waves tremble,
Yea, his dread trident shake. "
927. ' How far apart are king and slave.'
 I

136 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

928. Onv, an Epic particle, used by Aeschylus

= ' surely.'
¿πɩyλwoσą, ' thou forebodest against Zeus. ' Schol.
κατὰ τοῦ Διὸς ἐποιωνίζῃ . "Thy wish is father to the
thought." Cp. Agam. 920, πроσxаvêv.
929. Tρós, adv. , see 73 ; found even in prose, Thuc.
iii. 58, §6 ; so also σúv, Agam. 1644, and ev.
931. καὶ ... yé, ' aye ... even, ' see 307, 640.
Tovde, ' these of mine.'
δυσλοφωτέρους, 6 more galling.’ λόφος, ‘that part of
the neck where the yoke rubs.
932. ἐκρίπτων , see on 312 .
933. For Prometheus's immortality, see 753 and
Introd . p. xxv.
935. 8' " ovv Toйelтw, ' well, for aught I care, let
him do so. Before this defiant use of d'ouv (which is
closely connected with its use in dismissing a subject,
cp. 226) the demonstrative or pronoun becomes un
emphatic. Cp. Soph. Ai . 961, oi d' oûv yeλwvtwv : and
ibid. 114, Arist. Ach. 185 .
936. " Who bow to the inevitable.' Paley quotes
Dem. adv. Arist. i. 495, ᾿Αδράστειαν ἄνθρωπος ὢν ἔγωγε
πроσкуV . It was a proverbial expression to deprecate
the wrath of Nemesis. The word is derived from
Adrastus, because he first raised a temple to this god
dess. The Schol. explains by Δίκην τὴν ῎Αδραστον
τιμωρήσασαν , or from ὦ and διδράσκω , ‘ not to be run
away from.'
937. τὸν κρατοῦντ᾽ ἀεὶΞτὸν ἀεὶ (‘ for the time being ')
кратоÛνта. Čр. the displacement of words in ll. 313,
314.
938. aσoovµŋdév, ' less than nothing ' (see 1013).
The undev is a little difficult to explain. Paley says it
=тò μŋdév, the negation being general ; but would not
 NOTES. 137

that require τοῦ μηδένος to correspond with Ζηνός ?

Wecklein explains it of an abstract idea of nothing.
The use of undèv here points the sarcasm as if it were
less than ' the shadow of a shade, ' and this is helped by
the alliteration of μ. Jebb, on Soph. Ai. 1231, very
clearly explains the difference of où and uǹ in such
cases. See on 44.
939. τὸν βραχὺν χρόνον , ‘ his little day.’For with
immortals a thousand years (see 95) are but as a day.
Cр. тòν μакрòν Xpóvov , 449, ' all the days of their life."
940. Beoîs, for dat. see 49. It is Homeric, Od. xvi.
265
66 , κρατεῖν ἄνδρασι καὶ θεοῖσι. So Choeph. 132. Cp.
Sovereign to all the creatures upon earth, " Shaks.
Two Gentlemen of Verona, ii. 4. 153.
941. ἀλλὰ yáp, but (stay) for ' ... ' but indeed,' a
common use, the sentence with ảλλà being omitted.
Cp. sed enim in Latin ; and see Synt. § 600 (b).
Tpóxw, a scornful term, ' the courier (in Eastern par
lance the syce) of Zeus.'
942. Siάkovov (hence Engl. deacon) = ' menial. '
943. πávтws, ' doubtless ' ; in 1053 -= ' at all events, '
and in 333, ' do what you will. '
944. Enter Hermes with a message from Zeus. As
Oceanus (312) had surmised, Zeus, hearing the pro
phecy of Prometheus about his destined marriage,
sends Hermes down to extract from the chained Titan
full particulars on the subject. He reviles Prometheus
in true servile fashion, and Prometheus taunts him in
turn, and resolutely refuses to give the required infor
mation. Hermes then warns him of the fresh tortures
that await him if he persist in his obstinacy, from
which torments he must expect no release till he find
a substitute to undergo the punishment of death, which
he has deserved. The Titan defies Zeus to do his
worst, and when Hermes bids the Chorus beware lest
138 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

they be involved in the same dire fate that awaits

Prometheus, they, in the sublimest spirit of self-sacri
fice, refuse to desert him, and are swept off with him
from the sight of the spectators in a storm of thunder
and lightning.
σé, ' for thee ... my message is.' Acc. after Méyw.
If λέγω governs κλέπτην , σὲ must be referred to ἄνωγε .
For σοφιστής, see on 62.
τὸν πικρῶς ὑπέρπικρον , ‘bitter with surpassing
bitterness.
945. ἐφημέροις. The reading of M. , τὸν ἡμέροις , is
due to a wish to accommodate Toрovтa with an article,
but the second participle has, as usual, a causal or
instrumental force, see 660.
948. EKTĺTTEL. For tense see on 171 and cp . 767. The
common use of the word as passive of èκẞάXXw, cp. 756,
and Synt. 461 , § 2.
ékeîvos, referring to the subject of the sentence.
949. καὶ ... μέντοι, used to enforce an additional com
mand. Tr. and, of course, ' or ' do not, I advise you ' ;
cp. Arist. Ran . 171 , οὗτος, σὲ λέγω μέντοι. For a
different use see 964.
950. Simλâs, ' a double journey (to and fro).'
952. τοῖς τοιούτοις , ‘ such words as these. ’
953. σeμνóσтoμos, sarcastic, ' bravely spoken.'
954. s in its limitative use has two meanings :
i. ( Considering that, ' or ' for, ' Thuc. iv. 6684, ovde
ἀδύνατος,ὡς Λακεδαιμόνιος, εἰπεῖν ; Livy, “ Vir, ut
inter Aetolos, facundus. "
"
ii. As might be expected from. ' So in Latin, Cic.
Acad. ii. 98, "Homo acutus, ut Poenus.'""
The Scholiast interprets by καθά. Perhaps the first
meaning suits best here.
955. δή, for δῆθεν, ‘ forsooth ’ ; so perhaps δῆθεν for
on in 202.
 NOTES. 139

956. πέργαμα ἀπενθῆ , ‘heights beyond the reach of

care. , The word Pergama was properly applied to the
citadel of Troy, and thence used of any height.
957. Soooús. The Scholiast says Ophion and Cronus
are meant, see Milton, Paradise Lost, x. 580 :
" And fabled how the Serpent, whom they called
Ophion, with Eurynome-the wide
Encroaching Eve perhaps-had first the rule
Of high Olympus, thence by Saturn driven
And Ops, e'er yet Dictaean Jove was born. "
But a comparison of Agam. 167 (where, however, the
feeling towards Zeus is very different) makes it probable
that Uranus and Cronus are alluded to.
958. nóvoμaι, ' shall live to see ' ; cp. Agam. 1246,
Sept. c. Theb. 220, but cp. Frag. Intr. p. xxiii.
959. αΐσχιστα , sc . ἐκπεσόντα , ‘ in ruin hideous and
swift ' ; cogn. acc.
μn ; asked in bitter scorn, ' do I seem ? " see Syntax,
§ 344 (c).
961. Far, very far from that, ' cp. 1006, and the
phrase οὐ πολλοῦ δεῖ (sc. ἀλλὰ τοῦ παντός ).
962. ykóval, hasten back the way thou camest. '
KéλEVOOV is cogn. acc. after yкóvel, from the idea of
' going ' contained in it. is cogn. acc. after \0es.
964. μévτol, ' yet, at all events, ' see 1054, and for
another use, 949.
965. κalάρμισas, lit. ' you have anchored yourself. '
For the nautical metaphor cp. 1. 84.
966. λατρείας (λατρεύειν, 968). For the change of
quantity cp. Soph. Phil. 297 , ἀλλ᾽ ἐν πέτροισι πέτρον
EKTρißwv µóλis : Lucr. iv. 1252, " Crassaque conveniant
liquidis vel liquida crassis " ; Hor. Od. i. 32. 10,
" et Lycum, nigris oculis nigroque Crine decorum" ;
Shelley, Epipsychidion, 66 a divine presence in a place
140 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

divine " ; Shaks. Romeo and Juliet, ii. 1. 28, 31 , con

júre and conjure, see on 840. The gen. is gen. of value.
968. olpa , as spoken by Hermes, is ironical.
970. ourws refers apparently to something lost after
1. 969.
971. xλidâv, ' to pride yourself on your present
plight.'
973. Kal ... Sé, 6 and ... also,' or ' too ' ; cp. Choeph.
878, καὶ μάλ' ἡβῶντος δὲ δεῖ : Dem. Mid . 576 , εἰ μέντοι
ῥήτωρ ἐστιν οἵους ἐνίους ἐγὼ καὶ ὑμεῖς δὲ ὁρᾶτε ( ‘ Yes, and
you too ').
6
974. yáp, What ! do you blame me too for your
misfortunes ?' The dative is causal, and might without
any change of sense be replaced by the genitive, which
one Ms. reads. For yàp see note on 521, and cp.
745.
975. åπλ λóyw, see 46. Arist. Av. 1547 refers to
this line, μισῶ δ᾽ ἅπαντας τοὺς θεούς, ὡς οἶσθά συ.
976. eû, as set forth in 226 ff.
977. ' Stricken with no slight madness. ' Cogn. acc. ,
cp. 384.
978. voσoîμ' av, ' I may well be mad,' or ' I prefer
to be mad, if it is madness to hate one's enemies." In
stead of the conditional clause , εἰ νόσημά ( ἐστι), νοσῶ(or
νοσήσω), we have εἰ νόσημά (ἐστι) , νοσοῖμι ἄν, the optative
with a being a less direct future. Cp. Soph. Ai. 88,
μévoμ' av = ' I will remain, ' ' I suppose I must remain. '
Cp. 311 , and see Syntax, § 354, 3, and § 508 (2) ii. note.
980. TOUTOS, the meaning of this word uol. Just
as Napoleon boasted that he did not know the meaning
of the word impossible.
982. κal µýν, and yet,' or ' yes, but. ' The advers
ative meaning here, as elsewhere, is obvious, but is due
to the context. The primary meaning of the particles

1
 NOTES. 141

is ' why, look you, ' as appears in their common use,

on the entrance of new person on to the stage, ' Lo !'
So also of new arguments or facts = ' and further,' ' aye,
and moreover,' see 459, 1080 ; of assent (cp. κal dý, 54),
kai µǹv Badišw, ' well, I am walking. ' In 985 it is used
ironically, truly, ' ' I suppose.'
983. yáp, ' no, for ' = ' else. '
984. épeîv čoɩkas, ' it seems you will say. ' For the
personal constr. see on 512, and cp. 1007.
985. òpelλwv, 'I suppose (kal μýν, see 982 ) it is
because I owe him something that I should pay him a
favour. ' Generally taken : And yet if I owed him a
favour,' etc.
986. KEρTÓμnσas, aor. of immediate past : " Thou
hast chid.' See on 145, 393, and cp. 1065.
Sneev goes with what follows, ' as though, forsooth.'
For δῆθεν ὡς = ὡς δῆθεν, cp. Eur. Or. 1119, δῆθεν ὡς
θανούμενοι. For δῆθεν see 202 .
Taîda, ' child ' (not ' slave ').
992. πρÒя TаÛтa, ' so then ' ; cp. 915, 1030 ; lit. 'with
respect to this.'
αἰθαλοῦσσα , for αἰθαλόεσσα , the usual Attic con
traction, ' blazing,' an adj . from Hesiod, Theog. 707.
Cp. Grammar, § 106.
993. λevкoжTéρų, " crystal-winged " (Shelley).
994. Imitated by Arist. Pax. ŵs kukáтw kai TαTEίTW
πάντα καὶ ταρασσέτω .
Xlovíos, ' subterranean. '
995. Kal opáσal. The Kal only emphasizes ; cp. 197,
642 ; or, as Wecklein, = 'also. '
996. Tρòs oû, ' at whose hands. ' See 761 . For os
interrogative cf. 915 and Synt. 370 (b), Obs. 2.
997. el, 6 whether. ' See Syntax, 370 s, 1 .
998. &πTα , ' have been foreseen.'
142 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

999. τόλμησον, ‘have the courage for once (ποτε) .’

Cp. Hor. Ep. i. 2. 40, “ Sapere aude."
1000. πρós, ' in the face of.'
1001. κῦμα. Cp . Eur. Med .28,ὡς δὲ πέτρος ἢ θαλάσσιος
kλúdwv ȧkovel. Cp. Shaks. Merch. of Ven. iv. 1. 71.
ὅπως , ' as though.' Soph. El. 98, öπws Spûv. In
comparisong = ὡς. For παρα in παρηγορεῖν , see 131 , 646.
1002. eiσeλbéтw σe, ' let it not enter your mind. ' Cp.
Thuc. vi. 30, ταῦτα εἰσῄει αὐτόν ; Dem. Mid . 574, ὑμῖν
èniéval. So maрiorával in Plato, Phaedo, 66 B ; in Latin
" Venire in mentem ," " subire " (Verg. Aen. ii. 562),
" Succurrere " (ibid. 317). For the aor. imper. in pro
hibitions, see 332.
1005. " With hands upturned in woman's way."
Cp. Horace, Odes, iii. 23. 1, “ Caelo supinas si tuleris
manus. .‫د‬
1006. τοῦ παντὸς δέω , see on 961 .
1007. olka, cp. 984, and see on 512.
1008. Téyya , ' thou art softened. ' Cp. 401.
1010. µáxe , ‘ chafe. ' Cp . Macaulay, Horatius, stanza
LVI.
1011. σpospível, ' thou strengthenest thyself on a
weak device ' (i.e. the secret as to the marriage). For
σόφισμα cp. σοφιστής, 62, 944.
1013. ovdévos μeîov, ‘ more than nothing ' i.e. ' not
more than (= less than) anything. ' Cp. Thuc. vii. 29,
§ 5 , οὐδεμιᾶς ἥσσων ξυμφορά ,‘ greater than any. ’
1015. Tρikuμía, for metaphor see on 746, = ' a series
of three waves."• See Plato, Republ. 472 a, tò µéYLOTOV
Kûμа TIS TρIKνμías. Misfortunes never come singly, and
this is a 66 triple wave of woe.
1016. ὀκρίδα, adj. = ὀκριόεσσαν , 281.
 NOTES. 143

1019. Baoráσe , ' shall hold thee up .' Used meta

phorically, 889.
1021. ἄψορρος (ἀπό, ὄρνυμι) , ‘ back again .’
""
1022. πτηνὸς κύων , " Heaven's winged hound
(Shelley). Cp. Agam. 136, πтāvоîσι Kvσi : and see
on 803.
Sapovós, · tawny.' See Verg. Aen. xii. 246, " Jovis
fulvus ales " ; or the word may be for dapórios (cp.
φαίνω = *φανιω).
1023. Siapтaμnoe , ' shall rend thy body limb-meal
into great flakes of flesh.' páкos, see St. Luke v. 36.
The subst. is here proleptic.
1024. äkληтos, ' unbidden,' an Aeschylean epithet.
See on 803.
Tavýμepos, ' the livelong day,' not ' every day.' See
Hesiod, Theog. 523, πрóжаν huap, of the same circum
stance. So later Schol. on the passage.
1025. Shall feed his fill (ek) on the liver till it is
black with gnawing.' keλawóßpwтov is proleptic or
predicative. Cp. 910.
1027. Stádoxos. An unconscious prophecy (like that
of Caiaphas, St. John's Gospel xi. 50) of One greater
than he, who should go down into Hades,' and
should 6 bear our griefs and carry our sorrows. ' The
reference here is to Chiron, the Centaur, who, when
Heracles had killed the eagle, voluntarily resigned his
immortality, being afflicted with an incurable wound
caused by the arrows of Heracles. Thus by his death
he paid the penalty which Prometheus had, in the eyes
of Zeus, deserved. See Introd. p. xxix.
1029. ȧµpí, ' into, ' not so precise as eis, of entrance
into a large space rather than arrival at a definite
spot. See on 658, 830.
1031. Aíav, ' all too truly.'
144 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

1033. Tò Aîov, cp. 619, 654 , and on 590. For the

thought, cp. p. Numb. xxiii. 19, " God is not man that He
should lie.
1036. ovк äκaιрa , meiosis or litotes, by no means
unseasonably.' Cp. Acts of Apostles , xxi. 39, " Citizen
of no mean city."
1038. σophy, " the good counsel of wisdom.'
1039. éaµaptávav, ' to persist in his error. '
1040. To , 'full well indeed did I know. ' See on 1. 8.
1041. ἐθώυξεν, cp. 73, 277, 393.
1043. πρὸς ταῦτα , cp. 992.
1044. βόστρυχος ἀμφήκης, ‘ jagged wreaths of light
ning ' ; ""cp. Catullus 61 , 77, " faces splendidas quatiunt
comas.
1045. σφακέλῳ , see 878.
1047. avraîs plyļais, see on 221.
TVEûμa refers to the steam imprisoned in the bowels
of the earth, which is the cause of earthquakes.
1048. τραχεῖ ῥοθίῳ , ‘ angry surge. For adj . , see
on 64.
1049. συγχώσειεν . The opt. , as in 1051 , almost ex
presses a command. Cp. 1043, дintéσ0w.
1051. άpdnv = åépôŋv, Agam. 234 : " a-high, " Shaks.
Rich. III. iv. 4. 86.
plae. The subject, Zeus , is left to be understood .
1052. Sivais, ' the cruel maelström of necessity.'
1053. πáντws, ' for all that,' see 16, 943, and cp. 333.
1054. μévτol, see on 949,6 964. Expresses impatience,
and may be translated verily ' or ' indeed,' Agam.
644, 886.
1056. μnov, see 248, 865, 918. This refers to Pro
metheus's boastful, defiant prayer, 1040 ff.
 NOTES. 145

Tаparale , a metaphor from striking a lyre wrongly,

or from striking a coin awry. Cp. παρακόπτειν and
παράκοπος, 581 .
1057. μavi@v. For partitive gen. cp. Arist. Av. 383,
Tĥs oрyîs xaλâv, and for the plural = " fits of madness,'
cp. Hom. Od. xii. 341 , 0ávaтoi , ' kinds of death ' ; Plat.
Leg. xi. 922 A, ȧvôpíaι, ' deeds of bravery ' ; Hor. Od.
i. 16. 17 , " irae, " ' bursts of anger.'
1060. μετα ... χωρεῖτ’, tmesis, see 574.
1062. ȧтépaμvov ( cp. 190), ' relentless, ' see on 64.
1063. πаpaμʊłοû, cp. 185, and see on 131 .
1064. γὰρ δή που ... ye, For this, at any rate, I
take it. '
1065. πapéσūpas. The verb is used ( 1 ) of a rapid
river carrying away trees, etc. , (2) of sweeping off the
oars of a ship by brushing past (Lat. detergeo, Caes .
B. C. i. 58), You have drawn in (aor. of immediate
past) as a by-word ' ; cр. тάреруoν, ' a by- work. '
We use ' foist in ' in a similar way. Wecklein takes
the verb intransitively, with eπos as a sort of cognate
acc. , a word that is beyond all bounds. '
1066. πῶς με κελεύεις κακότητ᾽ ἀσκεῖν ; ‘How do you
bid me practise baseness ? ' Cp. Gordon's indignant
remonstrance to the Government when they urged
him to abandon Kartoum and save himself. 66 Would
you," he said, " as gentlemen, advise this course ? "
1068. πроdóταя . There seems some ground for sup
posing Themistocles to be meant. He was ostracised ,
according to Aristotle's Constitution of Athens, 461 B.C. ,
and fled to Persia 460 B. C. The later Schol. mentions
a certain Iphicrates who betrayed his army to the
enemy. Cp. Pind. Pyth. iv. 284, čμale d' iẞpišovтa
μισεῖν .
1070. áπétтvoα, ' loathe ' ; the so- called gnomic
aor. The perfect is used like it in English : 66'The
0
 146 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

fool hath said in his heart, there is no God " ; also

the aor.
1071. ἀλλ᾽ οὖν , ‘ Well then. ’
1074. ἀπρόοπτον, uncontracted ; cp . προοίμιον . For
the sentiment, cp. Hom. Od. i. 32 :
ὦ πόποι, οἷον δή νυ θεοὺς βροτοὶ αἰτιόωνται.
ἐξ ἡμέων γάρ φασι κάκ' ἔμμεναι· οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ
σφῇσιν ἀτασθαλίῃσιν ὑπὲρ μόρον ἄλγε᾽ ἔχουσιν .
1075. μ Sтa, ' not so, ' see 347. Here supply εlπηтe.
1076. ὑμᾶς αὐτάς , sc. εἰσβάλλετε.
1078. ἀπέραντον δίκτυον , a favourite metaphor of
Aeschylus' ; cp. Agam. 1382, äπeipov åµḍíßλnσтpov, and
361 , yayyaμov arns, the drag net of destruction ' ;
Job, xix. 6, " God hath compassed me with his net. "
1079. úró, causal use, ' by reason of. ' Cp . 66.
1080. кal μhν, ' and lo, ' see 982.
1081. σεσάλευται (from σάλος, conn . with our word
' swell '). The verb is transitive as well as intransitive.
1082. παραμυκᾶται, ‘ rumbles past us. ’
1087. áντíπvoυv, ' strife of wind against wind. ' Cp.
Verg."" Geor. i. 318, “ omnia ventorum concurrere proelia
vidi.
1090. TeÚXovσα, ' working fear. ' The participle has
a final sense. The object of the elemental uproar was
to work fear, but it failed of its object. Cp. Verg.
Aen. ii. 114, " Mittimus Eurypylum scitantem oracula
Phoebi. "
1091. μnτρós, Earth or Themis, see 209. Tr. ' holy
mother mine.'
There is a storm of thunder and lightning, and
Prometheus is swept, by some stage device unknown
to us, from the sight of the spectators.
 nus Proteus's Oce
OceaHYP Crucifixion
of
Place Nomad anu
Scythians s
YTHIA GEPIDAE
Puñogos
2.712
Schol
Hercu where
E. vos lyers thow
noPrope
avti
r' outeles .Amazons Trane
Ligyes ZAV
GARN
EvrI ARough Palus
Maedtis
όλπος
Euxinep
o s Caspian
Ρέας
odons Three B
o
Lemnog Sea
MYSIAPHRYCIA
for r
a LYDIA ASIA
Argas
perna PAMPHYLIA
CILICIA
♡Cyprus Gorgon
Plains
Gorgons
Phorcydes
Arimaspi

τιςλῶ
νε Ηλίου
,
χθών PI πηγαί
ops
O Aerthi
E
A Bibling
TH Noigris
MS Thes
anu
Oce Oce
a nus
.Heracl
and
Io
journe
the
illustr
mA es
ys
ofap ating
Bernha
fter rd
A().Foss 1f.pace
[47
 APPENDIX A.

IO'S WANDERINGS.

THE account given by Aeschylus of the wanderings

of Io presents, as is well known, great geographical
difficulties. It will make clearer what these difficulties
are if we present in a consecutive form all that the
poet says on the subject of Io in this play¹. To prove
to Io that he has a knowledge of the past as well as
of the future, Prometheus (1. 829) tells her that 2 she
came to the Molossi in Epirus, visited Dodona, where
she was saluted as " the wife of Zeus," and passed on
along the coast to the head of the Ionian Sea, so called
from her connection with it ; without crossing which

1In the Supplices (540 ff.) Io's wanderings are traced through
' many tribes ' to the Thracian Bosporus, which she swims across
from the European to the Asiatic side. Passing through Phrygia,
Teuthras' city of the Mysians, Lydia, and Cilicia, to Pamphylia,
thence through rich lands to Cyprus or Phoenicia, she finally
reaches Egypt and the Nile. It is difficult to fit this in with the
wanderings given in the Prometheus. Bernhard Foss in his mono
graph on the subject makes Io, starting from Argos, swim across
the Aegean to Asia Minor, and passing (in reverse order) through
Cilicia, Pamphylia, Phrygia, Lydia, and Mysia, swim across the
Thracian Bosporus to Europe, going thence through Thrace to
Dodona, where the account in Prometheus begins (see Map).
2 After the transformation into a heifer (see 1. 673) at Argos she
was driven by the gadfly to Lerna.
147
148 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

she turned back (яаλµжλáуктоισι dрóμоis, 838) inland,¹

till she came to that part of Scythia where Prometheus
was chained.
Referring back to 1. 707, where Prometheus foretells
the future sufferings of Io, we find that from the scene
of Prometheus's crucifixion she is to turn eastwards,
and traversing the barren steppes reach the country
of the Nomad Scythians, which she is to pass by,
keeping close along the shore of Ocean (712).
She will then find the Chalybes on her left, and if,
as Bernhard Foss thinks, there is a lacuna here, the
Gepidae (see Schol. , 1. 712) on the right. Giving
the Chalybes a wide berth, she will then come to
the river Hybristes, which the Scholiast explains as
the Araxes.2 This she must not cross, but follow
up to its source on Mount Caucasus, surmounting the
crest of which she will take the southern track. This
will bring her to the country of the Amazons (after
wards destined to migrate to Themiscyra, near the
Thermodon, on the southern shore of the Black Sea).³
They, with the fellow-feeling of women for a woman,
will guide Io to the Kimmerian isthmus, to the very
mouth of the Palus Maeotis, where she must cross the
Channel (to be named after her the Kimmerian Bos
porus). This will bring the wanderer from Europe to
Asia. Here the narrative of the journey breaks off.
Resuming (1.790) Prometheus tells Io that after
crossing the stream (peî@pov) that separates the con
tinents she is to keep to the east. [Here there is
probably a lacuna.4] Thence passing by the surf of the
1 She would naturally go through Illyria and Thrace and Scythia
to the Ocean stream.
2 Many editors think a line, giving the name, has been lost.
3 Here the poet also places Salmydessus, the proper position of
which was on the north-west shore of the sea.
4 Filled up by some editors with Fragm. Intr. pp. xxvii.
xxviii.
 APPENDIX A. 149

sea (perhaps the Caspian), she will come to the Gorgon

plains and Kisthene, where the Phorcides, the Gorgons,
and the Gryphons dwell. Hard by she will find the
Arimaspi living near a gold river called Pluton's Stream ,
or the Stream Pluton. These she must avoid, and will
eventually come to a far-off land, inhabited by a
swarthy race, near the Fountains of the Sun. There
is the river Aethiops (or Nigris, as the Upper Nile was
called by the ancients), which she must follow to the
Katabasmus, where the Nile leaving the Bibline Moun
tains enters the delta of Egypt.¹
There are three principal breaks in the narrative of
the wanderings of Io in this play. We have no record
of how she made her way from Argos and Lerna to
Dodona, or from Dodona to the place of Prometheus's
punishment, or from the Kimmerian Bosporus to Kis
thene (which was generally taken to be a city of Libya).
From Argos to Dodona one would naturally suppose
that Io went by land across the Isthmus of Corinth,
but Bernhard Foss thinks 1. 827 implies a much longer
journey. Hence his suggested route given above. It
is easy to suggest a route from Dodona to Scythia
when we fix the exact scene of Prometheus' crucifixion.
The third gap is not so easy to fill up, and it is most
probable that a real lacuna exists in the text, though
it is impossible to conjecture how much has fallen out.
If there be no gap after 1. 810, it is simplest to suppose
that Aeschylus is purposely vague about the Gorgons
and Gryphons and such-like mythical monsters, and
no doubt felt himself at liberty to locate them any.
where in the unknown regions of the south.2 Here
they must have a south-eastern and not as usual a
south-western habitat.³ As to Io reaching the Nile
1 Ultimus immenso restabas, Nile, labori.-Ovid, Met. i. 728.
2 All the south went under the name of Aethiopia, just as the
north under that of Scythia
3 Aeschylus could hardly have conjectured or blundered upon
the notion that east carried sufficiently far becomes west.
150 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

from the east, we must remember that even in Alex

ander's time, to men who had traversed so large a
portion of the earth's surface as had his soldiers who
went with him to India, the Indus seemed as if it
might be the Nile.¹
The scene of Prometheus's present punishment was
certainly not the Caucasus, as is quite clear from
several allusions in the play. The Medicean Scholiast
says it was πρὸς Εὐρωπαίοις τέρμασι τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ , for
which Foss suggests ἐν Ῥιπαίοις πρὸς τοῖς τέρμασι.
However that may be, the scene was evidently laid
in a rocky gorge, with steep crags all round it, with
out any shade or protection from the assaults of the
weather, close to the sea, but not"" actually upon it
(see Io's words, 747-750) , in fact, a seaward-gazing "
gorge. One essential feature of the region was its
utter desolation, far removed as it was from all the
haunts of men. This in itself proves that the Caucasus
cannot be meant, for near and upon the Caucasus lived
the Amazons and other races.
It is to be noted that Aeschylus places the Caucasus,
the Amazons, Colchis, the Araxes, the Chalybes, and
the Scythians, all in Europe.
Scythia with Aeschylus and the ancients generally
meant all the regions north of the Euxine, from the
Ocean on the west to the Ocean on the east. This was
the " howling wilderness " of Scythia, on the north
east fringe of which were to be found the Nomad
Scythians, and the more civilized Scythians [Σкúðαι
Evoμol, see Frag. Intr. p. xxvii. ] on the south-east. It
was because he considered the Chalybes to be Scythians
(Sept. c. Theb. 727) that Aeschylus places them north of
the Euxine instead of south of it (as Xen. Anab. iv. 715,
etc. ). The confusion was probably due to the Chalybes
and Scythians being both famous for their iron.2
1One of the later Scholiasts on 1. 809 says, Aieloy] гáyyns.
2 Suidas Χάλυβες, ἔθνος Σκυθίας, ἔνθεν ὁ σίδηρος τίκτεται.
 APPENDIX A. 151

It is equally clear that the Caucasus in Aeschylus'

view was in Europe. But what was in his geography
the boundary between the two continents? In the
Prometheus Freed (Frag. I. ) he speaks of the Phasis
as the boundary line, while in this play he says the
same of the Kimmerian Bosporus. Foss has shown
that there are good reasons for thinking that the poet
confused the Phasis and the Tanais, and knowing the
Caucasus to be north of the Phasis placed it north of
the Tanais, which he took to be the Phasis. Hecataeus
the historian partly falls into the same error by making
the Tanais flow through the Caucasus Mountains, thus
leaving a part of that range north of the Tanais.
Another difficulty is presented by the river spoken
of as ' Tẞpiorns, whether that be a proper name or an
adjective with the name (Araxes) to follow in the next
line. This river cannot be the Armenian Araxes, nor,
indeed, is it identifiable with any known river. Foss
thinks that Aeschylus means the river Rha (Volga),
which, flowing into the Caspian Sea (anciently con
sidered a part of the Ocean) , would seem to be in the
requisite quarter of the world, and to flow in the right
direction for his purpose. Besides, it appears that the
Rha and the Araxes were very generally confused by
the ancients. This certainly seems the best solution of
the geographical difficulty. The accompanying map,
based on that given by Bernhard Foss in his mono
graph, De loco in quo Prometheus apud Aeschylum
vinctus sit, will, it is hoped, make the wanderings of
Io, as concei by Aeschylus, intelligible to the
ordinary reader. The route of Io is given in .
and that part of Heracles's journey which is spoken
of in the Fragments of the Prometheus Freed is given
in ...
 APPENDIX B.

METRICAL ANALYSIS.

IN few plays are the choral parts so small as in this

one. The senarii (777 11.) were declaimed ; the
anapaestic dimeters ( 142 11. ) given in recitative ; and
the lyric lines ( 163 11. ) sung ; the two latter being
accompanied with a flute and appropriate gestures and
dancing.
The senarii are remarkably free from resolved feet.
Tribrachs only number fifteen or sixteen, four of these
being partly composed of proper names. The first,
second, and fifth foot have each one tribrach. Of the
19 (cyclic) dactyls which occur, all except one are in
the third foot, and that one is in a proper name.
There are 12 (quick) anapaests. Two resolved feet
never occur in one line.
Lines 207, 355, 799 may be cited as specimens of
those " horse-hair-crested, high-horse-riding, bolt
clamped utterances " of which Aristophanes makes
fun.
The caesura in the fourth foot occurs once in seven
lines almost exactly, the quasi-caesura only twice (612 ,
710) ; while 11. 17, 589, 797, 976 seem slightly faulty in
the matter of caesura. One line only (640), and that
perhaps intentionally, has no caesura at all. In the
anapaestic dimeters there are no instances of resolved
feet, and only one line ( 172) without caesura.
152
 APPENDIX B. 153

Lyric metres. - The choral parts were sung in unison

either by chorus or actors, the music being entirely
subordinate to the words. The correspondence of
strophe and antistrophe is supposed in Aeschylus to
have been almost, if not altogether, syllabically exact.
In scanning choral metres the beginner should remem
ber that a syllable or syllables may be prefixed to a line
extra metrum (see Liddell and Scott under áváкpovσis),
and that a syllable may be lengthened in music so as
to represent a longer time than its numerical value,
whereby a trochee may become equivalent to a dactyl
(being then marked F - ), or a long syllable the
equivalent of a trochee ( - ), or even of a spondee ( → ).
On the other hand, a dactyl may be pronounced in the
time of a trochee ; such a quick dactyl is then called
‘ cyclic, ' and marked 71 There is likewise a
quick anapaest equivalent in time to an iambus. Apart
from these an irrational syllable occasionally occurs ,
that is, a syllable which breaks the metrical ratio, a
short for a long or a long for a short, and this is
distinguished by the sign over the syllable.
Aristophanes terms Aeschylus " master of the choric
lyre," and tells us that his songs were distinguished
for their sweetness.
Scansion of lyric passages in this play :
(a) In the Prologue—
115. Bacchic tetrameter (expressing surprise),

117. Bacchic trimeter, with a syllable short : or

Bacchius and Dochmius.
-or

In the above scansion KETO is considered to be

unaugmented.
154 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

(b) Parodic.
First strophe and antistrophe ( 128-135 = 144-151 ).
Ionic a minore (" a plaintive rhythm for women's
voices, " Schol. ).
N

The Ionic a minore foot (- —— ) sometimes takes

a trochaic movement by the substitution of two
trochees for the two long syllables of one foot and the
two short syllables of the next. In the case of lines 1 ,
4, 6 above, the first of these feet is represented by the
last syllable only. In 11. 5 , 9 the foot ap
pears as
Second strophe and antistrophe (159-166 = 178–185).
Logaoedic (trochees, cyclic dactyls, tribrachs).
‫ـا‬

Line 163 in the MSS. has

The metrical correspondence is restored by Ahren's
conjecture ἀκνάμπετον .
In ll. 132, 148, the initial long syllable seems really to go with
the scansion of preceding line.
 APPENDIX B. 155

(c) FIRST STASIMON.

First strophe and antistrophe (397–405 = 406–414).
Ionic a minore (expressing sorrow and sympathy).
y

The exact metrical correspondence here depends on

the emendation mentioned in the foot-notes of text
(1.399). In l. 413/4 the division of wh/μao is awkward.
Second strophe and antistrophe(415-419-420-424).
Logaoedic (trochees and cyclic dactyls).

The last syllable of a line may be counted long or

short as the metre requires. This will explain the fact
that the first three lines of the strophe end with a long
syllable, while the corresponding lines of the anti
strophe end with a short syllable. In 1. 420 the first
foot of the antistrophe (as found in the MSS. ) does not
correspond with the same foot in the strophe. This
has been set right by an emendation.
Epode (425-435).
Logaoedic (trochees, cyclic dactyls, tribrachs).
= L
 156 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .
|| ) )

]
J
(d) SECOND STASIMON.
First strophe and antistrophe (526–535 = 536-544).
Dactylo-epitrite (dactyls, long trochees, spondees),
expressing calm cheerfulness.
This was a Doric rhythm composed of two dactyls
and a spondee, and the epitrite ( — — — — ).
‫لا‬

-
On incomplete correspondences in 11. 541 ( = 531 ) and
543 ( 535) , see crit. notes.
Second strophe and antistrophe ( 545-552-553-560).
Logaoedic (cyclic dactyls, trochees, irrational
spondees).
)))
) ) )
 APPENDIX B. 157

In line 550 syllables of the value of (δέδεται,

Meineke) have been lost. The spondees at the end
of some of the lines have (in accordance with a rule
given above) been marked as trochees.

(e) Monody of Io (Proöde) (566–573).

Iambic and dochmiac (expressing great agitation).
ΝΝΝΝ )

(two dochmii) .

= (dochmius with extra syllable).

(two dochmii).
(two dochmii).
The dochmius (~ or བ་་
or N 71 -) by its broken rhythm suits the
agitation of Io. In line 567 the last syllable is reckoned
long, and with the help of a pause on the preceding
syllable (— ) becomes equivalent to an iambus. The
division between πλavâ and тe (573/4) is awkward.
Strophe and antistrophe (574–588 = 593–608).
Dochmiac, cretic, and trochaic.
158 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .
N

-N

I)
))

r
Line 598 lacks the final long syllable, the Mss. having
κέντροισι which Hermann emends to κεντήμασι and
Wecklein to KÉVтpois tw. Line 601 is deficient by the
final foot. Hermann fills the gap with " Hpas and
Wecklein with ἄλλων. In line 576 the w of the first i
is shortened before the next vowel, cp. 694 and 164
δάμναται.

(f) Choral Song (687-695) .

Cretic, dochmiac, trochaic (logaoedic).
(two cretics).

-
The scansion of line 692/3 seems unsatisfactory.
Wecklein alters the order of words. I have substituted
ἀμάν for ἐμάν ,
 APPENDIX B. 159

(g) THIRD STASIMON.

Strophe and Antistrophe (887-893 = 894–900).
Dactylo-Epitrite (dactyls, long trochees , spondees).

]
L
The MS. , 1. 888, has v ös. This makes line 895 in
the antistrophe four syllables short. See critical note
on 895 at foot of text.
(h) Epode (901-906).
Trochaic,

Line 904 is remarkable for its short syllables.

Quantities. -A short vowel is always found short in

this play before the following combinations of mute
and liquid : βρ, γρ , δρ , κρ , πρ , τρ , θρ , φρ, χρ, κλ, πλ, τλ,
χλ, θμ , τμ , χμ , τν , κν, χν , except ἀποκρύψει 24, ἄγρυπνος
358 , ἄκρος 366, ἄγριος 368 , ἀριθμός 459 (but ἀνήριθμος
90 ), θεοπρόπος 659 , λατρεύειν 968 (but λατρεία 966),
πατρί 969 ( but seven times) κύκλος 91 , ἐλαφρὸς 263,
κυκνόμορφος 795, ὄκρις 1016 ; also ἄϋπνος 32, βιβλίνων
811.
P
160 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

In the anapaestic portion of the play we find ἐλαφρός

125, 279, πολυτέκνος 137, ὀκριόεις 281, ἀντίπνους 1087.
Before γν , γλ the vowel is always long : ἁγνός, ἁγνό
ρυτος 411 , 435 , μαλακογνώμων 188, μελίγλωσσος 172,
χαριτογλωσσεῖν 294 .
In a lyric passage full of epicisms we find ὀλιγοδρανία
458, and ὁμοπάτριος 539, πατρός 593.
A short final vowel of one word is left short before init
ial βρ, κρ , πρ , φρ, χρ, τλ, θν, while in the similar position
before i we have the final vowel short 713, 992 , and
long 1023. Besides the above , Aeschylus follows the
epic usage in lengtheningἀπαράμυθος 195, ἰσόνειρος 549 .
He uses τοιόσδε 237 , 873, τοιοῦτος 952, ποιείτω 835 ,
but τοιόσδε 95, 221, 832, 1054 , 1089 ; λίαν 123 (in
anapaestic lines ), λίαν 1031 (in senarii). Casesofsynizesis
occurin ἢ οὐκ 328 , μὴ οὐ 627 , 787, [1056 ].
 I. GREEK INDEX.

This Index is intended to be an index to the Text and Notes,

and in some cases to supplement the Notes. Such words as were
(as far as we know ) either coined, or first used , by Aeschylus are
in black type. Epic words have the letters Ep. in brackets after
them. Doubtful Ms. readings kept in the text are marked with
an obelus, emendations with an asterisk. Rejected мs. readings
or emendations are bracketed.

A. ἀιστοῦν (Ep. ), 151 , 232, cp.

ἀγείτων , 270. 910.
ἀγκάλη (metaph. ), ‘an arm ' αἰών , ‘life ,” 862.
or 'niche,' 1019 (soArchi ἀκαμαντόδετος†, 426.
lochus). ἀκηδεῖν (Ep .), 508.
ἀδαμαντόδετος, 148, 426. * ἄκικυς (Ep .), 547.
ἀδήριτος (Ep .), 105 . ἀκίχητος (Ep. ), 184.
ἀείκης (Ep .),97,472 (contr .) , ἀκούειν (with κλύειν), 448 .
525, 1042. ἀκραγής, 803.
ἀήσυρος, 452. ἄκων ἄκων, 19, 671 , cp . 192.
ἀθέτως,* 150 . ἀλδαίνειν (Ep .), 540.
ἀθλεύειν (Ep.and Ionic ),95 . ἀλεύειν , 568 .
ἆθλος,ἆθλον (metaph . ),257 , ἀλίγκιος (Ep .), 449 .
262, 634, 752 , Frag . ἁλίστονος, 712.
Introd ., p. xxiii. ἀλιταίνειν (ἀλιτεῖν ) ( Ep. ),
aikta (Ep. and Ionic), 93, 533-4.
177, 600. ἀλλά , ‘nay ,” 626.
αἰνικτηρίως, 949. ἀλλὰ ... γάρ, 941 .
αἰολόστομος , 661 . ἀλλ᾽ οὖν, 1071 .
αἰπυμήτης , 18. ἄλλως τε . καί, 636.
αἰπύνωτος, 830. ἀμέγαρτος ( Ep. ), 402 .
161
162 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

ἀμείβειν χροιᾶς ἄνθος, 23 (so ἀπαντλεῖν (metaph .), 84 .

Solon ). ἀπαράμυθος , 185 .
ἀμὸς* (Ep .) ( = ἐμός), 692 . ἀπέδιλος , 135 .
ἀμοχθί, 208 . ἀπέχειν , 687 .
ἀμφί,acc .,motion to neigh ἁπλῷ λόγῳ , 46, 610, 975.
bourhood of (Homeric ), ἀπύειν = ἠπύειν (Ep. ), 593 .
830, 1029. ἆρα ; 735 .
- ‘ near, ' 418 , 556 , 806 . ἀρδεύειν , 852 .
- gen. , ‘concerning, 702 . ἀρήγειν ( Ep. ), 267.
- dat., ' concerning ' (Ep. ), ῎Αρης, ‘ murder, ’ 862, ep.
182. Κύπρις , ‘love,” 650 .
- ' round,' 71. ἀρθμός ( Ep. ), 191 .
ἄν, with ὡς and ὅπως( final), ἁρμονία , of Zeus in the
10, 654, 706, 824. Universe , 551 .
– omitted , 211 (?), 292 , ἀστεργάνωρ , 897-8.
667 (?). ἀστράπτειν ( trans. ), 355 .
' Ανάγκη , personified , 105, ἀστρογείτων ,721.
514, 515. ἀσχαλᾶν (?) ( Ep. ) , 764 , cp .
ἀνάγκαι, plural, 108 . 303.
ἀναμυχθίζεσθαι, 743. ἀταρβής (act. ), 849 .
ἄναξ (voc .), title, given by ἀτέραμνος ( Ep. ) (metaph .),
Io to Prometheus , 584. 190, 1062.
ἀνασχετός (ἀνέχομαι) . 919. ἀτερπής (Ep. ), 31.
ἀναύγητος, 1028 . αὐθάδισμα , 964 .
ἀνήριθμον γέλασμα , 90 . αὐτόκτιτος , 301 .
ἀνήροτος (Ep.), 708. αὐτόσπορος, Frag.Introd .,
ἀνθεμώδης, 455 . P. xxvii.
ἄνθος (metaph.), ‘ flower ,’ αὐτός, in compounds, 301 .
420 ,‘bloom ,’23, ‘ pride ' idiomatic use in dat. ,
(passive), 7. 221 , 1047.
ἀνθρακοῦσθαι, 372 . ἄφετος, 666 .
ἀνθ' ὧν, ‘ wherefore ,' 31 . ἄψορρος, 1021 .
ἀντίδουλος , Frag . Introd .,
p. xxvi. Β.
ἀντίπνους , 1087. βαθύς, of a meadow , 652 .
ἀντολή , of stars , 457 , of βάλλω, with dat ., 706
the sun, 707. ( Hom. Od. xii. 217 ).
 GREEK INDEX. 163

βάπτειν ξίφος, 863. Δ.

βαστάζειν (lit. ), 1019, Δᾶ = Ζεῦ (Doric ), 568.
(metaph .), ‘weigh’or δακρυσίστακτα ,* 399 .
‘ponder ,’ 888. δαμαλίζειν , * 899 .
βόστρυχος, of lightning , δάμνημι ( Ep. ), 164 .
1044. δάπτομαι κέαρ (Ep .) , 437,
βούστασις, 653. cp . Hom . Od . i. 48 .
βροτοστυγής, 799. δαρόν ( Doric), 648 , 940 .
βρύχιος, 1082. δαφοινός ( Ep. ), 1022 .
βρωτήρ , Frag . Introd ., δέ, late position , 321, 381.
p. xxvii . ― · almost - = γάρ , 109 .
βρώσιμος, 479. δὲ ...
. γε , 901 .
δὲ δή, 149 .
Γ. δεῖ, with gen. , 870, 875.
γάρ , ‘ why ! ’ 519, 745, 757, gen. and acc., 86.
974. deiv, with gen. , 1006, cp.
– ‘no, for ,’ 983 ; ‘yes, for ,’ ἐλλείπειν , 961.
43. dý, 57, 118, 457, 630, 814,
γαμφηλαί ( Ep. ), 355 . 848, 921 .
6 ξ (Ep .), 488 .
γαμψῶνυ — = δῆθεν, 955.
γε, yes,' 254, 774, 931 , δῆθεν = δή, 202 .
etc. out of place , 986.
" γε μήν, 871. δηναιός (Ep. ), 794, 912.
γέγωνα , 193 , 784. δῆτα , 347, 1075.
γεγωνεῖν , 523 , 657, 787 , διὰ ἀπεχθείας ἐλθεῖν , 121 .
820, 990. διὰ παντός, 283, cp. 273.
γεγωνίσκειν , 627. διαθρύπτειν , 891.
γέννημα (act. ), 850 . διαμείβειν , 285 .
[Γήπαιδες, 712. ] διαμπάξ , 65.
γίγνωσκε σαυτόν , 309 . διαμφίδιος , 555.
γνάθος (metaph .), 64, 368, διαμυθολογεῖν , 889.
726. διαρραίειν, 236 .
γογγύλος, Frag. Introd. , διαρταμεῖν, 1023 .
p. xxviii. διαστοιχίζειν , 230 .
Γραῖαι, 794 . διάτορος (act.), 181 .
γυιοπέδη , 168 (also Pindar ). - (pass. ), 76.
γυναικόμιμος, 1005 . δίχα , prep . with gen. , 162 .
 164 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

δίχα , adv. , 927 . ἐκβροντᾶν , 362 .

δολιχός(Ep .), 284. ἐκδέκτωρ , Frag . Introd .,
δ 'οὖν , 226 ,935. p. xxvi.
δρακοντόμαλλος , 799 . ἐκεῖνος = ipse , 948 .
δρῦς, ‘ tree,' 832 . ἑκήβολος (Ep. ), 711 .
δύρομαι, 271 . ἐκθοινᾶσθαι, 1025.
δύσλοφος , 931. ἐκπίπτειν (pass. of ἐκβάλ
δύσμαχος, 921 . λειν), 756, 757, 957 , 996 .
δύσοιστος , 691 . ἐκρίπτειν , 932 .
δωρεῖν , with acc . and abl. , ἔκτημαι (Ep. ), 795 .
778, cp . dono in Lat . ἐκτὸς αἰτίας , 330 , cp. 263 ,
ἔξω πημάτων , and Hes .
Ε. Works and Days , 115.
ἐγκελεύειν, 72. ἐκφυσᾶν , 720 .
ἕδνα (Ep. ), 559. ἐλελεῦ , 877.
εἰ, ‘whether ,' 997 . ἐλευθεροστομεῖν , 180.
elev, 36. ἐλεύσομαι, 854 .
εἱλίσσειν ( Ep. and Ionic ) , ἐλινύειν , 53, 530 (also
138, 1085, 1092. Pindar).
εἰμί(parts of) omitted , 13, ἐλλείπειν, with gen ., 341 ,
17, 34, 35, 42, 43, 77, 961 , cp. δεῖν , 1006 .
127, 333, 475, 506, 523 , ἔμπας, 48, 187.
561 , 628, 684, 765, 927, ἐμός = obj . gen . ἐμοῦ , 388.
936, 978,987, 1039, 1042 . év, almost ' with, ' 424, 917.
εἵνεκα (Ionic ), 345. ἐν οἴκτῳ προθέσθαι, 239 .
εἰρημένος ( emphatic), 1031 . ἐξ- (in compounds ), per
εἰς (with ἐπί), 658. sistence , 1039 .
εἰς ἀεί, 732. completion , 223 .
εἰς ἅπαξ , 750. ἐξαϊστοῦν ,668 .
εἰσάφασμα , Frag . Introd ., ἐξαρτύειν ,711,908 ,ἐξαρτᾶν ,*
p. xxv . (original word 711.
in line 11 of Cicero’s ἐξευλαβεῖσθαι, Frag . In
transl.). trod. , p. xxviii.
εἰσελθεῖν , ‘ enter the mind , ’ ἔξον (acc. abs.), 648 .
1002. ἐξωριάζειν , 17.
εἰσοιχνεῖν ( Ep. ), 122 . ἐπαινεῖν , of polite refusal,
ἑκατογκάρανος, 353. 340.
 GREEK INDEX . 165

ἐπαναδιπλάζειν , 817. ἦ μήν , 73, 167, 907 .

ἐπάργεμος, 499. ἦ που( ;) , 521 .
ἐπαυρίσκειν , * ( Ep. ), 28 . ἠλιθιοῦν, 1061 .
ἐπαχθής, * 49. [ἡλιοστιβής, 791 ] .
ἐπεὶ τάχιστα , 199. ᾖσαν = ᾔδεσαν, 451 .
ἐπεξελθεῖν τι, 870. ἠχέτης (adj.), 575 , cp .
ἐπήβολος (Ep. ) (with gen. ) , Hes. (? ) Shield of Her
444. cules, 393.
ἐπιγηθεῖν , 157.
ἐπιγλωσσᾶσθαι , 928 . Θ.
ἐπιθωύσσειν , 73, 277.
ἐπίκοτος , 162, 602 (andl θαλασσόπλαγκτος , 467 .
Pindar). θάλπειν, of love, 590, 650 ;
of madness, 879.
ἐπιπλήσσειν (Ep . ), acc. of θαρσαλέος (Ep.) (here only
thing , dat.ofperson , 80. in tragedy ), 536 .
ἐπιτέλλειν (Ep.), 100.
ἐπιχαρής, 160. θεμερώπις, 134 .
ἐπίχειρον , 319. Θέμις, 209, 874, 1091 .
ἐρρωμένως, 65, 76. θεοπρόπος (Ep. ), 659.
θηλύνους , 1003.
ἕσπερος (adj . ), ‘ western , ’ θηλύσπορος , 855.
348.
ἔστε , 376, 457, 656, 697 , θήν ( Ep. ), 928.
792. θηρᾶσθαι, ‘ seek after, dis
εὐάγκαλος, 350. cover and carry off. '
εὐηθία , in bad sense, 383. θοῦρος, 354 , Frag . Introd . ,
p. xxviii.
εὐνάτειρα , 895. θρηνεῖσθαι (middle form ),
εὐφροσύνη (Ep .), 540. 43.
épopâv, ' live to see, ' 958. θυμῷ βαλεῖν ( Ep . ) , 706.
Z. θωύσσειν , 393, 1041 .
ζάπυρος, 1084 .
I.
Η. ἰάλλειν ( Ep. ), 659.
ἤ, ‘ than ,' omitted (?), 629. ἰότατι , 559 .
ἢ ... ἤ, ' whether ... or ἰποῦν , 365.
(Ep. ) , 780 . τσόνειρος ( Ep. ) , 548-9 .
ἦ γάρ ; 745 , 757, 974. ἰσχναίνειν , 380 .
 166 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

Κ. κυρεῖν , with gen ., 70 ,

καθ᾿ ἡδονήν, 261 , cp. 212 , ( intr. ) = “ to be, 330.
494. κύρειν , with gen. , 739.
καί, explanatory , 209 .
emphasizing , 197, 642 , Λ.
995.
in interrogative sen λαβροστομεῖν , 327.
tences, 930. λαβρόσυτος , 601 .
καὶ γε, 307, 931 . λέγειν , ‘call upon ,’ 944
946.
καὶ ... δέ, 973.
καὶ δή, 54 , 75. - ' count, ' 973.
καὶ μέντοι, 949. λευκόπτερος, 993.
καὶ μήν, ‘aye verily ,’ 246 , λεωργός , 5.
985 (?). λίαν = ‘too truly ,’ 1031 .
- ‘ aye, and, ’ 459, 1080. λινόπτερος, 468 .
- ' and yet, ' 982, 985(?). λόγον ἔχειν , ‘ take count
of,' 232.
καλλίκαρπος, 369.
κάμπτειν γόνυ, 32 , 396, ep. Λοξίας, 669.
Hom. Il. , vii . 118. λυμαντήριος , 991.
λωφᾶν (intr. ), with gen. of
καταβασμός (Attic form ),
811. -—separation , 376, 654 .
κατάπτερος , 798. (trans .),without object ,
κατασκέλλεσθαι , 481 . 27.
κατισχναίνειν , 269.
κελαινόβρωτος , 1025 . Μ.
κέλλειν, 184 . μαλακογνώμων , 188.
κενόφρων , 762. μάστιξ (metaph .), 682 .
κερτομεῖν ( Ep. ), 986. ματᾶν ( Ep. ), 57.
κλύειν(intr. ), ‘to becalled ,’ μέγα , qualifying adjec
868. tives (Ep.), 647 .
-- gen . and acc. , 476. μεγαίρειν ( Ep. ), with gen. ,
— - with ἀκούειν, 448 . 626.
κοινόλεκτρος, 560. μεγαλόστονος, 413.
κραιπνόσυτος, 279. μεγαλοσχήμων , 407-8 .
κραιπνόφορος, 132 . μέλειν (personal constr. ) , 3.
κρόταφος (metaph . ), 721 . μέλλειν , with aor . infin . ,
κυκνόμορφος, 795. 625.
 GREEK INDEX. 167

O.
μὲν... δέ , 197, 198, 507 , 508 .
ὅδε = ἐγώ, 304 .
μέντοι, 252 , 949 , 964 , 1054 .
μεσημβρινός , 722 . ὁδοῦν, 498, 813.
μή, redundant , 236, 248 . ὁθούνεκα, 330 .
μὴ οὔ, 627 , 787 , 918, 1056. *οἰακόνομος , 148 .
μή ; = num ? 247 , 959. οἰακόστροφος , 515 (and
negativing a class, 44 . Pindar).
- · with ellipse of govern οἶμαι, ironical, 968 .
ing verb, 388. οἶμος, 2, 394.
μηδέν ,anabstract οὐδέν ,938 .οἰστρᾶν , 836.
μηδὲν ἄγαν, 72. οἰστρήλατος , 580.
μήν = ‘ yet,’ 268 , 871 . οἰστροδίνητος , 589.
μιαίφονος ( Ep. ) , 868. οἰστροπλήξ , 681 .
μοῖραν νέμειν , 291 . οἶος = ὅτι τοιοῦτος(Ep.), 908.
μολεῖσθαι, 689. [οἴω , 187.]
μουσομήτωρ , 461 . ὀλέκεσθαι (Ep.),564.
μυδροκτυπεῖν , 366. ὀλιγοδρανία , 547.
μυθεῖσθαι (Ep . ), 664 . ὁμαρτεῖν ( Ep. ), 678.
µúwų, ‘ gadfly, ' 675. ὀξύστομος , 803 .
ὁπάζειν (Ep . ), 8, 30 , 252 .
Ν. ὅπως, ‘ as though ,' 1001 .
ναρθηκοπλήρωτος , 109. with superlatives, 228 .
νεκροδέγμων , 153 . with fut. indic.(govern
νέμειν μοῖραν , 291 . ing verb supplied ?), 68.
- with past tense indic.
νηλής, 42 , 240 .
νιν , acc. sing. fem. , 46. (final), depending on
acc. neut. plur. , 55. wish in past time,749.
νόσος, 597 , 924 . - with av and subj . (final).
824.
νυκτιφρούρητος , 861.
vûv, ' as it is,' 755. ὀργή , ‘temper, 378.
νωθέστερος , 62. ὀρθόβουλος ,18 (also Pindar ).
ὀροθύνειν (Ep .), 200 .
Ξ· ös, causal, 768.
ξυλουργία , 451 . interrogative , 915, 996 .
ξυν- , Attic for συν-, 521 , ὅσον , with superlatives,
1084, q.v. 524.
- qualifying adv ., 927.
ξυναμπέχειν , 521 .
168 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

Όσσε ( Ep. ) , 145 , 679. πασσαλεύειν , 56, 65 [113

ὅστις , causal, 38, 753, MS. ].
759. Πατήρ = Zeus, 4 , 17, 40 ,
- = ős , 160. 947, 1018.
οὐλόμενος ( Ep. ), 397. πεδάρσιος , 269, 710, 916.
οὔπωςοὔτε
(Ep .), 550. πέδον, 1 , 734 .
οὐ ... οὐ ...
. οὔτε, 479. πέδοι (loc. ) , 272 , 749.
οὔτε ... οὔ, 450 . πειρᾶσθαι ἐάν, 325 , cp.
οὔτε ... TE, 244, 245. Hom. Il. xiii. 806 .
ὀχεῖν ( Ep. ), 144. πελάζειν , intr . with dat.,
ὀχεῖον , Frag . Introd ., p. 282, 807.
xxvi. - - trans. with dat., 154 ,
cp. Hom. Il. v. 766
Π. [pass. , 896 ?].
παλαιγενής ( Ep. ), 220 , 873. πέλειν = εἶναι, 895-6.
παλίμπλαγκτος (Ep .), 838. πελώριος (Ep. ), 151.
πανήμερος, ‘ all day,’ 1024 . πεντηκοντάπαις, 853.
(τοῦ) παντὸς ἐλλείπειν, 961 . περᾶν (intr. ), 573.
δεῖν, 1006 . περισσόφρων , 328 .
παντοτρόφος, Frag . In πετρηρεφής, 300 .
trod., p. xxiv. πέφρικα , 895.
παντελῶς, 440 . πημοσύνη (Ionic ), 579*,
πάντως , 16, 333 , 943 , 1053 . 1058.
παπταίνειν (Ep . ), 334, 1034 πίπτειν,pass. of ἐκβάλλειν ,
πάρα = πάρεστι, 54 . 756, 948, 996.
παρα- (in compounds), of πιστός , verbal of πίνω (ἁπ .
winning over, 34, 131 , λεγ .) , 480.
185, 646, 1063. πλατύρρους, 852 .
' amiss ' or ' awry,' πλινθυφής (ἁπ. λεγ . ), 450.
581, 1056. πνεῖν φόβον (υ.l. φόνον ),
' aside ,' 1065. 355.
‘past,” 1082 . ποτεῖν , 935.
παράορος, 363. ποῖος , with art. , 249 .
παραμυκᾶσθαι , 1082. ποικιλείμων , 24 .
παρειπεῖν ( Ep. ), 131 . πολύδονος, 788.
παρίστασθαι, ‘occur to the πολύπλανος , 585.
mind, 216 . πολύφθορος, 633 , 820.
 GREEK INDEX. 169

πορεῖν , 103, 108 , 512, 616, πυρωπός , 667.

631 , 753, 815 , 934, 946. πωλεῦμαι(Ionic contr .) ,645 .
πόρος Ὠκεανοῦ, 531 , cp.
Hes. Theog ., 292. P.
ποταίνιος (Doric ?), 102 . ῥαδινός (Ep. ), 399.
ποτινίσσεσθαι ( Ep. ), 530 . ῥαιστήρ , 56.
που, 521 . 'Péa, gulf of ( = Adriatic),
πρίν , with infin . , 825. 837.
- with indic. , 481. ῥιπή, 126 , 1089.
— with av and subj. , 165, ῥίπτειν, 312 [?1031, Ms.
175, 719, 991 . εἰριμμένος , perh . forἐρρι
πρὸ γῆς, 682. μένος ].
πρός, adv., 73, 929 . ῥόθιον , 1048 .
- with gen. , ' at hands ῥυθμίζειν , 241 .
of,’ 639 , 704 , 767, 948 ,
996. Σ.
- acc . , ‘ in face of,' 1000 . σεμνόστομος, 953.
and ἀμφί, 829, 830. σεπτός , 812 .
πρὸς ταῦτα , 915, 992 , 1043 . σιγᾶν , with acc. , 106, 441 .
πρὸς βίαν , 212, 353 , 592. σιδηρομήτωρ , 301 .
πρὸς ἡδονήν (= predic . adj . ), σιδηροτέκτων , 714.
494, cp. 261. Σκύθης, as adj., 2 , 417.
προσαυαίνεσθαι, 147. σοφιστής, in bad sense, 62,
πρόσειλος , 451 . 944.
προσπασσαλεύειν , 20 . σταθευτός , 22 .
προσπέτεσθαι ,115 , 555, 644 . στυγάνωρ , 724 .
προσσαίνειν , 835 . σύμβολος, adj. for subst. ,
προστρίβειν (metaph . ), 329 . 487.
πρόσχωμα , 847 . συμπαραστατεῖν , 218 .
προυξεπίστασθαι, 101 , 699. συν- or ξυν- (in com
προυσελεῖν , * 113, 438 . pounds ),sympathy with ,
πρύτανις , of Zeus, 169. 243, 288, 295, 415, 1059.
πτερυγωκής, 286. συναμπέχειν ,521 (see ξυν-).
πτῆσις, 488 . συνασχαλᾶν , 161 , 243 ,
πτοεῖν , of love, 856. 303 (?).
πύρπνοος, 371 , πύρπνους, συνασχάλλω ( ?), 303, cp.
917. 764.
 170 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

σύνθετος, 686. τρικυμία , 1015 .

σφαγή , ‘throat,' 863 . τρόχις , 941 .
σφάκελος, 878, 1045 . τροχοδινεῖν , 882 .
σφᾶς = αὐτούς, 443 . τύραννις , the characteristic
σφε , 9. of a, 224.
σφιν (Ep .), for σφίσιν = τύραννος, adj., 761 .
αὐτοῖς, 252 , 457 . τυχεῖν , with dat. , ‘ to be
σφίσιν = αὐτοῖς, 481 . fall,' 346.
σφυδᾶν , * 380 . -- with gen., ' to meet
σχεθεῖν , 16. with, ' 239, 270, 649, cp.
σῴζειν , ‘ keep secret,' 524 . κυρεῖν , 70 .
T. Υ.
ταγός, 96 . ὑβριστής (or Ὑβρίστης =
τἄν , 395. Araxes), 717, cp. Hes.
τε, explanatory , 430 . Theog ., 307.
τεκμαίρειν , ‘prove,’ 605 ὑμεναιοῦν , 557.
(and Pindar). ὑπανέχειν , * suggested
τελεσφόρος (Ep. ), 511. reading, 428-9 .
τεός(Ep.), 162 . ὑπέρπικρος , 944 .
τερμόνιος ( ἁπ. λεγ .), 117. ὑπέρπλουτος, 466 .
τηλέπλανος,* [ or τηλέ | ὑπνοδότης, 575.
πλαγκτος ], 575 . ὑπό, causal, ‘ by reason of,’
τηλουρός, 1 , 807 . 66, 1079.
τίκτειν , fut. τέξω, 851 , – in compounds, incep
τέξομαι , 768. tive , 879 .
τινάκτειρα , 924 . · accompaniment ,
τις, with adj. , 696. 126(?), 434, 574.
τλησικάρδιος , 159. · softly , 126 (?).
TOL, 8, 39, 275, 698, 1040. ὑπόσκιος, Frag. Introd .,
τοιοῦτο , neut. of τοιοῦτος, p . xxviii.
801. ὑποστενάζειν , ‘ groan un
τόξα , 872 . der,' 430.
τότ᾽ ἤδη , 911 . ὑποτοβεῖν , 574.
τούτοιν , fem . gen . dual, 782. ὑπτίασμα , 1005 .
τρίαινα (Ep. ), 925 . ὑψήγορος, 318, 360 .
τρίγωνος, 813. ὑψηλόκρημνος , 5 .
 GREEK INDEX. 171

Φ. χρίειν , 480 , 566 , 598, 675,

880.
φανός (Ep. ), 537 .
pépe =' come, ' 294, 545. χρίμπτειν , 713.
φεψαλοῦσθαι, 362. ¥.
p0over, with gen. , 584,
cp . μεγαίρειν , 626 . ψαίρειν , 394 .
piλos (voc. ), 545, cp. Hom. ψάλια (υ . l. ψέλια ), 54 .
Od., iii. 375, Pind. ψάμμη (Ep .), 574 .
Pyth. , i. 92. ψέλλος , 816.
φιλήνιος, 465.
φλοῖσβος (Ep. ), 792 . Ω.
φοινικόπεδος, Frag . In ὤμοι, 980 .
trod. , p. xxiv. wubλivov, Frag. Introd. ,
φρενόπληκτος ,1054 . p. xxiii.
φρενοπλήξ, 878. ws, with participles, 357,
ophy, ' midriff,' 881 . 760.
φρονεῖν , 385. -- with superlatives , 104,
ppoúplov (pass.), ' danger, ' 346.
801. - limitative, 954.
puyyávw, with fut. mean - omitted in simile, 857.
ing, 513, cp. 525. - with past indic. (final),
depending on wish in
X. past time, 154, cp.
χαλκοκέραυνος ( άπ. λεγ .), 750.
Frag. Introd. , p. xxiv. = ½, ' than ' (?), 629.
χαριτογλωσσεῖν , 294 . · after σπεύδειν ( final ),
χειμάζειν , 562 , 838 . 202.
χειρωναξία , 45 . ws av (final), 10, 654,
χερνήτης, 893 . 706.
Xpnse , with gen. , 374. ὥστε (Ep .) = ὥσπερ , 452 .
Xλidav, 971 , 972 (and wpeλeiv, with dat. , 342.
Pindar). peλov, in wishes, 48.
 II. ENGLISH INDEX.

A. accusative, of motion over

abstract for concrete, 613, (withoutprep.) , 708,837,
1091. 962 (see cognate acc. ).
accusative, absolute, 648. – of time, 655, 751 , 940.
- - after passive verbs,362, adjective, accumulation
761. of, 371.
- or dative, 217. - - agreeing with wrong
-- cognate, 389, 837 (?), part of periphrasis, 1,
912, 919, 962, 977. 825.
—— (neuter adv. ), 204, -- as subst. , 364, 487.
221 , 275, 402, 406, 578, -- governing acc. , 904.
959. -- predicative, 465, 910,
(extended), 355, 592, 1025.
708, 903. - (? with art. ), 249 (?),
-- double, after verbs of 555, (834 ?).
concealing and depriv - possessive ,formed from
ing, 625, 761. proper names , 590, 619,
- - of respect (verb), 245, 654, 793, 1033.
437, 1008 ; (adj. ), 489, - transferred, 110, 884.
678, 774, 1003. - - with infinitive, 59, 238,
- as result of sentence, 246, 718.
563. Adrasteia (Nemesis), 936.
-- - of motion to (without Adriatic, or Ionian, Sea
prep. ), 130, 682, 717 , (Gulf of Rhea), 837.
730, 735, 807, 811 ( so Aegyptus, 853.
Homer and Pindar). Aethiops river, 809.
172
 ENGLISH INDEX. 173

Aetna, eruptions of, 367. apposition, with sentence

Aeolic forms (and Doric), (acc. ), 563.
269, 710, 916, (and (nom. ) , 241 .
Ionic) 162. Arabia, + 420.
Aeschylus,a Pythagorean , Argos, 860, 869.
459(see Introd. , p. xvi. ). Argus, 567, 575, 678, 680.
G - lover of the portentous, Aria, * 420.
355. Arimaspians, 805.
- - drawer of character, arithmetic, 459.
285. article, as demonstrative,
- sonorous diction of, 207, 234, 237.
355, 799. - covering two infini
- untranslateable, 90. tives, 381 , 637.
epithets of, see epithets. - with motos (predic . ),249.
alas (the word μo ), 980. ――――――- with redundant nega
alliteration, 8, 9. tive, 236, 865.
Amazons, 416, 723. Asia, 412, 735.
anachronism ,411,658,846. assimilation, 605, 817, *
anacoluthon, 146, 569. 866.
animals devoted to gods, astronomy, 458.
666. asyndeton, 59, 392, 502,
anticipated subject, 92, 691 , 937.
211 , 304, 474, 643, 1093. Atlas, 348, 428.
antithesis (ἔργον -λόγος ), Attic attraction, allaλ
336, 1080. οὖσσα , 992 .
aorist, gnomic, 1070. - form of fut. , σkedą, 25,
[infin. for fut. , 667]. 925 , πελῶ, 282.
- of immediate past, 181, - – καταβασμόν for κατα
393, 986. βαθμόν , 811 .
― instantaneous (or mo - uv- (in compounds) for
mentary), 115, 130 , 145, συν, 391 .
245, 401 , 555. attraction, 62,446,754,963.
- with perfect, 331. - rule of, violated, wóμnv
apposition, 201 , (involved με κατισχνανεῖσθαι, 268 .
order) 924. augment omitted , 117,135,
- with wrong word of 181 , * 229, 427. *
periphrasis, 566. augury, 487 ff.
 174 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

B. dative, aftersubst. , 81,501 ,

Bibline mountains, 811. 612.
-- after verbs of ruling
birds, classification and
habits of, 492. (ἄρχειν ), 940 , κοιρανεῖν ,
49.
Bosporus, 729, 733.
- causal, 974.
ethic, 8, 271.
C. instrumental, 55, 463,
cacophony of -OV, 765 ; of 861.
-ovs, 662. for cogn. acc. , 384.
caesura wanting, 640, 6.+ or circumstantial
Canopus, 846. (884), 334.
Caucasus, 422, 719. — of manner, 55, 861 .
cave men, 452, cp. Hom. , – of motion to, 282, 358,
Hymn to Heph. , 4. 807, 886.
Chalybes, 715. despotism, 224.
chiasmus, 238. Destiny hanging over
Chiron, 1027. Zeus, 518.
Cilicians, 351 . displacement of words,
Cicerotranslates Prometh 314, 921 , 937.
eus, 378. divination, 485 ff.
Colchis, 415. Dodona, 658, 830.
conditional clauses(usual), Doric forms in senarii (a
312, 343. for n), 61 , 142, 353, 363,
(mixed), 345, 638, 629, 648 (and 940), 805,
978. 829, * 1025. Also (? Si
crasis , οὑπιτιμητής , 77, cilian) Tédo , 272, 749,
τοὔμπαλιν, 202, μἀπο ἁρμοῖ, 615.
λακτίσης, 651 , χῷ, 915, in lyrics, ποτινισσ
ἄγω , 1071 . ομένα , 530 .
Cronus, 201 , 220, 911 , Δᾶ = Ζεῦ, 568.
957. ἰότατι, 559 .
-- TEÓS, 162.
D. - words in senarii, πот
αίνιος( ?), 102 .
Danaids, 853 ―――― πεδάρσιος (and
dative, of agent, 716. Aeolic), 269, 710, 916.
 ENGLISH INDEX. 175

Doric words in senarii, F.

¿λvýew (Sicilian), 53, Fate, master of Zeus, 518.
530. Fates, 516.
dreams, 485, 645, 655. fire, different kinds of,
253.
signs in, 498.
E. - stolen by Prometheus ,
109, 252.
eagle, sent to torture Pro - the source of arts, 110,
metheus, 1022, Frag. 254.
Introd. , p. xxv. forever , 732.
earthquake, 1081 . fountains of the Sun, 809,
Egyptian kings, note on, Frag. Introd. , p. xxiv.
853.
elision of dissyllabic noun, G.
139, 339, Frag. Introd. , Gabii, Frag. Introd. ,
p. xxviii. xxvii. , cp. Hom. İl.
ellipse, 236, 766, 770. xiii. 6.
emendations suggested, Gaia, 210.
ὑπανέχων for ὑπέροχον, gall, divination from, 495.
428. genitive, abs. , 760, 861.
ἀμάν for ἐμάν , 692. causal, 397.
—— δαμαλιζομέναν for of comparison, 857, 923.
μέγα δαπτομέναν , 899. of definition, 600, 900.
Epic quantities, 185, 547, double, 433-4.
548, 659, Frag. Introd. , -locative, 714.
p. xxiv. - - objective, 123, 416, 739,
epithet, Aeschylean, 562, 884, 893.
803, 880, 1022, 1024. ― partitive, 584 (?) , 846.
epode, 425 ff. , 901 ff. of quality, 210, 600 (?).
Erinyes, 516. - of relation, 416 (?) .
euphemism, 490, 655, cp. of respect, 472 (?), 907,
534 for dread of ill 1057 (?).
omened words. ofseparation, 472, 1057 .
euphonic letter, 722. - subjective, 900.
Europe, 734, Frag. Introd. , - of successful aim , 444.
p. xxiv. of value, 966.
176 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

ghosts, 567, 645, 657. I.

gloss, 569, 901. imperfect, 671 .
Gods, the greater, 902. Inachus, 590, 593, 663.
Gordon, General, referred infinitive after adj . , 59 ,
to in notes, 309, 1066. 238, 246, 335, 718.
Gorgons, 799. - [aor. for future, 667].
Graiae, 794. - consecutive or final,
Gryphons, 804. 170, 666, 1055 (?).
- of destination or result,
H. 866.
harmony of the Universe, - - after verb of knowing,
551. 982, 1032, 1068.
hawks, simile from, 857. - passive, 712, 713.
healing art, 479 ff. after verbal adj ., 766.
Heaven, war in, 35 (note) , - pres. for future, 692.
199 ff. invocation of powers of
Hephaistos, 3, 366. nature, 88, cp. Hom.
hendiadys, 831 , 909. Il. iii. 277.
Heracles, descended from interrogative(double),545.
Io, 774. Io, her appearance, 561 .
will deliver Prometh - part in the play, ib .
eus, 872, 27, Frag. father, 636.
Introd. , p. xxvi. descendant Heracles,
his eleventh labour, 774.
Frag. Introd. , p. xxviii. transformation , 673.
- miraculously aided by maidenhood, 898.
Zeus, Frag. Introd. , p. – pursued by Argus, 566,
xxviii. 679.
Hesione, 560. Ionic forms, aiκta, 93, 600 .
Hope, 250. αἰετός, 1022 .
horses, 466, Frag. Introd. , εἵνεκα , 345.
P. xxvi. εἰσοιχνεῦσιν , 122 .
Hybristes, 717. εἱλίσσειν, 138, 1085,
hypallage, 110, 884. but ἑλίγδην 882.
Hyperboreans, Frag. - καταιβάτης , 359 .
Introd., p. xxvii. μούνωψ , 805 .
Hypermnestra, 865. οὐλόμενος , 397.
 ENGLISH INDEX. 177

Ionic forms, πωλεύμενος, marriage, equality in, 890.

645. song, 557.
― τεός, 162. maxims, 72, 309, 890.
- passage , 536-539 . medicine, art of, 479 ff.
memory, 461 .
J. meiosis, 29, 75, 717, 1036.
juxtaposition of words, metaphors from medicine,
19, 192, 218, 671 , 921. 379, 473.
the mint, 581.
K. music, 241 , 551 ,
Kerchneia, 676. 1056.
kicking against the pricks, navigation, 84, 148,
323. 184, 375, 965, Frag.
Kimmerian Isthmus, 729. Introd. , p. xxv.
Kisthene, 793. nets and chains, 108 ,
Kratos, 42, 78. 578-9, 1078.
Kypris, 864, love, 650. racing , 883.
riding, 672, 1010.
L. the sea, 746, 886,
lacuna, supposed , 791 ff. , 1015.
969 f. wine, 678.
Lerna, 677. writing, 789.
letters invented by Pro metaphorical words, πηγὴ
metheus, 460. Tuρós (lava), 110.
Ligyans, Frag. Introd. , p. δάπτειν , of fire , 368.
xxviii. ἐμπλέκειν αἰνίγματα ,
litotes, 29, 75, 717, 1036. 610.
liver, divination by, 495. μητρυιὰ νεῶν, 727.
locative, 272, 615. ναυτίλων ὀχήματα
(ships), 46
M. - τεθηγμένοιλογοι, 311 .
machinery used in the - χαλινοὶ πέτρινοι, 562,
play, 128, 286, 1093. see Aeschylean epi
Maeotic channel, 790. thets.
lake, 418. metathesis, 74, 881.
man, development of, middle form θρηνεῖσθαι,
443 ff. 43.
178 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ.

Milton imitatesAeschylus, optative, jussive, 1051 .

379. - with a = future, 518 ,
Mnemosyne, 204, 461. 616, 934, 978.
Moirae, 511 , 516. - without condition
Molossi, 829. expressed, 905, 907.
monsters (stage) , 286, 395. as polite request,
616.
N. - without av, 292 [667].
navigation, 467. oracular oaks , 832, cp.
Necessity, 105, 514 ff. Hom. Od. , xiv. , 328.
negative (redundant), 236 ,
248, 627, 787 , 918, P.
1056. * Pandora's box , 250.
Niger river, 809. parallels with Scripture,
Nile, 806 (?), 809 (?), 852. 85, 200 ff. , 474, 547.
-―――― cataracts of, 811 . parasitic letters, 722.
sweet water of, 812. parodies and imitations by
- delta of, 814, 847. Euripides, 116,459 ff. (?).
numbers, 459. by Aristophanes ,
312, 547, 613, 994.
0. participle, attributive ,
Oceanus, sharer in Titan without art., 314.
war, 331. - for causal (or condi
- his stream , 138 , 531 . tional ? ) sentence, 985.
a time-server, 374. - causal ( = gerund), 660,
his abode, 284 . * 946.
Oceanides, their heroism , pres. for fut. (final),
1066. 1090.
omens , 485 ff. - pres. and aor. , 849.
Ophion, 957 (see note). particles, collocation of,
optative of orat. obl. (re 1064.
ported speech) , 211 ; Pelasgia, 860.
(fut. ), 668. perfect with pres. mean
of indefinite frequency, ing, 695, 743 etc.
478. personal for impersonal
-- in protasis, with indic. constr. , 512, 621 , 984,
in apodosis, 638, 639. 1007.
 ENGLISH INDEX. 179

personifying adjectives, Prometheus, size of figure,

64, 1048, 1062. 74.
Phasis, 790, Frag. Introd., - advice to Titans , 212.
p. xxiv. - sides with Zeus, 217,
Phorcides, 794. 305.
physician's practice, 479. champion of man, 234.
Pittacus, gnome of, 890. his foreknowledge, 101 .
play on words, 85. his humour, 818.
plural of abstract words, his scorn, 954, 983.
93, 108, 1057. his sarcasm , 299.
- - of stateliness (poet. ), his gift of Hope (etc. )
761 , 850, 872 (?). to men, 250 ff.
Pluton river, 806. removed fear of death,
Poseidon , 925. 248.
presenttense, historic, 229. - stole fire, 8, 109.
prophetic, 171 , 764, confesses wrongdoing,
767, 848, 948. 260, 266.
retrospective(of past - his mother Themis,
act), 109. 209, 1091.
prodelision, 773. - invented letters , etc. ,
prohibition with aor. 460 ff.
imper. , 332, 1002. - immortal, 753, 933,
prolepsis , adj. , 465, 910, Frag. Introd., p. xxv.
1025 . penalty of death, 1027.
subst. , 1022. - his deliverer, 27, 771 ,
proper names, quantity 873.
of, 840. --- how crucified, 32, 65,
prophecy, unconscious , 74.
1027. ―――――――
- play on his name, 85.
-- about war in heaven, - period of his punish
211. ment, 94, 258.
-- about Amazons, 724. -placeofhis punishment,
――――――- about Heracles, 874. 128 (note).
- - about the progeny of - his pedigree, 205.
Thetis, 920. his craft, 308, 496.
proverbs, 263, 275, 309, - married to Hesione,
323, 473, 883, 1001 . 555.
 180 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

Prometheus , self- will, Scythians , 2, 417, 709,

1012, 1034, 1037.
- hates all the gods , 975. Frag. Introd. , p. xxvii.
seasons, division of,
- his secret, 170, 521. 454ff.
man and nature sym
senses confused, 115.
pathize with, 406 ff. ships the cars of sailors ,
discoverer of the 468.
precious metals, 501 . Sicily, 369.
- can only escape through Sicilian words , 53, 269,
suffering, 513, 525. 272 and 749 (?), 530 , 615,
his willow crown, Frag.
710 , 916 , see under
Introd. , p. xxix . Doric forms.
Pytho, 658. simile, of hawk and doves ,
857, Hom. I. , xxii. ,
Q. 139 .
quantities, see under Epic - from ants , 453.
quantities and under sophist, 62.
proper names, and note stars, apparent rising of,
on 966. 458.
step-mothers, 727.
R. stichomuthia , construc
tion in, 389.
reduplication of words , Straits of Messina , 364.
266, 274. subject, anticipated , 92,
repetition of words in 211, 304, 474, 643, 1093.
scorn, 968, 972, 980. -– (acc. ), understood , 104,
539, 540, 893.
S. (nom . ), understood, 117,
1051.
Salmydessus, 726. subjunctive, like Latin ,
scansion , 6, 107, 354, † 471.
612, 640, 680, see also - deliberative, 95 (?), 561 ,
App. B. 781.
scent emanating from substantive,
gods, 115. governing
Scripture parallels , 85, dat. , 81, 501 , 612.
-- form used as adj . , 348,
200 ff. , 474, 547. 761.
 ENGLISH INDEX. 181

syncopation, 457, 605, V.

817.*
verbal adj . = partic. , 496,
synizesis, 328, 627, 787, 592.
918, 1056. *
verb, of thinking with acc.
and infin., 268.
T. of expecting with
pres. infin. (potential),
Tanais, 790. 692.
Tartarus, 154, 1029,
1051.
tautology, 12-15, 512, 766, W.
833, 875.
Tethys, 137. wave, the third, 1015.
Themis, 18, 209, (and war in Heaven, 199 ff.
Gaia) 874, 1091 . wilderness of Scythia
Themistocles (?), 1068. (proverbial ), 2.
Themiscyra, 724. wish, in past time, 48,
Thermodon river, 725. 152.
Thetis, 768 , 909. future time, 535,
thinking, verb of, with 864, 895, 973.
acc. and infin. , 268. woman murdering man ,
thunderbolts , 359. 862.
Time, teacher ofall things , word-echo , 16 , 966, 968,
981. 971, 972.
Titans, 164, 205, 427, 874. words, healing power,
For name , see Hes. 378.
Theog. , 207 ff.
tmesis , 133, 574, 878 ,
1060. Z.
Typhon, 351 ff.
Zeus lately installed as
king, 148, 310, 389,
U. 955.
- oppresses the Uranians,
uncontracted forms, 371 , 164.
741 , 1074. - will require Prometh
Uranus, 164, 957. eus' aid, 169, 770.
182 ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΥΣ ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΣ .

Zeus, indanger oflosinghis Zeus, a law to himself, 187,

throne, 166 , 171 , 756 , 403.
762 ff. , 910, 958. – a τύραννος , 222 , 310,
- will make peace will 324, 736.
ingly, 192. --- wishes to destroy man
- will have to make kind, 232.
amends, 176. - apportions privileges to
- inexorable, 34, 185 , and the gods, 230, ср .
harsh, 76, 155, 186, and 440.
rancorous , 162, and -- his weapons, 917.
self- willed, 907.

GLASGOW PRINTED AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS BY ROBERT MACLEHOSE AND CO.

I

8170
 DORFLEC
WWWYORK
112 ‫م‬

www.Brinh